Dell Idrac For Blade Servers Version 1 4 Owners Manual 1.4 User Guide

2014-11-13

: Dell Dell-Idrac-For-Blade-Servers-Version-1-4-Owners-Manual-118294 dell-idrac-for-blade-servers-version-1-4-owners-manual-118294 dell pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF PDF.
Page Count: 400

DownloadDell Dell-Idrac-For-Blade-Servers-Version-1-4-Owners-Manual- IDRAC For Blade Servers Version 1.4 User Guide  Dell-idrac-for-blade-servers-version-1-4-owners-manual
Open PDF In BrowserView PDF
Integrated Dell™ Remote Access
Controller Firmware Version 1.4
User Guide

w ww.del l. com | support .del l. com

Notes and Cautions
NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of
your computer.
CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates potential damage to hardware or loss of data if
instructions are not followed.

___________________
Information in this document is subject to change without notice.
© 2009 Dell Inc. All rights reserved.
Reproduction of these materials in any manner whatsoever without the written permission of Dell Inc.
is strictly forbidden.
Trademarks used in this text: Dell, the DELL logo, Dell OpenManage, and PowerEdge, are trademarks
of Dell Inc.; Microsoft, Windows, Windows Server, MS-DOS, Windows Vista, Internet Explorer and
Active Directory are either trademarks or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries; Red Hat and Linux are registered trademarks of Red Hat, Inc.; Novell
and SUSE are registered trademarks of Novell Corporation. Intel is a registered trademark of Intel
Corporation; UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group in the United States and other
countries.
Copyright 1998-2006 The OpenLDAP Foundation. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source
and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted only as authorized by the OpenLDAP Public
License. A copy of this license is available in the file LICENSE in the top-level directory of the distribution
or, alternatively, at www.OpenLDAP.org/license.html. OpenLDAP is a registered trademark of the
OpenLDAP Foundation. Individual files and/or contributed packages may be copyrighted by other parties
and subject to additional restrictions. This work is derived from the University of Michigan LDAP v3.3
distribution. This work also contains materials derived from public sources. Information about OpenLDAP
can be obtained at www.openldap.org/. Portions Copyright 1998-2004 Kurt D. Zeilenga. Portions
Copyright 1998-2004 Net Boolean Incorporated. Portions Copyright 2001-2004 IBM Corporation. All
rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are
permitted only as authorized by the OpenLDAP Public License. Portions Copyright 1999-2003 Howard
Y.H. Chu. Portions Copyright 1999-2003 Symas Corporation. Portions Copyright 1998-2003 Hallvard
B. Furuseth. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that this notice is preserved. The names of the copyright holders may
not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without their specific prior written
permission. This software is provided "as is'' without express or implied warranty. Portions Copyright (c)
1992-1996 Regents of the University of Michigan. All rights reserved. Redistribution and use in source
and binary forms are permitted provided that this notice is preserved and that due credit is given to the
University of Michigan at Ann Arbor. The name of the University may not be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission. This software is provided
"as is'' without express or implied warranty. Other trademarks and trade names may be used in this
document to refer to either the entities claiming the marks and names or their products. Dell Inc. disclaims
any proprietary interest in trademarks and trade names other than its own.
February 2009

Rev. A00

Contents

1

iDRAC Overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

iDRAC Management Features .
iDRAC Security Features

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

24

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25

iDRAC Firmware Improvements .
Supported Platforms

. . . . . . . . . . . .

26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

26

Supported Operating Systems .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

26

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

27

. . . . . . . .

28

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28

. . . . . . . . . . . .

29

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33

. . . . . . . . . .

33

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36

. . . . . . . .

36

. . . . . . . . . . .

36

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

37

Supported Web Browsers .

Supported Remote Access Connections
iDRAC Ports

Other Documents You May Need

2

23

Configuring the iDRAC
Before You Begin

Interfaces for Configuring the iDRAC
Configuration Tasks

Configure the Management Station
Configure iDRAC Networking
Configure iDRAC Users

Configure Active Directory .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

37

. . . . . . .

37

Configure IP Filtering and IP Blocking

Contents

3

Configure Platform Events

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration
Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configure iDRAC Services

. . . . .

38

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

38

. . . . . .

38

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

. . . . . . .

39

Configure the Managed Server for the Last Crash
Screen Feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39

Configure Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
Configure Virtual Media

Install the Managed Server Software

Configuring Networking Using the CMC
Web Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

Viewing FlexAddress Mezzanine Card Fabric
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating the iDRAC Firmware

40

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

41

Using the DOS Update Utility

41

. . . . . . . . . . .

42
43

. . . . . . . . . . .

44

. . . . . . . . . . . .

47

. . . . . .

48

Verifying the Digital Signature
Clear Your Browser’s Cache

. . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . .

Execute the Firmware Update

Configuring iDRAC for Use with IT Assistant

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility to Enable
Discovery and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . .

. .

48

Using the iDRAC Web Interface to Enable
Discovery and Monitoring . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

49

Using the Dell IT Assistant to View iDRAC
Status and Events . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

50

Configuring the Management Station
Management Station Set Up Steps

. . .

51

. . . . . . . . . . .

51

. . . . .

51

Management Station Network Requirements

4

Contents

39

. . . . .

Downloading the Firmware or Update
Package . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3

38

. . . . . . . .

52

. . . . . . . . . . . .

52

Configuring Your Web Browser to Connect to the
Web Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52

. . .

55

. . . . . . . . .

55

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

57

. . . . .

58

. . . . .

59

. . . . . . . . . . . .

60

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

60

Configuring a Supported Web Browser
Opening Your Web Browser

Adding iDRAC to the List of Trusted Domains
Viewing Localized Versions of the
Web Interface . . . . . . . . . .
Setting the Locale in Linux

Disabling the Whitelist Feature in Firefox
Installing a Java Runtime Environment (JRE)
Installing Telnet or SSH Clients .
Telnet with iDRAC

Configuring the Backspace Key For Your
Telnet Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SSH With iDRAC

. . . . .

60

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

61

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

62

. . . . . . .

63

Installing a TFTP Server

Installing Dell OpenManage IT Assistant

4

Configuring the Managed Server

. . . . . .

65

Installing the Software on the Managed Server

. . . .

65

Configuring the Managed Server to Capture the
Last Crash Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .

66

. . .

67

Disabling the Windows Automatic Reboot Option

5

Configuring the iDRAC Using the
Web Interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

69

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70

Accessing the Web Interface
Logging In

69

Contents

5

Logging Out

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

70

. . . .

71

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

71

Using Multiple Browser Tabs and Windows
Configuring the iDRAC NIC

Configuring the Network and IPMI
LAN Settings . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

72

. . . . . .

75

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

76

Configuring Platform Event Filters (PEF)

. . . . . .

77

Configuring Platform Event Traps (PET)

. . . . . .

78

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

78

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

79

Configuring IP Filtering and IP Blocking
Configuring Platform Events .

Configuring E-Mail Alerts
Configuring IPMI

Adding and Configuring iDRAC Users .

. . . . . . . . .

Securing iDRAC Communications Using SSL and
Digital Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)

. . .

83

. . . . . . . . . . . .

84

. . . . . . . . .

84

. . . . . . . . . .

85

Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
Accessing the SSL Main Menu

Generating a New Certificate Signing
Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

86

. . . . . . . . . . .

87

. . . . . . . . . . . .

88

Uploading a Server Certificate
Viewing a Server Certificate

Configuring and Managing Active Directory
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

Configuring Active Directory (Standard Schema
and Extended Schema) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

90
93

Downloading an iDRAC Server Certificate .

. . . .

94

Viewing an Active Directory CA Certificate

. . . .

94

Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration Access .
Enabling Local Configuration Access

Contents

89

. . .

Uploading an Active Directory CA Certificate

6

80

. .

95

. . . . . . .

95

. . . . . . .

95

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

95

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

99

. . .

100

Disabling Local Configuration Access
Configuring iDRAC Services
Updating the iDRAC Firmware

Recovering iDRAC Firmware Using the CMC

6

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft
Active Directory

103

Advantages and Disadvantages of Extended Schema
and Standard Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

103

. . . . .

104

. . . . . . .

104

. . . . .

105

. . . . . . . . .

105

Extended Schema Active Directory Overview
Active Directory Schema Extensions

Overview of the RAC Schema Extensions
Active Directory Object Overview

Configuring Extended Schema Active Directory
to Access Your iDRAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Extending the Active Directory Schema

.

109

. . . . . .

109

Installing the Dell Extension to the Active
Directory Users and Computers Snap-In
Adding iDRAC Users and Privileges to
Active Directory . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . .

115

. . . . . .

116

Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema
Active Directory Using the Web Interface . . .

. .

119

Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema
Active Directory Using RACADM . . . . . . .

. .

120

Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema
Active Directory and SM-CLP . . . . . . . . .

. .

121

. . . . .

122

Active Directory Standard Schema Overview

Configuring Standard Schema Active Directory
to Access Your iDRAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema
Active Directory and the Web Interface . . . .

.

124

. .

124

Contents

7

Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema
Active Directory and RACADM . . . . . . . . .

. .

126

Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema
Active Directory and SM-CLP . . . . . . . . .

. .

127

. . . . . . . . .

129

Enabling SSL on a Domain Controller .

Exporting the Domain Controller Root
CA Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

130

. .

131

. . . . .

132

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

132

Importing the iDRAC Firmware SSL Certificate
Using Active Directory to Log In To the iDRAC
Frequently Asked Questions

7

Viewing the Configuration and Health
of the Managed Server
System Summary .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

135

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

135

Main System Enclosure

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller .

. . . .

136

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

137

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

137

iDRAC

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

137

CMC .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139

WWN/MAC Summary
System Health

Batteries

Temperatures
Voltages

Power Monitoring
CPU

POST

Misc Health .

8

Contents

135

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

139

8

Configuring and Using Serial Over
LAN
Enabling Serial Over LAN in the BIOS

141

. . . . . . . . .

Configuring Serial Over LAN in the iDRAC Web
GUI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using Serial Over LAN (SOL)

. . . .

142

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

145

Model for Redirecting SOL Over Telnet
or SSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Model for the SOL Proxy

. . . . . .

145

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

146

. . . . .

146

Model for Redirecting SOL Over IMPItool

. . . .

146

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

147

. . . . . . . . .

147

. . . . . . .

148

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

148

. . . . . . . . . . .

149

. . . . . . . . . . . .

154

. . . . . . . .

154

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

159

Disconnecting an SOL Session in SM-CLP
Using SOL Over PuTTY

Using SOL Over Telnet With Linux

Using SOL Over OpenSSH with Linux
Using SOL Over IPMItool .

Opening SOL With SOL Proxy
Operating System Configuration

Linux Enterprise Operating System
Windows 2003 Enterprise

9

Using GUI Console Redirection .
Overview

141

161

. . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

161

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

161

Using Console Redirection

Supported Screen Resolutions and
Refresh Rates . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

162

. . . . . .

162

Configuring Your Management Station

Configuring Console Redirection in the iDRAC
Web Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. .

Configuring Console Redirection in the SM-CLP
Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.

Contents

163
165

9

. . . . . .

165

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

167

Synchronizing the Mouse Pointers

. . . . . . . .

170

Disabling or Enabling Local Console

. . . . . . . .

171

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

172

Opening a Console Redirection Session
Using the Video Viewer

Frequently Asked Questions

10 Configuring and Using Virtual Media
Overview .

. .

177

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

177

. . . . . .

179

. . . . . . . .

179

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

180

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

182

. . . . . . . . . . . .

183

Windows-Based Management Station
Linux-Based Management Station .
Configuring Virtual Media .
Running Virtual Media .

Booting From Virtual Media

Installing Operating Systems Using
Virtual Media . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

Using Virtual Media When the Server’s
Operating System Is Running . . . . . .
Frequently Asked Questions

184

. . . . . .

184

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

185

11 Using the Local RACADM Command Line
191
Interface
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

191

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

192

Using the RACADM Command
RACADM Subcommands

. . .

193

. . . . . . . .

193

. . . . . .

194

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

195

Using the RACADM Utility to Configure the iDRAC
Displaying Current iDRAC Settings .

Managing iDRAC Users with RACADM
Adding an iDRAC User

10

Contents

Enabling an iDRAC User With Permissions

195

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

196

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

196

Removing an iDRAC User
Testing E-mail Alerting

. . . .

. . .

197

. . . . . .

197

Configuring IPMI

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

198

Configuring PEF

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

200

Configuring PET

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

201

. . . . . . . . .

203

Configuring IP Filtering .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

204

Configuring IP Blocking

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

205

Testing the iDRAC SNMP Trap Alert Feature
Configuring iDRAC Network Properties

Configuring IP Filtering (IpRange)

Configuring iDRAC Telnet and SSH Services
Using Local RACADM . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . .

207

. . . . . . . . . . .

208

. . . . . . .

208

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

209

Using an iDRAC Configuration File

Creating an iDRAC Configuration File
Configuration File Syntax

Modifying the iDRAC IP Address in a
Configuration File . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . .

Loading the Configuration File Into the iDRAC .
Configuring Multiple iDRACs

212

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

212

12 Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command
Line Interface
System Management With SM-CLP .

215

. . . . . . . . . .

215

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

216

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

216

. . . . . . . . . .

219

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

220

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

220

iDRAC SM-CLP Support
SM-CLP Features

Navigating the MAP Address Space
Targets

211

. .

Using the Show Verb

Contents

11

Using the -display Option .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

221

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

221

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

221

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

222

Using the -level Option

Using the -output Option
iDRAC SM-CLP Examples

. . . . . . . . . . . .

222

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

222

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

224

Server Power Management
SEL Management .

MAP Target Navigation

Setting the iDRAC IP Address, Subnet Mask,
and Gateway Address . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . .

225

Updating the iDRAC Firmware Using SM-CLP

. . .

226

13 Deploying Your Operating System
Using iVM-CLI
Before You Begin

229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

229

. . . . . . . . . . .

229

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

229

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

230

. . . . .

230

. . .

230

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

230

Remote System Requirements
Network Requirements .

Creating a Bootable Image File

Creating an Image File for Linux Systems

Creating an Image File for Windows Systems
Preparing for Deployment

Configuring the Remote Systems .
Deploying the Operating System

. . . . . . . . .

230

. . . . . . . . . . . .

231

Using the Virtual Media Command Line
Interface Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . .

232

. . . . . . . . . . . .

233

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

234

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

234

. . . . .

237

Installing the iVM-CLI Utility
Command Line Options
iVM-CLI Parameters

. . . . . . . .

iVM-CLI Operating System Shell Options

12

Contents

14 Using the iDRAC Configuration
Utility
Overview

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

239

. . . . . . . .

240

. . . . . . . . .

240

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

241

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

241

Starting the iDRAC Configuration Utility
Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility
LAN

239

IPMI Over LAN (On/Off)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

242

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

244

LAN Parameters
Virtual Media

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

244

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

245

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

245

LAN User Configuration
Reset to Default

System Event Log Menu

Exiting the iDRAC Configuration Utility .

. . . . . .

15 Recovering and Troubleshooting the
Managed Server

247

. . . . . . . . .

247

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

248

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

248

Safety First–For You and Your System
Trouble Indicators

246

LED Indicators

. . . . . . . . . . .

249

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

249

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

250

. . . . . . . . . . . .

250

. . . . . . .

251

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

252

. . . . . .

252

. . . .

253

. . . . . .

254

Hardware Trouble Indicators
Other Trouble Indicators
Problem Solving Tools

Checking the System Health

Checking the System Event Log (SEL)
Checking the Post Codes

Viewing the Last System Crash Screen

Viewing the Most Recent Boot Sequences
Checking the Server Status Screen for
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . .

Contents

13

Viewing the iDRAC Log

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

262

. . . . . . . . . . . .

263

Viewing System Information

Identifying the Managed Server in the
Chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Using the Diagnostics Console .

. . . . . .

265

. . . . . . . . . .

266

. . . . . .

267

. . .

268

Managing Power on a Remote System

Troubleshooting and Frequently Asked Questions

A RACADM Subcommand Overview

275

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

276

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

278

getssninfo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

280

getsysinfo

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

282

getractime

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

284

setniccfg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

285

getniccfg

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

287

config

getconfig

getsvctag .
racreset

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

288

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

288

racresetcfg .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

289

serveraction

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

290

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

291

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

292

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

293

getraclog .
clrraclog
getsel
Contents

275

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

help

14

. . . . .

clrsel .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

294

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

294

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

296

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

297

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

298

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

299

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

301

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

303

gettracelog
sslcsrgen

sslcertupload

sslcertdownload
sslcertview
testemail .
testtrap .

B iDRAC Property Database Group and
Object Definitions
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

305

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

305

. . . . . . . . . . .

306

. . . . . . . . .

306

Displayable Characters
idRacInfo

305

idRacProductInfo (Read Only)

idRacDescriptionInfo (Read Only)

. . . . . . . . . . .

306

. . . . . . . . . . . .

307

idRacVersionInfo (Read Only)
idRacBuildInfo (Read Only)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

307

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

307

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

307

idRacName (Read Only)
idRacType (Read Only)
cfgLanNetworking

cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP
(Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

308

. . . . . . . .

308

. . . . . . . . . .

309

. . . . . . . . .

309

. . . . .

309

. . . . . . . . . . .

310

cfgDNSDomainName (Read/Write)
cfgDNSRacName (Read/Write)

cfgDNSRegisterRac (Read/Write)

cfgDNSServersFromDHCP (Read/Write)
cfgDNSServer1 (Read/Write)

Contents

15

cfgDNSServer2 (Read/Write)
cfgNicEnable (Read/Write) .

. . . . . . . . . . .

310

. . . . . . . . . . . .

310

cfgNicIpAddress (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . .

311

cfgNicNetmask (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . .

311

cfgNicGateway (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . .

312

cfgNicUseDhcp (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . .

312

. . . . . . . . . .

313

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

313

cfgNicMacAddress (Read Only)
cfgUserAdmin

. . .

313

. . . . . . .

314

cfgUserAdminIpmiLanPrivilege (Read/Write)
cfgUserAdminPrivilege (Read/Write)

. . . . . .

315

. . . . . . .

315

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

316

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

316

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

316

. . . . . . . . . .

317

cfgUserAdminUserName (Read/Write)
cfgUserAdminPassword (Write Only)
cfgUserAdminEnable

cfgUserAdminSolEnable
cfgEmailAlert

cfgEmailAlertIndex (Read Only)

. . . . . . . . .

317

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

317

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

318

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

318

cfgEmailAlertEnable (Read/Write)
cfgEmailAlertAddress

cfgEmailAlertCustomMsg
cfgSessionManagement .

cfgSsnMgtConsRedirMaxSessions
(Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

cfgSsnMgtWebserverTimeout (Read/Write) .

319

. . . . .

319

. . . .

320

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

320

. . . . . . . . .

320

. . . . . . . .

321

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

321

. . . . . . . . .

321

cfgSsnMgtSshIdleTimeout (Read/Write) .
cfgSsnMgtTelnetIdleTimeout (Read/Write)
cfgSerial

cfgSerialSshEnable (Read/Write)

cfgSerialTelnetEnable (Read/Write)
cfgRacTuning

cfgRacTuneHttpPort (Read/Write)

16

Contents

318

. . .

cfgRacTuneHttpsPort (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . . .

322
322

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

323

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

323

cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask
cfgRacTuneIpBlkEnable

322

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable
cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

323

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow

. . . . . . . . . . .

324

cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime

. . . . . . . . . . .

324

. . . . . . . . .

324

cfgRacTuneTelnetPort (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . .

325

cfgRacTuneConRedirEncryptEnable
(Read/Write) . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

325

. . . . . .

325

. . .

326

. . . . . . . .

326

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailCount

cfgRacTuneSshPort (Read/Write)

cfgRacTuneConRedirPort (Read/Write)

cfgRacTuneConRedirVideoPort (Read/Write)
cfgRacTuneAsrEnable (Read/Write)

cfgRacTuneWebserverEnable (Read/Write) .

. . .

326

cfgRacTuneLocalServerVideo (Read/Write) .

. . .

327

cfgRacTuneLocalConfigDisable (Read/Write)

. . .

327

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

328

ifcRacManagedNodeOs .

ifcRacMnOsHostname (Read/Write) .

. . . . . . .

328

. . . . . . . .

328

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

328

. . . . . .

329

ifcRacMnOsOsName (Read/Write)
cfgRacSecurity

cfgSecCsrCommonName (Read/Write)

. . . .

329

. . . . .

329

cfgSecCsrOrganizationName (Read/Write)
cfgSecCsrOrganizationUnit (Read/Write)
cfgSecCsrLocalityName (Read/Write) .
cfgSecCsrStateName (Read/Write)

. . . . . .

330

. . . . . . . .

330

. . . . . . .

330

. . . . . . . .

331

. . . . . . . . . .

331

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

331

. . . . . . . .

331

cfgSecCsrCountryCode (Read/Write)
cfgSecCsrEmailAddr (Read/Write) .
cfgSecCsrKeySize (Read/Write)
cfgRacVirtual

cfgVirMediaAttached (Read/Write)

Contents

17

. . . . . . . . . .

332

cfgVirAtapiSrvPortSsl (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . .

332

cfgVirMediaBootOnce (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . .

333

. . . . . . . . .

333

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

333

. . . . . . . . . .

334

cfgVirAtapiSrvPort (Read/Write)

cfgFloppyEmulation (Read/Write)
cfgActiveDirectory

cfgADRacDomain (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . .

334

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

334

cfgADAuthTimeout (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

335

cfgADRootDomain (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

335

cfgADRacName (Read/Write)
cfgADEnable (Read/Write)

. . . . .

335

. . . . . . .

336

cfgADSpecifyServerEnable (Read/Write)
cfgADDomainController (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . .

336

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

336

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

337

. . . . . . .

337

. . . . . .

337

. . . . .

337

. . . .

338

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

338

. . . . . . . . . .

339

. . . . . . . . .

339

. . . . . . .

339

cfgADGlobalCatalog (Read/Write)
cfgADType (Read/Write)
cfgStandardSchema

cfgSSADRoleGroupIndex (Read Only)

cfgSSADRoleGroupName (Read/Write)

cfgSSADRoleGroupDomain (Read/Write)
cfgSSADRoleGroupPrivilege (Read/Write)
cfgIpmiSol

cfgIpmiSolEnable (Read/Write)

cfgIpmiSolBaudRate (Read/Write)

cfgIpmiSolMinPrivilege (Read/Write)

. . .

340

. . . . . .

340

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

340

. . . . . . . . . .

340

. . . . . . . . .

341

cfgIpmiSolAccumulateInterval (Read/Write)
cfgIpmiSolSendThreshold (Read/Write)
cfgIpmiLan

cfgIpmiLanEnable (Read/Write)

cfgIpmiLanPrivLimit (Read/Write)

cfgIpmiLanAlertEnable (Read/Write) .
cfgIpmiEncryptionKey (Read/Write)

. . . . . . .

341

. . . . . . . .

342

. . . . .

342

cfgIpmiPetCommunityName (Read/Write)

18

Contents

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

342

cfgIpmiPefName (Read Only)

. . . . . . . . . . .

342

cfgIpmiPefIndex (Read Only) .

cfgIpmiPef

. . . . . . . . . . .

343

cfgIpmiPefAction (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

343

cfgIpmiPefEnable (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

343

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

344

. . . . . . . . . . .

344

. . . . .

344

. . . . . . .

345

cfgIpmiPet

cfgIpmiPetIndex (Read/Write)

cfgIpmiPetAlertDestIpAddr (Read/Write)
cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable (Read/Write) .

C iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

347

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

347

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

347

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

347

/system1/sp1/account<1-16>
userid (Read Only)

. . . .

username (Read/Write)

oemdell_ipmilanprivileges (Read/Write) .
password (Write Only)

. . . . .

348

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

348

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

349

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

349

. . . .

349

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

351

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

351

enabledstate (Read/Write)
solenabled (Read/Write)

oemdell_extendedprivileges (Read/Write)
/system1/sp1/enetport1/*

macaddress (Read Only)

. . . . . .

351

. . . . . . . . .

351

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

352

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

352

. . . . . . . . . .

352

. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

353

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1
oemdell_nicenable (Read/Write)
ipaddress (Read/Write)

subnetmask (Read/Write)

oemdell_usedhcp (Read/Write)
committed (Read/Write)

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/
dnsendpt1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

Contents

353

19

oemdell_domainnamefromdhcp (Read/Write)

353

. . . . . .

354

. . . . . . .

354

. . . . . . . .

355

oemdell_dnsdomainname (Read/Write)
oemdell_dnsregisterrac (Read/Write)
oemdell_dnsracname (Read/Write)

. . .

oemdell_serversfromdhcp (Read/Write) .

. . . . .

355

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/dnsendpt1/
remotesap1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
dnsserveraddress (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

355

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/dnsendpt1/
remotesap2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
dnsserveraddress (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/
remotesap1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

356

. . . . . . .

356

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

357

. . . . . . . . .

357

. . . . . . . .

357

. . . . . . .

357

. . . . . . . . . . .

358

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

358

. . . . . . . . .

359

. . . . . . . .

359

. . . . . . .

359

. . . . . . . . . . .

360

. . . . . . . .

360

defaultgatewayaddress (Read/Write)
/system1/sp1/group<1-5>

oemdell_groupname (Read/Write)

oemdell_groupdomain (Read/Write)

oemdell_groupprivilege (Read/Write)
/system1/sp1/oemdell_adservice1
enabledstate (Read/Write)

oemdell_adracname (Read/Write)

oemdell_adracdomain (Read/Write)
oemdell_adrootdomain (Read/Write)
oemdell_timeout (Read/Write)

oemdell_schematype (Read/Write)

oemdell_adspecifyserverenable (Read/Write) .

. .

360

. . . .

361

. . . . . .

361

. . . . . . . . . .

361

. . . . . . . . . . . .

362

oemdell_addomaincontroller (Read/Write)
oemdell_adglobalcatalog (Read/Write)
/system1/sp1/oemdell_racsecurity1
commonname (Read/Write)

20

Contents

356

organizationname (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . .

362

. . . . . .

362

. . . . . . . .

363

. . . . . . . . .

363

. . . . . . . .

363

oemdell_organizationunit (Read/Write)
oemdell_localityname (Read/Write)
oemdell_statename (Read/Write)

oemdell_countrycode (Read/Write)

. . . . . . .

364

. . . . . . . . . . .

364

/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

364

generate (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

364

. . . . . . . . . . . .

365

. . . . . . . . . .

365

. . . . . . . . . . .

366

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

366

. . . . . . . . .

366

. . . . . .

367

. . . . .

367

portnumber (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

367

portnumber (Read/Write)

. . . . . . . . . . . . .

368

oemdell_emailaddress (Read/Write)
oemdell_keysize (Read/Write)

oemdell_status (Read Only)

oemdell_certtype (Read / Write)
/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1
enabledstate (Read/Write)

oemdell_singleboot (Read/Write)

oemdell_floppyemulation (Read/Write)

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1/tcpendpt1

oemdell_sslenabled (Read Only) .

. . . . . . . . .

D RACADM and SM-CLP
Equivalencies

368

369

Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Index

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

391

Contents

21

22

Contents

1

iDRAC Overview

The Integrated Dell™ Remote Access Controller (iDRAC) is a systems
management hardware and software solution that provides remote management
capabilities, crashed system recovery, and power control functions for Dell
PowerEdge™ systems.
The iDRAC uses an integrated System-on-Chip microprocessor for the remote
monitor/control system. The iDRAC co-exists on the system board with the
managed PowerEdge server. The server operating system is concerned with
executing applications; the iDRAC is concerned with monitoring and managing
the server’s environment and state outside of the operating system.
You can configure the iDRAC to send you an e-mail or Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) trap alert for warnings or errors. To help you
diagnose the probable cause of a system crash, iDRAC can log event data and
capture an image of the screen when it detects that the system has crashed.
Managed servers are installed in a Dell M1000e system enclosure (chassis) with
modular power supplies, cooling fans, and a chassis management controller
(CMC). The CMC monitors and manages all components installed in the
chassis. A redundant CMC can be added to provide hot failover if the primary
CMC fails. The chassis provides access to the iDRACs through its LCD display,
local console connections, and its web interface.
All network connections to the iDRAC are through the CMC network interface
(CMC RJ45 connection port labelled "GB1"). The CMC routes traffic to the
iDRACs on its servers through a private, internal network. This private
management network is outside of the server’s data path and outside of the
operating system’s control, that is, out-of-band. The managed servers’ inband
network interfaces are accessed through I/O modules (IOMs) installed in the
chassis.

iDRAC Overview

23

The iDRAC network interface is disabled by default. It must be configured
before the iDRAC is accessible. After the iDRAC is enabled and configured on
the network, it can be accessed at its assigned IP address with the iDRAC web
interface, telnet or SSH, and supported network management protocols, such as
Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI).

iDRAC Management Features
The iDRAC provides the following management features:

24

•

Dynamic Domain Name System (DDNS) registration

•

Remote system management and monitoring using a Web interface, the local
RACADM command line interface via console redirection, and the SM-CLP
command line over a telnet/SSH connection

•

Support for Microsoft® Active Directory® authentication — Centralizes
iDRAC user IDs and passwords in Active Directory using the standard
schema or an extended schema

•

Console Redirection — Provides remote system keyboard, video, and mouse
functions

•

Virtual Media — Enables a managed server to access a local media drive on
the management station or ISO CD/DVD images on a network share

•

Monitoring — Provides access to system information and status of
components

•

Access to system logs — Provides access to the system event log, the iDRAC
log, and the last crash screen of the crashed or unresponsive system that is
independent of the operating system state

•

Dell OpenManage™ software integration — Enables you to launch the
iDRAC Web interface from Dell OpenManage Server Administrator or IT
Assistant

•

iDRAC alert — Alerts you to potential managed node issues through an email message or SNMP trap

•

Remote power management — Provides remote power management
functions, such as shutdown and reset, from a management console

•

Single Sign-On from CMC Web interface — Once credentials are accepted
by CMC, users can access any iDRAC without additional login

iDRAC Overview

NOTE: If a warning window appears during the Single Sign-On process, it
must be bypassed within 20 seconds or Single Sign-On will fail.
•

One-to-Many firmware update – Enables user configurable update of more
than one iDRAC using CMC GUI and command line

•

Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI) support

•

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) encryption — Provides secure remote system
management through the Web interface

•

Password-level security management — Prevents unauthorized access to a
remote system

•

Role-based authority — Provides assignable permissions for different
systems management tasks

iDRAC Security Features
The iDRAC provides the following security features:
•

User authentication through Microsoft Active Directory (optional) or
hardware-stored user IDs and passwords

•

Role-based authority, which enables an administrator to configure specific
privileges for each user

•

User ID and password configuration through the Web interface or SM-CLP

•

SM-CLP and Web interfaces, which support 128-bit and 40-bit encryption
(for countries where 128 bit is not acceptable), using the SSL 3.0 standard

•

Session time-out configuration (in seconds) through the Web interface or
SM-CLP

•

Configurable IP ports (where applicable)
NOTE: Telnet does not support SSL encryption.

•

Secure Shell (SSH), which uses an encrypted transport layer for higher
security

•

Login failure limits per IP address, with login blocking from the IP address
when the limit is exceeded

•

Limited IP address range for clients connecting to the iDRAC

iDRAC Overview

25

iDRAC Firmware Improvements
The following improvements have been made to the iDRAC firmware:
•

Major improvements in Active Directory lookup performance

•

Improved responsiveness of TCP-IP networking stack

•

Improved health status interface between iDRAC and CMC

•

Security improvements using multiple third-party analysis tools

Supported Platforms
The iDRAC supports the following PowerEdge systems in the Dell PowerEdge
M1000e system enclosure:
•

PowerEdge M600

•

PowerEdge M605

•

PowerEdge M805

•

PowerEdge M905

Check the iDRAC Readme file and the Dell PowerEdge Compatibility Guide
located on the Dell Support website at support.dell.com for the latest supported
platforms.

Supported Operating Systems
Table 1-1 lists the operating systems that support the iDRAC.
See the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator Compatibility Guide located on
the Dell Support website at support.dell.com for the latest information.

26

iDRAC Overview

Table 1-1. Supported Operating Systems
Operating System
Family

Operating System

Microsoft
Windows

Microsoft® Windows Server® 2003 R2 Standard and Enterprise
(32-bit x86) Editions with SP2
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Web, Standard and Enterprise
(32-bit x86) Editions with SP2
Microsoft Windows Server 2003 Standard and Enterprise (x64)
Editions with SP2
Microsoft Windows Storage Server 2003 R2 Express, Workgroup,
Standard, and Enterprise x64 Editions
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Web, Standard, and Enterprise
(32-bit x86) Editions
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 Web, Standard, Enterprise and
Datacenter (x64) Editions

NOTE: When installing Windows Server 2003 with Service Pack 1,
be aware of changes to DCOM security settings. For more
information, see article 903220 from the Microsoft Support website
at support.microsoft.com/kb/903220.
Red Hat® Linux®

Enterprise Linux WS, ES, and AS (version 4) (x86 and x86_64)
Enterprise Linux 5 (x86 and x86-64)

SUSE® Linux

Enterprise Server 10 (Gold) (x86_64)

VMware

ESX(i) 3.5 U2 or later

Supported Web Browsers
Table 1-2 lists the Web browsers that are supported as iDRAC clients.
See the iDRAC Readme file and the Dell OpenManage Server Administrator
Compatibility Guide located on the Dell Support website at support.dell.com
for the latest information.
NOTE: Due to serious security flaws, support for SSL 2.0 has been discontinued.
Your browser must be configured to enable SSL 3.0 in order to work properly.

iDRAC Overview

27

Table 1-2. Supported Web Browsers
Operating System

Supported Web Browser

Windows

Internet Explorer® 6.0 with Service Pack 2 (SP2) for
Windows XP and Windows 2003 R2 SP2 only
Internet Explorer 7.0 for Windows Vista, Windows XP,
Windows 2003 R2 SP2, and Windows Server 2008 only
Mozilla Firefox 2.0 for Windows (Java vKVM/vMedia
console only)

Linux

Mozilla Firefox 1.5 on SUSE Linux (version 10) only
Mozilla Firefox 2.0 on Red Hat Enterprise Linux 4 and 5
(32-bit or 64-bit) and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10
(32-bit or 64-bit)

Supported Remote Access Connections
Table 1-3 lists the connection features.
Table 1-3. Supported Remote Access Connections
Connection

Features

iDRAC NIC

• 10Mbps/100Mbs/1Gbps Ethernet via CMC Gb Ethernet port
• DHCP support
• SNMP traps and e-mail event notification
• Support for SM-CLP (telnet or SSH) command shell for
operations such as iDRAC configuration, system boot, reset,
power-on, and shutdown commands
• Support for IPMI utilities such as ipmitool and ipmishell

iDRAC Ports
Table 1-4 lists the ports iDRAC listens on for connections. Table 1-5 identifies
the ports that the iDRAC uses as a client. This information is required when
opening firewalls for remote access to an iDRAC.

28

iDRAC Overview

Table 1-4. iDRAC Server Listening Ports
Port Number

Function

22*

Secure Shell (SSH)

23*

Telnet

80*

HTTP

443*

HTTPS

623

RMCP/RMCP+

3668*, 3669*

Virtual Media Service

3770*, 3771*

Virtual Media Secure Service

5900*

Console Redirection keyboard/mouse

5901*

Console Redirection video

* Configurable port

Table 1-5. iDRAC Client Ports
Port Number

Function

25

SMTP

53

DNS

68

DHCP-assigned IP address

69

TFTP

162

SNMP trap

636

LDAPS

3269

LDAPS for global catalog (GC)

Other Documents You May Need
In addition to this User Guide, the following documents provide additional
information about the setup and operation of the iDRAC in your system:
•

The iDRAC online help provides information about using the Web interface.

iDRAC Overview

29

•

The Dell Chassis Management Controller User Guide provides information
about using the controller that manages all modules in the chassis containing
your PowerEdge server.

•

The Dell OpenManage IT Assistant User’s Guide provides information about
using IT Assistant.

•

The Dell OpenManage Server Administrator User’s Guide provides
information about installing and using Server Administrator.

•

The Dell Update Packages User’s Guide provides information about
obtaining and using Dell Update Packages as part of your system update
strategy.

The following system documents are also available to provide more information
about the system in which your iDRAC is installed:
•

The Product Information Guide provides important safety and regulatory
information. Warranty information may be included within this document or
as a separate document.

•

The Rack Installation Guide and Rack Installation Instructions included with
your rack solution describe how to install your system into a rack.

•

The Getting Started Guide provides an overview of system features, setting
up your system, and technical specifications.

•

The Hardware Owner’s Manual provides information about system features
and describes how to troubleshoot the system and install or replace system
components.

•

Systems management software documentation describes the features,
requirements, installation, and basic operation of the software.

•

Operating system documentation describes how to install (if necessary),
configure, and use the operating system software.

•

Documentation for any components you purchased separately provides
information to configure and install these options.

•

Updates are sometimes included with the system to describe changes to the
system, software, and/or documentation.
NOTE: Always read the updates first because they often supersede
information in other documents.

30

iDRAC Overview

•

Release notes or readme files may be included to provide last-minute updates
to the system or documentation or advanced technical reference material
intended for experienced users or technicians.

iDRAC Overview

31

32

iDRAC Overview

Configuring the iDRAC

2

This section provides information about how to establish access to the iDRAC
and to configure your management environment to use iDRAC.

Before You Begin
Gather the following items prior to configuring the iDRAC:
•

Dell Chassis Management Controller User Guide

•

Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD

Interfaces for Configuring the iDRAC
You can configure the iDRAC using the iDRAC Configuration Utility, the
iDRAC Web interface, the local RACADM CLI, or the SM-CLP CLI. The local
RACADM CLI is available after you have installed the operating system and the
Dell PowerEdge server management software on the managed server. Table 2-1
describes these interfaces.
For greater security, access to the iDRAC configuration through the iDRAC
Configuration Utility or Local RACADM CLI can be disabled by means of a
RACADM command (see "cfgRacTuneLocalConfigDisable (Read/Write)" on
page 327) or from the GUI (see "Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration
Access" on page 95).
NOTE: Using more than one configuration interface at the same time may generate
unexpected results.

Configuring the iDRAC

33

Table 2-1. Configuration Interfaces
Interface

Description

iDRAC
Configuration
Utility

Accessed at boot time, the iDRAC Configuration utility is useful
when installing a new PowerEdge server. Use it for setting up the
network and basic security features and for enabling other
features.

iDRAC Web
Interface

The iDRAC Web interface is a browser-based management
application that you can use to interactively manage the iDRAC
and monitor the managed server. It is the primary interface for
day-to-day tasks, such as monitoring system health, viewing the
system event log, managing local iDRAC users, and launching
the CMC Web interface and console redirection sessions.

CMC Web Interface

In addition to monitoring and managing the chassis, the CMC
Web interface can be used to view the status of a managed
server, configure iDRAC network settings, and to start, stop, or
reset the managed server.

Chassis LCD Panel

The LCD panel on the chassis containing the iDRAC can be
used to view the high-level status of the servers in the chassis.
During initial configuration of the CMC, the configuration
wizard allows you to enable DHCP configuration of iDRAC
networking.

Local RACADM

The local RACADM command line interface runs on the
managed server. It is accessed from either the iKVM or a console
redirection session initiated from the iDRAC Web interface.
RACADM is installed on the managed server when you install
Dell OpenManage Server Administrator.
RACADM commands provide access to nearly all iDRAC
features. You can inspect sensor data, system event log records,
and the current status and configuration values maintained in the
iDRAC. You can alter iDRAC configuration values, manage
local users, enable and disable features, and perform power
functions such as shutting down or rebooting the managed
server.

iVM-CLI

34

The iDRAC Virtual Media Command Line Interface (iVM-CLI)
provides the managed server access to media on the management
station. It is useful for developing scripts to install operating
systems on multiple managed servers.

Configuring the iDRAC

Table 2-1. Configuration Interfaces (continued)
Interface

Description

SM-CLP

SM-CLP is the Distributed Management Task Force (DMTF)
Server Management-Command Line Protocol (SM-CLP) that is
incorporated in the iDRAC. The SM-CLP command line is
accessed by logging into the iDRAC using telnet or SSH.
SM-CLP commands implement a useful subset of the local
RACADM commands. The commands are useful for scripting
since they can be executed from a management station command
line. The output of commands can be retrieved in well-defined
formats, including XML, facilitating scripting and integration
with existing reporting and management tools.
See "RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies" on page 369 for a
comparison of the RACADM and SM-CLP commands.

IPMI

IPMI defines a standard way for embedded management
subsystems such as the iDRAC to communicate with other
embedded systems and management applications.
You can use the iDRAC Web interface, SM-CLP, or RACADM
commands to configure IPMI Platform Event Filters (PEFs) and
Platform Event Traps (PETs).
PEFs cause the iDRAC to perform selectable actions (for
example, rebooting the managed server) when it detects a
condition. PETs instruct the iDRAC to send e-mail or IPMI
alerts when it detects specified events or conditions.
You can also use standard IPMI tools such as ipmitool and
ipmishell with iDRAC when you enable IPMI Over LAN.

Configuring the iDRAC

35

Configuration Tasks
This section is an overview of the configuration tasks for the management
station, the iDRAC, and the managed server. The tasks to be performed include
configuring the iDRAC so that it can be used remotely, configuring the iDRAC
features you want to use, installing the operating system on the managed server,
and installing management software on your management station and the
managed server.
The configuration tasks that can be used to perform each task are listed beneath
the task.
NOTE: Before performing configuration procedures in this guide, the CMC and I/O
modules must be installed in the chassis and configured, and the PowerEdge server
must be physically installed in the chassis.

Configure the Management Station
Set up a management station by installing the Dell OpenManage software, a
Web browser, and other software utilities.
•

See "Configuring the Management Station" on page 51

Configure iDRAC Networking
Enable the iDRAC network and configure IP, netmask, gateway, and DNS
addresses.
NOTE: Access to the iDRAC configuration through the iDRAC Configuration Utility
or Local RACADM CLI can be disabled by means of a RACADM command (see
"cfgRacTuneLocalConfigDisable (Read/Write)" on page 327) or from the GUI (see
"Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration Access" on page 95).
NOTE: Changing the iDRAC network settings terminates all current network
connections to the iDRAC.
NOTE: The option to configure the server using the LCD panel is available only
during the CMC initial configuration. Once the chassis is deployed, the LCD panel
cannot be used to reconfigure the iDRAC.
NOTE: The LCD panel can be used to enable DHCP to configure the iDRAC network.
If you want to assign static addresses, you must use the iDRAC Configuration Utility
or the CMC Web interface.

36

Configuring the iDRAC

•

Chassis LCD Panel — see the Dell Chassis Management Controller
Firmware User Guide.

•

iDRAC configuration utility — see "LAN" on page 241

•

CMC Web interface — see "Configuring Networking Using the CMC Web
Interface" on page 39

•

RACADM — see "cfgLanNetworking" on page 307

Configure iDRAC Users
Set up the local iDRAC users and permissions. The iDRAC holds a table of
sixteen local users in firmware. You can set usernames, passwords, and roles for
these users.
•

iDRAC configuration utility (configures administrative user only) — see
"LAN User Configuration" on page 244

•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Adding and Configuring iDRAC Users" on
page 80

•

RACADM — see "Adding an iDRAC User" on page 195

Configure Active Directory
In addition to the local iDRAC users, you can use Microsoft® Active Directory®
to authenticate iDRAC user logins.
•

See "Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory" on page 103
NOTE: When using iDRAC in an Active Directory environment, be sure your user
names conform to the Active Directory naming convention in force in your
environment.

Configure IP Filtering and IP Blocking
In addition to user authentication, you can prevent unauthorized access by
rejecting connection attempts from IP addresses outside of a defined range and
by temporarily blocking connections from IP addresses where authentication
has failed multiple times within a configurable timespan.
•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Configuring IP Filtering and IP Blocking" on
page 75

•

RACADM — see "Configuring IP Filtering (IpRange)" on page 203,
"Configuring IP Blocking" on page 205

Configuring the iDRAC

37

Configure Platform Events
Platform events occur when the iDRAC detects a warning or critical condition
from one of the managed server’s sensors.
Configure Platform Event Filters (PEFs) to choose the events you want to
detect, such as rebooting the managed server, when an event is detected.
•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Configuring Platform Event Filters (PEF)" on
page 77

•

RACADM — see "Configuring PEF" on page 200

Configure Platform Event Traps (PETs) to send alert notifications to an IP
address, such as a management station with IPMI software or to send an e-mail
to a specified e-mail address.
•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Configuring Platform Event Traps (PET)" on
page 78

•

RACADM — see "Configuring PET" on page 201

Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration Access
Access to critical configuration parameters, such as network configuration and
user privileges, can be disabled. Once disabled, the setting remains persistent
across reboots. Configuration write access is blocked for both the Local
RACADM program and the iDRAC Configuration Utility (at boot). Web access
to configuration parameters is unimpeded and configuration data is always
available for viewing. For information about the iDRAC Web interface, see
"Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration Access" on page 95. For cfgRac
Tuning commands, see "cfgRacTuning" on page 321.

Configure iDRAC Services
Enable or disable the iDRAC network services — such as telnet, SSH, and the
Web server interface — and reconfigure ports and other service parameters.
•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Configuring iDRAC Services" on page 95

•

RACADM — see "Configuring iDRAC Telnet and SSH Services Using
Local RACADM" on page 207

Configure Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
Configure SSL for the iDRAC web server.

38

Configuring the iDRAC

•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)" on page 84

•

RACADM — see "cfgRacSecurity" on page 328, "sslcsrgen" on page 295,
"sslcertupload" on page 297, "sslcertdownload" on page 298, "sslcertview"
on page 299

Configure Virtual Media
Configure the virtual media feature so that you can install the operating system
on the PowerEdge server. Virtual media allows the managed server to access
media devices on the management station or ISO CD/DVD images on a network
share as if they were devices on the managed server.
•

iDRAC Web interface — see "Configuring and Using Virtual Media" on
page 177

•

iDRAC configuration utility — see "Virtual Media" on page 244

Install the Managed Server Software
Install the operating system on the PowerEdge server using virtual media and
then install the Dell OpenManage software on the managed PowerEdge server
and set up the last crash screen feature.
•

Console redirection — see "Installing the Software on the Managed Server"
on page 65

•

iVM-CLI — see "Using the Virtual Media Command Line Interface Utility"
on page 232

Configure the Managed Server for the Last Crash Screen Feature
Set up the managed server so that the iDRAC can capture the screen image after
an operating system crash or freeze.
•

Managed Server — see "Configuring the Managed Server to Capture the Last
Crash Screen" on page 66, "Disabling the Windows Automatic Reboot
Option" on page 67

Configuring Networking Using the CMC Web
Interface
NOTE: You must have Chassis Configuration Administrator privilege to set up
iDRAC network settings from the CMC.
Configuring the iDRAC

39

NOTE: The default CMC user is root and the default password is calvin.
NOTE: The CMC IP address can be found in the iDRAC Web interface by clicking
System→ Remote Access→ CMC. You can also launch the CMC Web interface
from this page.
1 Use your web browser to log in to the CMC web user interface using a URL
of the form https:// or https://.
2 Enter the CMC username and password and click OK.
3 Click the plus (+) symbol next to Chassis in the left column, then click
Servers.
4 Click Setup→ Deploy Network.
5 Enable the LAN for the server by checking the checkbox next to the server
beneath the Enable Lan heading.
6 Enable or disable IPMI over LAN by checking the or unchecking the
checkbox next to the server beneath the Enable IPMI over LAN heading.
7 Enable or disable DHCP for the server by checking or unchecking the
checkbox next to the server under the DHCP Enabled heading.
8 If DHCP is disabled, enter the static IP address, netmask, and default
gateway for the server.
9 Click Apply at the bottom of the page.

Viewing FlexAddress Mezzanine Card Fabric
Connections
The M1000e includes FlexAddress, an advanced multilevel, multistandard
networking system. FlexAddress allows the use of persistent, chassis-assigned
World Wide Names and MAC addresses (WWN/MAC) for each managed
server port connection.
NOTE: In order to avoid errors that may lead to an inability to power on the
managed server, you must have the correct type of mezzanine card installed for
each port and fabric connection.
Configuration of the FlexAddress feature is performed using the CMC web
interface. For more information on the FlexAddress feature and its
configuration, see your Dell Chassis Management Controller Firmware Version
1.20 User Guide.

40

Configuring the iDRAC

Once the FlexAddress feature has been enabled and configured for the cabinet,
click System→ Properties→ WWN/MAC to view a list of installed mezzanine
cards, the fabrics and ports to which they are connected, the fabric port location,
type of fabric, and server-configured or chassis-assigned MAC addresses for
each installed embedded Ethernet and optional mezzanine card port.
To view a list of installed mezzanine cards, the type of mezzanine cards
installed, and if FlexAddress is configured, click System→ Properties→
Summary.

Updating the iDRAC Firmware
Updating the iDRAC firmware installs a new firmware image in the iDRAC
flash memory. iDRAC 1.4 supports One-to-Many firmware updates via the
CMC in normal mode, not just for corruption. You can update the firmware
using any of the following methods:
•

SM-CLP load command

•

iDRAC Web interface

•

Dell Update Package (for Linux or Microsoft Windows)

•

DOS iDRAC Firmware update utility

•

CMC Web interface (you must use this method if iDRAC firmware is
corrupted, or to do One-to-Many updates with CMC 2.0 or later firmware;
see your CMC Firmware User Guide for more information)

Downloading the Firmware or Update Package
Download the firmware from support.dell.com. The firmware image is
available in several different formats to support the different update methods
available.
To update the iDRAC firmware using the iDRAC Web interface or SM-CLP, or
to recover the iDRAC using the CMC Web interface, download the binary
image, packaged as a self-extracting archive.
To update the iDRAC firmware from the managed server, download the
operating system-specific Dell Update Package (DUP) for the operating system
running on the server whose iDRAC you are updating.

Configuring the iDRAC

41

To update the iDRAC firmware using the DOS iDRAC Firmware update utility,
download both the update utility and the binary image, which are packaged in
self-extracting archive files.

Execute the Firmware Update
NOTE: When the iDRAC firmware update begins, all existing iDRAC sessions are
disconnected and new sessions are not permitted until the update process is
completed.
NOTE: The chassis fans run at 100% during the iDRAC firmware update. When the
update is complete, normal fan speed regulation resumes. This is normal behavior,
designed to protect the server from overheating during a time when it cannot send
sensor information to the CMC.
To use a Dell Update Package for Linux or Microsoft Windows, execute the
operating-specific DUP on the managed server.
When using the SM-CLP load command, place the firmware binary image in a
directory where a Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) server can serve it to the
iDRAC. See "Updating the iDRAC Firmware Using SM-CLP" on page 226.
When using the iDRAC Web interface or the CMC Web interface, place the
firmware binary image on a disk that is accessible to the management station
from which you are running the Web interface. See "Updating the iDRAC
Firmware" on page 98.
NOTE: The iDRAC Web interface also allows you to reset the iDRAC configuration
to the factory defaults.
You must use the CMC Web interface to update the firmware when the CMC
detects that the iDRAC firmware is corrupted, as could occur if the iDRAC
firmware update progress is interrupted before it completes. See "Recovering
iDRAC Firmware Using the CMC" on page 99.
The CMC Web interface (CMC 2.0 or later) also provides a One-to-Many Outof-Band iDRAC Firmware update capacity that can be used at any time.
NOTE: After the CMC updates the firmware of the iDRAC, the iDRAC generates
new SHA1 and MD5 keys for the SSL certificate. Because the keys are different
from those in the open Web browser, all browser windows that are connected to
the iDRAC must be closed after the firmware update is complete. If the browser
windows are not closed, an Invalid Certificate error message is displayed.

42

Configuring the iDRAC

NOTE: If you are backdating your iDRAC firmware from version 1.20 to an earlier
version, you must delete the existing Internet Explorer ActiveX browser plugin on
any Windows-based Management Station to allow the firmware to install a
compatible version of the ActiveX plugin. To delete the ActiveX plugin, navigate to
c:\WINNT\Downloaded Program Files and delete the file DELL IMC KVM Viewer.

Using the DOS Update Utility
To update the iDRAC firmware using the DOS update utility, boot the managed
server to DOS, and execute the idrac16d command. The syntax for the
command is:
idrac16d [-f] [-i=] [-l=]
When executed with no options, the idrac16d command updates the iDRAC
firmware using the firmware image file firmimg.imc in the current directory.
The options are as follows:
-f — forces the update. The -f option can be used to downgrade the firmware
to an earlier image.
-i= — specifies the filename image that contains the firmware
image. This option is required if the firmware filename has been changed from
the default name firmimg.imc.
-l= — logs output from the update activity. This option is used
for debugging.
CAUTION: If you enter incorrect arguments for the idrac16d command or supply
the -h option, you may notice an additional option, -nopresconfig, in the
usage output. This option is used to update the firmware without preserving any
configuration information. You should not use this option unless explicitly told to
do so by a Dell Support Representative because it deletes all of your existing
iDRAC configuration information such as IP addresses, users, and passwords.

Configuring the iDRAC

43

Verifying the Digital Signature
A digital signature is used to authenticate the identity of the signer of a file and
to certify that the original content of the file has not been modified since it was
signed.
If you do not already have it installed on your system, you must install the Gnu
Privacy Guard (GPG) to verify a digital signature. To use the standard
verification procedure, perform the following steps:
1 Download the Dell Linux public GnuPG key, if you do not already have it, by
navigating to lists.us.dell.com and clicking the Dell Public GPG key link.
Save the file to your local system. The default name is linux-securitypublickey.txt.
2 Import the public key to your gpg trust database by running the following
command:
gpg --import 
NOTE: You must have your private key to complete the process.
3 To avoid a distrusted-key warning, change the trust level for the Dell Public
GPG key.
a

Type the following command:
gpg --edit-key 23B66A9D

b

Within the GPG key editor, type fpr. The following message appears:
pub 1024D/23B66A9D 2001-04-16 Dell, Inc.
(Product Group) 
Primary key fingerprint: 4172 E2CE 955A 1776
A5E6 1BB7 CA77 951D 23B6 6A9D
If the fingerprint of your imported key is the same as above, you have a
correct copy of the key.

c

While still in the GPG key editor, type trust. The following menu
appears:
Please decide how far you trust this user to
correctly verify other users' keys (by looking

44

Configuring the iDRAC

at passports, checking fingerprints from
different sources, etc.)
1
2
3
4
5
m

=
=
=
=
=
=

I don't know or won't say
I do NOT trust
I trust marginally
I trust fully
I trust ultimately
back to the main menu

Your decision?
d

Type 5 . The following prompt appears:
Do you really want to set this key to ultimate
trust? (y/N)

e

Type y  to confirm your choice.

f

Type quit  to exit the GPG key editor.

You must import and validate the public key only once.
4 Obtain the package you need, for example the Linux DUP or self-extracting
archive) and its associated signature file from the Dell Support website at
support.dell.com/support/downloads.
NOTE: Each Linux Update Package has a separate signature file, which is
shown on the same web page as the Update Package. You need both the
Update Package and its associated signature file for verification. By default,
the signature file is named the same as the DUP filename with a .sign
extension. For example, if a Linux DUP is named PEM600_BIOS_LX_2.1.2.BIN,
its signature filename is PEM600_BIOS_LX_2.1.2.BIN.sign. The iDRAC
firmware image also has an associated .sign file, which is included in the selfextracting archive with the firmware image. To download the files, right-click
on the download link and use the Save Target As… file option.
5 Verify the Update Package:
gpg --verify  

Configuring the iDRAC

45

The following example illustrates the steps that you follow to verify a
PowerEdge M600 BIOS Update Package:
1 Download the following two files from support.dell.com:
•

PEM600_BIOS_LX_2.1.2.BIN.sign

•

PEM600_BIOS_LX_2.1.2.BIN

2 Import the public key by running the following command line:
gpg --import 
The following output message appears:
gpg: key 23B66A9D: "Dell Computer Corporation
(Linux Systems Group) " not changed
gpg: Total number processed: 1
gpg: unchanged: 1
3 Set the GPG trust level for the Dell public key. if you haven’t done so
previously.
a

Typing the following command:
gpg --edit-key 23B66A9D

b

At the command prompt, type the following commands:
fpr
trust

c

Type 5  to choose I trust ultimately from the menu.

d

Type y  to confirm your choice.

e

Type quit  to exit the GPG key editor.

This completes validation of the Dell public key.
4 Verify the PEM600 BIOS package digital signature by running the following
command:
gpg --verify PEM600_BIOS_LX_2.1.2.BIN.sign
PEM600_BIOS_LX_2.1.2.BIN
The following output message appears:
gpg: Signature made Fri Jul 11 15:03:47 2008
CDT using DSA key ID 23B66A9D
46

Configuring the iDRAC

gpg: Good signature from "Dell, Inc. (Product
Group) "
NOTE: If you have not validated the key as shown in step 3, you will receive
additional messages:

gpg: WARNING: This key is not certified with a
trusted signature!
gpg: There is no indication that the signature
belongs to the owner.
Primary key fingerprint: 4172 E2CE 955A 1776
A5E6 1BB7 CA77 951D 23B6 6A9D

Clear Your Browser’s Cache
To be able to use the features in the latest iDRAC, you must clear the browser’s
cache to remove/delete any old web pages that may be stored on the system.
Internet Explorer

1 Start Internet Explorer.
2 Click Tools, and then click Internet Options.
The Internet Options window appears.
3 Click the General tab.
4 Under Temporary Internet files, click Delete Files.
The Delete Files window appears.
5 Click to check Delete all offline content, and then click OK.
6 Click OK to close the Internet Options window.

Configuring the iDRAC

47

Firefox

1 Start Firefox.
2 Click Edit→ Preferences.
3 Click the Privacy tab.
4 Click the Clear Cache Now.
5 Click Close.

Configuring iDRAC for Use with IT Assistant
Dell™ OpenManage™ IT Assistant comes preconfigured to discover managed
devices that comply with Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
version 1 and version 2c and Intelligent Platform Management Interface (IPMI)
version 2.0.
The iDRAC complies with IPMI version 2.0. This section describes the steps to
configure an iDRAC for discovery and monitoring by IT Assistant. There are
two ways to accomplish this: through the iDRAC Configuration Utility and
through the iDRAC's graphical Web interface.

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility to Enable Discovery and
Monitoring
To set up an iDRAC for IPMI discovery and alert trap sending at the iDRAC
configuration utility level, you need to restart your managed server (blade) and
observe its power-up using the iKVM and either a remote monitor and console
keyboard or a Serial-Over-LAN (SOL) connection. When Press 
for Remote Access Setup is displayed, press .
When the iDRAC Configuration Utility screen appears, use the arrow keys to
scroll down.
1 Enable IPMI over LAN.
2 Enter your site's RMCP+ Encryption Key, if used.
NOTE: See your senior Network Administrator or CIO to discuss implementing
this option because it adds valuable security protection and must be implemented
site wide in order to function properly.
3 At LAN Parameters, press  to enter the sub-screen. Use the uparrow and down-arrow keys to navigate.

48

Configuring the iDRAC

4 Toggle LAN Alert Enabled to On using the spacebar.
5 Enter the IP address of your Management Station into Alert Destination 1.
6 Enter a name string into iDRAC Name with a consistent naming convention
across your data center. The default is iDRAC-{Service Tag}.
Exit the iDRAC Configuration Utility by pressing , , and then
 to save your changes. Your server will now boot into normal operation,
and IT Assistant will discover it during the next scheduled Discovery pass.

Using the iDRAC Web Interface to Enable Discovery and Monitoring
IPMI Discovery can also be enabled through the remote Web Interface:
1 Enter the IP address of your iDRAC into your browser.
2 Log in using a user name and password with Administrator rights.
3 Select iDRAC→Network/Security→Network.
4 Scroll down to IPMI LAN Settings.
5 Make sure Enable IPMI over LAN is selected.
6 Set Channel Level Privileges to Administrator.
7 Enter your site's RMCP+ Encryption Key, if used.
8 Click Apply, if needed.
9 Navigate to System→Alert Management→Platform Events.
10 Enable Alerts for the Platform Event categories for which you wish to set
traps.
11 Click Apply if you've made changes.
12 Click Trap Settings.
13 Enter the IP address of your Management Station in the first available
Destination IP Address textbox.
14 Make sure the Enabled box is selected.
15 Click Apply if you've made changes.
You can now send a test trap by clicking the Send link.
Dell highly recommends that for security purposes you create a separate user
account for IPMI commands with its own user name, IPMI over LAN
privileges, and password.

Configuring the iDRAC

49

1 Navigate to iDRAC→Network/Security→Users.
2 Click on the number of an undefined User.
3 In the sub-screen, enable the User and enter a Name and Password.
4 Make sure Maximum LAN User Privilege Granted is set to
Administrator.
5 Click Apply to save your changes.

Using the Dell IT Assistant to View iDRAC Status and Events
After Discovery is complete, the iDRACs will show up in the Servers category
of the ITA Devices detail screen, and iDRAC information can be seen by
clicking on the iDRAC name. This is different than DRAC5 systems, where the
management card shows up in the RAC group. This is due to the fact that
iDRAC uses IPMI discovery as opposed to SNMP.
iDRAC error and warning traps can now be seen in the primary Alert Log of IT
Assistant. They will show up in the Unknown category, but the trap description
and severity will be accurate.
For more information on using IT Assistant to manage your data center, please
read the IT Assistant User's Guide.

50

Configuring the iDRAC

Configuring the Management
Station

3

A management station is a computer used to monitor and manage the
PowerEdge servers and other modules in the chassis. This section describes
software installation and configuration tasks that set up a management station to
work with the iDRAC. Before you begin configuring the iDRAC, follow the
procedures in this section to ensure that you have installed and configured the
tools you will need.

Management Station Set Up Steps
To set up your Management Station, perform the following steps:
1 Set up the management station network.
2 Install and configure a supported Web browser.
3 Install a Java Runtime Environment (JRE) (optional for Windows).
4 Install telnet or SSH clients, if required.
5 Install a TFTP server, if required.
6 Install Dell OpenManage IT Assistant (optional).

Management Station Network Requirements
To access the iDRAC, the management station must be on the same network as
the CMC RJ45 connection port labelled "GB1". It is possible to isolate the CMC
network from the network the managed server is on, so that your management
station may have LAN access to the iDRAC but not to the managed server.
Using the iDRAC console redirection feature (see "Configuring and Using
Serial Over LAN" on page 141), you can access the managed server’s console
even if you do not have network access to the server’s ports. You can also
Configuring the Management Station

51

perform several management functions on the managed server, such as
rebooting the computer, using iDRAC facilities. To access network and
application services hosted on the managed server, however, you may need an
additional NIC in the management computer.

Configuring a Supported Web Browser
The following sections provide instructions for configuring the supported Web
browsers for use with the iDRAC Web interface. For a list of supported Web
browsers, see "Supported Web Browsers" on page 27.

Opening Your Web Browser
The iDRAC Web Interface is designed to be viewed in a supported Web browser
at a minimum screen resolution of 800 pixels wide by 600 pixels high. In order
to view the interface and access all features, ensure that your resolution is set to
at least 800 by 600 pixels and/or resize your browser, as needed.
NOTE: In some situations, most often during the first session after a firmware
update, users of Internet Explorer 6 may see the message Done, with errors
displayed in the browser status bar along with a partially rendered page in the main
browser window. This error can also occur if you are experiencing connectivity
problems or have the Windows Firewall enabled. These are known issues with
Internet Explorer 6. Because Internet Explorer 7 does not exhibit these issues, Dell
recommends that you upgrade.

Configuring Your Web Browser to Connect to the Web Interface
If you are connecting to the iDRAC Web interface from a management station
that connects to the Internet through a proxy server, you must configure the Web
browser to access the Internet from this server.
To configure the Internet Explorer Web browser to access a proxy server,
perform the following steps:
1 Open a Web browser window.
2 Click Tools, and click Internet Options.
The Internet Options window appears.
3 Select Tools→Internet Options→Security→Local Network (Internet
Explorer 7) -or- Local Intranet (Internet Explorer 6).
4 Click the Custom Level.
52

Configuring the Management Station

5 Select Medium-Low from the drop-down menu, and click Reset. Click OK
to confirm. You will need to re-enter the Custom Level dialog by clicking its
button.
6 Scroll down to the section labeled ActiveX controls and plug-ins, and check
each setting, as different versions of Internet Explorer have differing settings
in Medium-Low state:
•

Automatic prompting for ActiveX controls: Enable

•

Binary and script behaviors: Enable

•

Download signed ActiveX controls: Prompt

•

Initialize and script ActiveX controls not marked as safe: Prompt

•

Run ActiveX controls and plug-ins: Enable

•

Script ActiveX controls marked safe for scripting: Enable

In the section on Downloads:
•

Automatic prompting for file downloads: Enable

•

File download: Enable

•

Font download: Enable

In the Miscellaneous section:
•

Allow META-REFRESH: Enable

•

Allow scripting of Internet Explorer Web browser control: Enable

•

Allow script-initiated windows without size or position constraints:
Enable

•

Don't prompt for client certificate selection when no certificates or only
one certificate exists: Enable

•

Launching programs and files in an IFRAME: Enable

•

Open files based on content, not file extension: Enable

•

Software channel permissions: Low safety

•

Submit nonencrypted form data: Enable

•

Use Pop-up Blocker: Disable

In the Scripting section:
•

Active scripting: Enable

Configuring the Management Station

53

•

Allow paste operations via script: Enable

•

Scripting of Java applets: Enable

7 Select Tools→Internet Options→Advanced.
8 Make sure the following items are checked or unchecked:
In the Browsing section:
•

Always send URLs as UTF-8: checked

•

Disable script debugging (Internet Explorer): checked

•

Disable script debugging: (Other): checked

•

Display a notification about every script error: unchecked

•

Enable Install On demand (Other): checked

•

Enable page transitions: checked

•

Enable third-party browser extensions: checked

•

Reuse windows for launching shortcuts: unchecked

In the HTTP 1.1 settings section:
•

Use HTTP 1.1: checked

•

Use HTTP 1.1 through proxy connections: checked

In the Java (Sun) section:
•

Use JRE 1.6.x_yz: checked (optional; version may differ)

In the Multimedia section:
•

Enable automatic image resizing: checked

•

Play animations in web pages: checked

•

Play videos in web pages: checked

•

Show pictures: checked

In the Security section:

54

•

Check for publishers' certificate revocation: unchecked

•

Check for signatures on downloaded programs: checked

•

Use SSL 2.0: unchecked

•

Use SSL 3.0: checked

Configuring the Management Station

•

Use TLS 1.0: checked

•

Warn about invalid site certificates: checked

•

Warn if changing between secure and not secure mode: checked

•

Warn if forms submittal is being redirected: checked
NOTE: If you choose to alter any of the above settings, first understand the
consequences of doing so. For example, if you choose to block pop-ups,
portions of the iDRAC Web User Interface will not function properly.

9 Click Apply.
10 Click OK.
11 Select the Connections tab.
12 Under Local Area Network (LAN) settings, click LAN Settings.
13 If the Use a proxy server box is selected, select the Bypass proxy server for
local addresses box.
14 Click OK twice.
15 Close and restart your browser to make sure all changes take effect.

Adding iDRAC to the List of Trusted Domains
When you access the iDRAC Web interface through the Web browser, you may
be prompted to add the iDRAC IP address to the list of trusted domains if the IP
address is missing from the list. When completed, click Refresh or relaunch the
Web browser to establish a connection to the iDRAC Web interface.

Viewing Localized Versions of the Web Interface
The iDRAC Web interface is supported on the following operating system
languages:
•

English (en-us)

•

French (fr)

•

German (de)

•

Spanish (es)

•

Japanese (ja)

•

Simplified Chinese (zh-cn)

Configuring the Management Station

55

The ISO identifiers in parentheses denote the specific language variants which
are supported. Use of the interface with other dialects or languages is not
supported and may not function as intended. For some supported languages,
resizing the browser window to 1024 pixels wide may be necessary in order to
view all features.
The iDRAC Web Interface is designed to work with localized keyboards for the
specific language variants listed above. Some features of the iDRAC Web
Interface, such as Console Redirection, may require additional steps to access
certain functions/letters. For more details on how to use localized keyboards in
these situations, see "Using the Video Viewer" on page 167. Use of other
keyboards is not supported and may cause unexpected problems.
Internet Explorer 6.0 and 7.0 (Windows)

To view a localized version of the iDRAC Web interface in Internet Explorer,
perform the following steps:
1 Click the Tools menu and select Internet Options.
2 In the Internet Options window, click Languages.
3 In the Language Preference window, click Add.
4 In the Add Language window, select a supported language.
To select more than one language, press .
5 Select your preferred language and click Move Up to move the language to
the top of the list.
6 In the Language Preference window, click OK.
7 Click OK.
Firefox 1.5 (Linux)

To view a localized version of the iDRAC Web interface in Firefox 1.5, perform
the following steps:
1 Click Edit→ Preferences, then click the Advanced tab.
2 In the Language section, click Choose.
3 Click Select a language to add….
4 Select a supported language and click Add.

56

Configuring the Management Station

5 Select your preferred language and click Move Up to move it to the top of
the list.
6 In the Languages menu, click OK.
7 Click OK.
Firefox 2.0 (Linux or Windows)

To view a localized version of the iDRAC Web interface in Firefox 2.0, perform
the following steps:
1 Click Tools→ Options, and then click the Advanced tab.
2 Under Language, click Choose.
The Languages window appears.
3 In the Select a language to add... drop down menu, click to highlight a
supported language, and then click Add.
4 Click to select your preferred language, and then click Move Up until the
language appears a the top of the list.
5 Click OK to close the Languages window.
6 Click OK to close the Options window.

Setting the Locale in Linux
The console redirection viewer requires a UTF-8 character set to display
correctly. If your display is garbled, check your locale and reset the character set
if needed.
The following steps show how to set the character set on a Red Hat® Enterprise
Linux® client with a Simplified Chinese GUI:
1 Open a command terminal.
2 Type locale and press . Output similar to the following output
appears:
LANG=zh_CN.UTF-8
LC_CTYPE="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_NUMERIC="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_TIME="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_COLLATE="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_MONETARY="zh_CN.UTF-8"

Configuring the Management Station

57

LC_MESSAGES="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_PAPER="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_NAME="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_ADDRESS="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_TELEPHONE="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_MEASUREMENT="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_IDENTIFICATION="zh_CN.UTF-8"
LC_ALL=
3 If the values include "zh_CN.UTF-8", no changes are required. If the
values do not include "zh_CN.UTF-8", go to step 4.
4 Edit the /etc/sysconfig/i18n file with a text editor.
5 In the file, apply the following changes:
Current entry:
LANG="zh_CN.GB18030"
SUPPORTED="zh_CN.GB18030:zh_CH.GB2312:zh_CN:zh"
Updated entry:
LANG="zh_CN.UTF-8"
SUPPORTED="zh_CN.UTF8:zh_CN.GB18030:zh_CH.GB2312:zh_CN:zh"
6 Log out and then log in to the operating system.
When you switch from any other language, ensure that this fix is still valid. If
not, repeat this procedure.

Disabling the Whitelist Feature in Firefox
Firefox has a "whitelist" security feature that requires user permission to install
plugins for each distinct site that hosts a plugin. If enabled, the whitelist feature
requires you to install a console redirection viewer for each iDRAC you visit,
even though the viewer versions are identical.
To disable the whitelist feature and avoid unnecessary plugin installations,
perform the following steps:
1 Open a Firefox Web browser window.
2 In the address field, type about:config and press .

58

Configuring the Management Station

3 In the Preference Name column, locate and double-click
xpinstall.whitelist.required.
The values for Preference Name, Status, Type, and Value change to bold
text. The Status value changes to user set and the Value value changes to
false.
4 In the Preferences Name column, locate xpinstall.enabled.
Ensure that Value is true. If not, double-click xpinstall.enabled to set Value
to true.

Installing a Java Runtime Environment (JRE)
NOTE: If you use the Internet Explorer browser, an ActiveX control is provided for
the console viewer. You can also use the Java console viewer with Internet
Explorer if you install a JRE and configure the console viewer in iDRAC web
interface before you launch the viewer. See "Configuring Console Redirection in the
iDRAC Web Interface" on page 163 for more information.
You can choose to use the Java viewer instead before you launch the viewer.
If you use the Firefox browser you must install a JRE (or a Java Development
Kit [JDK]) to use the console redirection feature. The console viewer is a Java
application that is downloaded to the management station from the iDRAC Web
interface and then launched with Java Web Start on the management station.
Go to java.sun.com to install a JRE or JDK. Version 1.6 (Java 6.0) or higher is
recommended.
The Java Web Start program is automatically installed with the JRE or JDK. The
file jviewer.jnlp is downloaded to your desktop and a dialog box prompts you
for what action to take. It may be necessary to associate the .jnlp extension type
with the Java Web Start application in your browser. Otherwise, click Open
with and then select the javaws application, which is located in the bin
subdirectory of your JRE installation directory.
NOTE: If the .jnlp file type is not associated with Java Web Start after installing JRE
or JDK, you can set the association manually. For Windows (javaws.exe) click
Start→ Control Panel→ Appearance and Themes→ Folder Options. Under the File
Types tab, highlight .jnlp under Registered file types, and then click Change. For
Linux (javaws), start Firefox, and click Edit→ Preferences→ Downloads, and then
click View and Edit Actions.

Configuring the Management Station

59

For Linux, once you have installed either JRE or JDK, add a path to the Java bin
directory to the front of your system PATH. For example, if Java is installed in
/usr/java, add the following line to your local .bashrc or /etc/profile:
PATH=/usr/java/bin:$PATH; export PATH
NOTE: There may already be PATH-modification lines in the files. Ensure that the
path information you enter does not create conflicts.

Installing Telnet or SSH Clients
By default, the iDRAC telnet service is disabled and the SSH service is enabled.
Since telnet is an insecure protocol, you should use it only if you cannot install
an SSH client or your network connection is otherwise secured.
NOTE: There can be only one active telnet or SSH connection to the iDRAC at a
time. When there is an active connection, other connection attempts are denied.

Telnet with iDRAC
Telnet is included in Microsoft® Windows® and Linux operating systems and
can be run from a command shell. You may also choose to install a commercial
or freely available telnet client with more convenience features than the standard
version included with your operating system.
If your management station is running Windows XP or Windows 2003, you may
experience an issue with the characters in an iDRAC telnet session.This issue
may occur as a frozen login where the return key does not respond and the
password prompt does not appear.
To fix this issue, download hotfix 824810 from the Microsoft Support website at
support.microsoft.com. See Microsoft Knowledge Base article 824810 for
more information.

Configuring the Backspace Key For Your Telnet Session
Depending on the telnet client, using the  key may produce
unexpected results. For example, the session may echo ^h. However, most
Microsoft and Linux telnet clients can be configured to use the 
key.
To configure Microsoft telnet clients to use the  key, perform the
following steps:

60

Configuring the Management Station

1 Open a command prompt window (if required).
2 If you are not running a telnet session, type:
telnet
If you are running a telnet session, press <]>.
3 At the prompt, type:
set bsasdel
The following message appears:
Backspace will be sent as delete.
To configure a Linux telnet session to use the  key, perform the
following steps:
1 Open a shell and type:
stty erase ^h
2 At the prompt, type:
telnet

SSH With iDRAC
Secure Shell (SSH) is a command line connection with the same capabilities as a
telnet session, but with session negotiation and encryption to improve security.
The iDRAC supports SSH version 2 with password authentication. SSH is
enabled by default on the iDRAC.
You can use PuTTY (Windows) or OpenSSH (Linux) on a management station
to connect to the managed server’s iDRAC. When an error occurs during the
login procedure, the ssh client issues an error message. The message text is
dependent on the client and is not controlled by the iDRAC.
NOTE: OpenSSH should be run from a VT100 or ANSI terminal emulator on
Windows. Running OpenSSH at the Windows command prompt does not result in
full functionality (that is, some keys do not respond and no graphics are displayed).
Only one telnet or SSH session is supported at any given time. The session
timeout is controlled by the cfgSsnMgtSshIdleTimeout property as
described in "iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions" on
page 305.

Configuring the Management Station

61

The iDRAC SSH implementation supports multiple cryptography schemes, as
shown in Table 3-1.
NOTE: SSHv1 is not supported.
Table 3-1. Cryptography Schemes
Scheme Type

Scheme

Asymmetric Cryptography

Diffie-Hellman DSA/DSS 512-1024 (random)
bits per NIST specification

Symmetric Cryptography

• AES256-CBC
• RIJNDAEL256-CBC
• AES192-CBC
• RIJNDAEL192-CBC
• AES128-CBC
• RIJNDAEL128-CBC
• BLOWFISH-128-CBC
• 3DES-192-CBC
• ARCFOUR-128

Message Integrity

• HMAC-SHA1-160
• HMAC-SHA1-96
• HMAC-MD5-128
• HMAC-MD5-96

Authentication

• Password

Installing a TFTP Server
NOTE: If you use only the iDRAC Web interface to transfer SSL certificates and
upload new iDRAC firmware, no TFTP server is required.
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a simplified form of the File Transfer
Protocol (FTP). It is used with the SM-CLP and RACADM command line
interfaces to transfer files to and from the iDRAC.

62

Configuring the Management Station

The only times when you need to copy files to or from the iDRAC are when you
update the iDRAC firmware or install certificates on the iDRAC. If you choose
to use SM-CLP or RACADM when you perform these tasks, a TFTP server
must be running on a computer the iDRAC can access by IP number or DNS
name.
You can use the netstat -a command on Windows or Linux operating systems to
see if a TFTP server is already listening. Port 69 is the TFTP default port. If no
server is running, you have the following options:
•

Find another computer on the network running a TFTP service

•

If you are using Linux, install a TFTP server from your distribution

•

If you are using Windows, install a commercial or free TFTP server

Installing Dell OpenManage IT Assistant
Your system includes the Dell OpenManage System Management Software Kit.
This kit includes, but is not limited to, the following components:
•

Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD — Contains all
the latest Dell systems management console products, including Dell
OpenManage IT Assistant; provides the tools you need to configure your
system and delivers firmware, diagnostics, and Dell-optimized drivers for
your system; and helps you stay current with documentation for systems,
systems management software products, peripherals, and RAID controllers.

•

Dell Support website and Readme files — Check Readme files and the Dell
Support website at support.dell.com for the most recent information about
your Dell products.

Use the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD to install the
management console software, including Dell OpenManage IT Assistant, on the
management station. For instructions on installing this software, see your Quick
Installation Guide.

Configuring the Management Station

63

64

Configuring the Management Station

Configuring the Managed Server

4

This section describes tasks to set up the managed server to enhance your
remote management capabilities. These tasks include installing the Dell Open
Manage Server Administrator software and configuring the managed server to
capture the last crash screen.

Installing the Software on the Managed Server
The Dell management software includes the following features:
•

Local RACADM CLI — allows you to configure and administer the iDRAC
from the managed system. It is a powerful tool for scripting configuration
and management tasks.

•

Server Administrator is required to use the iDRAC last crash screen feature.

•

Server Administrator — a Web interface that allows you to administer the
remote system from a remote host on the network.

•

Server Administrator Instrumentation Service — provides access to detailed
fault and performance information gathered by industry-standard systems
management agents and allows remote administration of monitored systems,
including shutdown, startup, and security.

•

Server Administration Storage Management Service — provides storage
management information in an integrated graphical view.

•

Server Administrator Logs — displays logs of commands issued to or by the
system, monitored hardware events, POST events, and system alerts. You can
view logs on the home page, print or save them as reports, and send them by
e-mail to a designated service contact.

Use the Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD to install
Server Administrator. For instructions on installing this software, see your Quick
Installation Guide.

Configuring the Managed Server

65

Configuring the Managed Server to Capture the
Last Crash Screen
The iDRAC can capture the last crash screen so that you can view it in the Web
interface to help troubleshoot the cause of the managed system crash. Follow
these steps to enable the last crash screen feature.
1 Install the managed server software. Dell OpenManage Server Administrator
(OMSA) must be installed. For more information about installing the
managed server software, see the Server Administrator User’s Guide.
2 If you are running a Microsoft® Windows® operating system, ensure that the
Automatically Reboot feature is deselected in the Windows Startup and
Recovery Settings. See "Disabling the Windows Automatic Reboot Option"
on page 67.
3 Enable the Last Crash Screen (disabled by default) in the iDRAC Web
interface.
To enable the Last Crash Screen in the iDRAC Web interface, click
System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC→ Network/Security→ Services, then
check the Enable checkbox under the Automatic System Recovery Agent
Settings heading.
To enable the Last Crash Screen using local RACADM, open a command
prompt on the managed system and type the following command:
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneAsrEnable 1
4 In the Server Administrator web-based interface, enable the Auto Recovery
timer and set the Auto Recovery action to Reset, Power Off, or Power
Cycle.
For information about how to configure the Auto Recovery timer, see the
Server Administrator User's Guide. To ensure that the last crash screen can
be captured, the Auto Recovery timer should be set to 60 seconds. The
default setting is 480 seconds.
The last crash screen is not available when the Auto Recovery action is set to
Shutdown or Power Cycle if the managed server is powered off.

66

Configuring the Managed Server

Disabling the Windows Automatic Reboot Option
To ensure that the iDRAC can capture the last crash screen, disable the
Automatic Reboot option on managed servers running Microsoft Windows
Server® or Windows Vista®.
1 Open the Windows Control Panel and double-click the System icon.
2 Click the Advanced tab.
3 Under Startup and Recovery, click Settings.
4 Deselect the Automatically Reboot check box.
5 Click OK twice.

Configuring the Managed Server

67

68

Configuring the Managed Server

Configuring the iDRAC Using the
Web Interface

5

The iDRAC provides a Web interface that enables you to configure the iDRAC
properties and users, perform remote management tasks, and troubleshoot a
remote (managed) system for problems. For everyday systems management, use
the iDRAC Web interface. This chapter provides information about how to
perform common systems management tasks with the iDRAC Web interface
and provides links to related information.
Most Web interface configuration tasks can also be performed with local
RACADM commands or with SM-CLP commands.
Local RACADM commands are executed from the managed server. For more
information about local RACADM, see "Using the Local RACADM Command
Line Interface" on page 191.
SM-CLP commands are executed in a shell that can be accessed remotely with a
telnet or SSH connection. For more information about SM-CLP, see "Using the
iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface" on page 215.

Accessing the Web Interface
To access the iDRAC Web interface, perform the following steps:
1 Open a supported Web browser window.
See "Supported Web Browsers" on page 27 for more information.
2 In the Address field, type https:// and press
.
If the default HTTPS port number (port 443) has been changed, type:
https://:

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

69

where iDRAC-IP-address is the IP address for the iDRAC and port-number
is the HTTPS port number.
The iDRAC Login window appears.

Logging In
You can log in as either an iDRAC user or as a Microsoft® Active Directory®
user. The default user name and password are root and calvin, respectively.
You must have been granted Login to iDRAC privilege by the administrator to
log in to the iDRAC.
To log in, perform the following steps:
1 In the Username field, type one of the following:
•

Your iDRAC user name.
The user name for local users is case sensitive. Examples are root,
it_user, or john_doe.

•

Your Active Directory user name.
Active Directory names can be entered in any of the forms
\, /, or @.
They are not case sensitive. Examples are dell.com\john_doe,or
JOHN_DOE@DELL.COM.

2 In the Password field, type your iDRAC user password or Active Directory
user password. Passwords are case sensitive.
3 Click OK or press .

Logging Out
1 In the upper-right corner of the main window, click Logout to close the
session.
2 Close the browser window.
NOTE: The Logout button does not appear until you log in.
NOTE: Closing the browser without gracefully logging out may cause the session
to remain open until it times out. It is strongly recommended that you click the
logout button to end the session; otherwise, the session may remain active until the
session timeout is reached.

70

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

NOTE: Closing the iDRAC Web interface within Microsoft Internet Explorer using
the close button ("x") at the top right corner of the window may generate an
application error. To fix this issue, download the latest Cumulative Security Update
for Internet Explorer from the Microsoft Support website, located at
support.microsoft.com.

Using Multiple Browser Tabs and Windows
Different versions of web browsers exhibit different behaviors when opening
new tabs and windows. Each window is a new session, but each new tab is not.
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 does not support tabs; therefore, each browser
window opened becomes a new iDRAC Web Interface session. Internet
Explorer 7 has the option to open tabs as well as windows. Each tab inherits the
characteristics of the most recently opened tab. For example, if a user logs in
with Power User privileges on one tab, and then logs in as Administrator on
another tab, both open tabs then have Administrator privileges. Closing any one
tab expires all iDRAC Web Interface tabs.
Tab behavior in Firefox 2 is the same as Internet Explorer 7; new tabs initiate
new sessions. Window behavior in Firefox, however, is different. Firefox
windows will operate with the same privileges as the latest window opened. For
example, if one Firefox window is open with a Power User logged in and
another window is opened with Administrator privileges, both users will now
have Administrator privileges.
Table 5-1. User Privilege Behavior in Supported Browsers
Browser

Tab Behavior

Window Behavior

Microsoft Internet
Explorer 6

Not applicable

New session

Microsoft Internet
Explorer 7

From latest session opened

New session

Firefox 2

From latest session opened

From latest session opened

Configuring the iDRAC NIC
This section assumes that the iDRAC has already been configured and is
accessible on the network. See "Configure iDRAC Networking" on page 36 for
help with the initial iDRAC network configuration.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

71

Configuring the Network and IPMI LAN Settings
NOTE: You must have Configure iDRAC privilege to perform the following steps.
NOTE: Most DHCP servers require a server to store a client identifier token in its
reservations table. The client (iDRAC, for example) must provide this token during
DHCP negotiation. The iDRAC supplies the client identifier option using a one-byte
interface number (0) followed by a six-byte MAC address.
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC.
2 Click the Network/Security tab to open the Network Configuration page.
Table 5-2 and Table 5-3 describe the Network Settings and IPMI LAN
Settings on the Network page.
3 When you have completed entering the required settings, click Apply.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-4.
Table 5-2. Network Settings
Setting

Description

Enable NIC

When checked, indicates that the NIC is enabled and activates the
remaining controls in this group. When a NIC is disabled, all
communication to and from the iDRAC via the network is
blocked.
The default is off.

Media Access
Control (MAC)
Address

Displays the Media Access Control (MAC) address that uniquely
identifies each node in a network. The MAC address cannot be
changed.

Use DHCP (For
NIC IP Address)

Prompts the iDRAC to obtain an IP address for the NIC from the
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. Also
deactivates the Static IP Address, Static Subnet Mask, and
Static Gateway controls.
The default is off.

Static IP Address

Allows you to enter or edit a static IP address for the iDRAC NIC.
To change this setting, deselect the Use DHCP (For NIC IP
Address) checkbox.

Static Subnet Mask Allows you to enter or edit a subnet mask for the iDRAC NIC. To
change this setting, first deselect the Use DHCP (For NIC IP
Address) checkbox.

72

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-2. Network Settings (continued)
Setting

Description

Static Gateway

Allows you to enter or edit a static gateway for the iDRAC NIC.
To change this setting, first deselect the Use DHCP (For NIC IP
Address) checkbox.

Use DHCP to
Enable DHCP to obtain DNS server addresses by selecting the
obtain DNS server Use DHCP to obtain DNS server addresses checkbox. When
addresses
not using DHCP to obtain the DNS server addresses, provide the
IP addresses in the Static Preferred DNS Server and Static
Alternate DNS Server fields.
The default is off.

NOTE: When the Use DHCP to obtain DNS server addresses
checkbox is selected, IP addresses cannot be entered into the
Static Preferred DNS Server and Static Alternate DNS Server
fields.
Static Preferred
DNS Server

Allows the user to enter or edit a static IP address for the preferred
DNS server. To change this setting, first deselect the Use DHCP
to obtain DNS server addresses checkbox.

Static Alternate
DNS Server

Uses the secondary DNS server IP address when Use DHCP to
obtain DNS server addresses is not selected. Enter an IP
address of 0.0.0.0 if there is no alternate DNS server.

Register iDRAC on Registers the iDRAC name on the DNS server.
DNS
The default is Disabled.
DNS iDRAC Name Displays the iDRAC name only when Register iDRAC on DNS
is selected. The default name is idrac-service_tag, where
service_tag is the service tag number of the Dell server. For
example: idrac-00002.
Use DHCP for DNS Uses the default DNS domain name. When the box is not selected
Domain Name
and the Register iDRAC on DNS option is selected, modify the
DNS domain name in the DNS Domain Name field.
The default is Disabled.

NOTE: To select the Use DHCP for DNS Domain Name checkbox,
also select the Use DHCP (For NIC IP Address) checkbox.
DNS Domain Name The default DNS Domain Name is blank. When the Use DHCP
for DNS Domain Name checkbox is selected, this option is
grayed out and the field cannot be modified.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

73

Table 5-2. Network Settings (continued)
Setting

Description

Community String Contains the community string to use in Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) alert traps sent from the iDRAC.
SNMP alert traps are transmitted by the iDRAC when a platform
event occurs. The default is public.
SMTP Server
Address

The IP address of the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP)
server that the iDRAC communicates with to send e-mail alerts
when a platform event occurs. The default is 127.0.0.1.

Table 5-3. IPMI LAN Settings
Setting

Description

Enable IPMI Over When checked, indicates that the IPMI LAN channel is enabled.
LAN
The default is off.
Channel Privilege
Level Limit

Configures the maximum privilege level, for the user, that can be
accepted on the LAN channel. Select one of the following
options: Administrator, Operator, or User. The default is
Administrator.

Encryption Key

Configures the encryption key: 0 to 20 hexadecimal characters
(with no blanks allowed). The default is blank.

Table 5-4. Network Configuration Page Buttons
Button

Description

Advanced Settings Opens the Network Security page, allowing the user to enter IP
Range, and IP Blocking attributes.
Print

Prints the Network Configuration values that appear on the
screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Network Configuration page.

74

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-4. Network Configuration Page Buttons (continued)
Button

Description

Apply

Saves any new settings made to the network configuration page.

NOTE: Changes to the NIC IP address settings will close all user
sessions and require users to reconnect to the iDRAC Web
interface using the updated IP address settings. All other changes
will require the NIC to be reset, which may cause a brief loss in
connectivity.

Configuring IP Filtering and IP Blocking
NOTE: You must have Configure iDRAC permission to perform the following steps.
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC and then click the
Network/Security tab to open the Network Configuration page.
2 Click Advanced Settings to configure the network security settings.
Table 5-5 describes the Network Security page settings.
3 When you have finished configuring the settings, click Apply.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-6.
Table 5-5. Network Security Page Settings
Settings

Description

IP Range Enabled

Enables the IP Range checking feature, which defines a range of
IP addresses that can access the iDRAC. The default is off.

IP Range Address

Determines the acceptable IP subnet address. The default is
192.168.1.0.

IP Range Subnet
Mask

Defines the significant bit positions in the IP address. The subnet
mask should be in the form of a netmask, where the more
significant bits are all 1's with a single transition to all zeros in the
lower-order bits. The default is 255.255.255.0.

IP Blocking
Enabled

Enables the IP address blocking feature, which limits the number
of failed login attempts from a specific IP address for a
preselected time span. The default is off.

IP Blocking Fail
Count

Sets the number of login failures attempted from an IP address
before the login attempts are rejected from that address. The
default is 10.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

75

Table 5-5. Network Security Page Settings (continued)
Settings

Description

IP Blocking Fail
Window

Determines the time span in seconds within which IP Block Fail
Count failures must occur to trigger the IP Block Penalty Time.
The default is 3600.

IP Blocking Penalty The time span in seconds that login attempts from an IP address
Time
with excessive failures are rejected. The default is 3600.

Table 5-6. Network Security Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Network Security values that appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Network Security page.

Apply

Saves any new settings that you made to the Network Security
page.

Go Back to
Network Page

Returns to the Network page.

Configuring Platform Events
Platform event configuration provides a mechanism for configuring the iDRAC
to perform selected actions on certain event messages. The actions include no
action, reboot system, power cycle system, power off system, and generate an
alert (Platform Event Trap [PET] and/or e-mail).
The filterable platform events are listed in Table 5-7.
Table 5-7. Filterable Platform Events
Index

Platform Event

1

Battery Warning Assert

2

Battery Critical Assert

3

Discrete Voltage Critical Assert

4

Temperature Warning Assert

5

Temperature Critical Assert

76

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-7. Filterable Platform Events
Index

Platform Event

6

Redundancy Degraded

7

Redundancy Lost

8

Processor Warning Assert

9

Processor Critical Assert

10

Processor Absent Assert

11

Event Log Critical Assert

12

Watchdog Critical Assert

When a platform event occurs (for example, a battery warning assert), a system
event is generated and recorded in the System Event Log (SEL). If this event
matches a platform event filter (PEF) that is enabled and you have configured
the filter to generate an alert (PET or e-mail), then a PET or e-mail alert is sent
to one or more configured destinations.
If the same platform event filter is also configured to perform an action (such as
rebooting the system), the action is performed.

Configuring Platform Event Filters (PEF)
NOTE: Configure platform event filters before you configure the platform event
traps or e-mail alert settings.
1 Log in to the iDRAC Web interface. See "Accessing the Web Interface" on
page 69.
2 Click System and then the Alert Management tab.
3 On the Platform Events page, enable Alert Generation for an event by
clicking the corresponding Generate Alert checkbox for that event.
NOTE: You can enable or disable Alert Generation for all events by clicking the
checkbox next to the Generate Alert column heading.
4 Click the radio button below the action you would like to enable for each
event. Only one action can be set for each event.
5 Click Apply.
NOTE: Generate Alert must be enabled for an alert to be sent to any valid,
configured destination (PET or e-mail).
Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

77

Configuring Platform Event Traps (PET)
NOTE: You must have Configure iDRAC permission to add or enable/disable an
SNMP alert. The following options will not be available if you do not have Configure
iDRAC permission.
1 Log in to the remote system using a supported Web browser. See "Accessing
the Web Interface" on page 69.
2 Ensure that you followed the procedures in "Configuring Platform Event
Filters (PEF)" on page 77.
3 Configure your PET destination IP address:
a

Click the Enable checkbox next to the Destination Number you would
like to activate.

b

Enter an IP address in the Destination IP Address box.
NOTE: The destination community string must be the same as the iDRAC
community string.

c

Click Apply.
NOTE: To successfully send a trap, configure the Community String value on
the Network Configuration page. The Community String value indicates the
community string to use in a Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
alert trap sent from the iDRAC. SNMP alert traps are transmitted by the iDRAC
when a platform event occurs. The default setting for the Community String is
Public.

d

Click Send to test the configured alert (if desired).

e

Repeat step a through step d for any remaining destination numbers.

Configuring E-Mail Alerts
1 Log in to the remote system using a supported Web browser.
2 Ensure that you followed the procedures in "Configuring Platform Event
Filters (PEF)" on page 77.
3 Configure your e-mail alert settings.
a

On the Alert Management tab, click Email Alert Settings.

4 Configure your e-mail alert destination.
a

78

In the Email Alert Number column, click a destination number. There
are four possible destinations to receive alerts.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

b

Ensure that the Enabled checkbox is selected.

c

In the Destination Email Address field, type a valid e-mail address.

d

Click Apply.
NOTE: To successfully send a test e-mail, the SMTP Server Address must be
configured on the Network Configuration page. The IP address of the SMTP
Server communicates with the iDRAC to send e-mail alerts when a platform
event occurs.

e

Click Send to test the configured e-mail alert (if desired).

f

Repeat step a through step e for any remaining e-mail alert settings.

Configuring IPMI
1 Log in to the remote system using a supported Web browser.
2 Configure IPMI over LAN.
a

Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC, then click the
Network/Security.

b

In the Network Configuration page under IPMI LAN Settings, select
Enable IPMI Over LAN.

c

Update the IPMI LAN channel privileges, if required:
NOTE: This setting determines the IPMI commands that can be executed
from the IPMI over LAN interface. For more information, see the IPMI 2.0
specifications.
Under IPMI LAN Settings, click the Channel Privilege Level Limit
drop-down menu, select Administrator, Operator, or User and click
Apply.

d

Set the IPMI LAN channel encryption key, if required.
NOTE: The iDRAC IPMI supports the RMCP+ protocol.
NOTE: The encryption key must consist of an even number of hexadecimal
characters with a maximum length of 20 characters.
Under IPMI LAN Settings in the Encryption Key field, type the
encryption key.

e

Click Apply.

3 Configure IPMI Serial over LAN (SOL).
Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

79

a

Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC.

b

Click the Network Security tab, then click Serial Over LAN.

c

On the Serial Over LAN Configuration page, click the Enable Serial
Over LAN checkbox to enable Serial over LAN.

d

Update the IPMI SOL baud rate.
NOTE: To redirect the serial console over the LAN, ensure that the SOL baud
rate is identical to your managed server’s baud rate.
Click the Baud Rate drop-down menu to select a data speed of
19.2 kbps, 57.6 kbps or 115.2 kbps.

e

Click Apply.

Adding and Configuring iDRAC Users
To manage your system with the iDRAC and maintain system security, create
unique users with specific administrative permissions (or role-based authority).
To add and configure iDRAC users, perform the following steps:
NOTE: You must have Configure iDRAC permission to perform the following steps.
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC and then click the
Network/Security tab.
2 Open the Users page to configure users.
The Users page displays each user’s User ID, State, Username, IPMI LAN
Privileges, iDRAC Privileges, and Serial Over LAN.
NOTE: User-1 is reserved for the IPMI anonymous user and is not configurable.
3 In the User ID column, click a user ID number.
4 On the User Configuration page, configure the user’s properties and
privileges.
Table 5-8 describes the General settings for configuring an iDRAC user
name and password.
Table 5-9 describes the IPMI LAN Privileges for configuring the user’s
LAN privileges.
Table 5-10 describes the User Group permissions for the IPMI LAN
Privileges and the iDRAC User Privileges settings.

80

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-11 describes the iDRAC Group permissions. If you add an iDRAC
User Privilege to the Administrator, Power User, or Guest User, the
iDRAC Group will change to the Custom group.
5 When completed, click Apply.
6 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-12.
Table 5-8. General Properties
Property

Description

User ID

Contains one of 16 preset User ID numbers. This field
cannot be edited.

Enable User

When checked, indicates that the user’s access to the
iDRAC is enabled. When unchecked, user access is
disabled.

Username

Specifies an iDRAC user name with up to 16 characters.
Each user must have a unique user name.

NOTE: User names on the iDRAC cannot include the /
(forward slash) or . (period) characters.
NOTE: If the user name is changed, the new name will not
appear in the user interface until the next user login.
Change Password

Enables the New Password and Confirm New Password
fields. When unchecked, the user’s Password cannot be
changed.

New Password

Enables editing the iDRAC user’s password. Enter a
Password with up to 20 characters. The characters will not
display.

Confirm New Password

Retype the iDRAC user’s password to confirm.

Table 5-9. IPMI LAN User Privileges
Property

Description

Maximum LAN User
Privilege Granted

Specifies the user’s maximum privilege on the IPMI LAN
channel to one of the following user groups: None,
Administrator, Operator, or User.

Enable Serial Over LAN Allows the user to use IPMI Serial Over LAN. When
checked, this privilege is enabled.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

81

Table 5-10. iDRAC User Privileges
Property

Description

iDRAC Group

Specifies the user’s maximum iDRAC user privilege as one
of the following: Administrator, Power User, Guest User,
Custom, or None.
See Table 5-11 for iDRAC Group permissions.

Login to iDRAC

Enables the user to log in to the iDRAC.

Configure iDRAC

Enables the user to configure the iDRAC.

Configure Users

Enables the user to allow specific users to access the
system.

Clear Logs

Enables the user to clear the iDRAC logs.

Execute Server Control
Commands

Enables the user to execute RACADM commands.

Access Console
Redirection

Enables the user to run Console Redirection.

Access Virtual Media

Enables the user to run and use Virtual Media.

Test Alerts

Enables the user to send test alerts (e-mail and PET) to a
specific user.

Execute Diagnostic
Commands

Enables the user to run diagnostic commands.

Table 5-11. iDRAC Group Permissions
User Group

Permissions Granted

Administrator

Login to iDRAC, Configure iDRAC, Configure Users, Clear
Logs, Execute Server Control Commands, Access Console
Redirection, Access Virtual Media, Test Alerts, Execute
Diagnostic Commands

Power User

Login to iDRAC, Clear Logs, Execute Server Control
Commands, Access Console Redirection, Access Virtual
Media, Test Alerts

Guest User

Login to iDRAC

82

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-11. iDRAC Group Permissions
User Group

Permissions Granted

Custom

Selects any combination of the following permissions: Login to
iDRAC, Configure iDRAC, Configure Users, Clear Logs,
Execute Server Action Commands, Access Console
Redirection, Access Virtual Media, Test Alerts, Execute
Diagnostic Commands

None

No assigned permissions

Table 5-12. User Configuration Page Buttons
Button

Action

Print

Prints the User Configuration values that appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the User Configuration page.

Apply

Saves any new settings made to the user configuration.

Go Back To Users
Page

Returns to the Users Page.

Securing iDRAC Communications Using SSL and
Digital Certificates
This section provides information about the following data security features that
are incorporated in your iDRAC:
•

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)

•

Certificate Signing Request (CSR)

•

Accessing the SSL main menu

•

Generating a new CSR

•

Uploading a server certificate

•

Viewing a server certificate

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

83

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)
The iDRAC includes a Web server that is configured to use the industrystandard SSL security protocol to transfer encrypted data over a network. Built
upon public-key and private-key encryption technology, SSL is a widely
accepted technology for providing authenticated and encrypted communication
between clients and servers to prevent eavesdropping across a network.
An SSL-enabled system can perform the following tasks:
•

Authenticate itself to an SSL-enabled client

•

Allow the client to authenticate itself to the server

•

Allow both systems to establish an encrypted connection

The encryption process provides a high level of data protection. The iDRAC
employs the 128-bit SSL encryption standard, the most secure form of
encryption generally available for Internet browsers in North America.
The iDRAC Web server has a Dell self-signed SSL digital certificate (Server
ID) by default. To ensure high security over the Internet, replace the Web server
SSL certificate with a certificate signed by a well-known certificate authority.
To initiate the process of obtaining a signed certificate, you can use the iDRAC
Web interface to generate a Certificate Signing Request (CSR) with your
company’s information. You can then submit the generated CSR to a CA such as
VeriSign or Thawte.

Certificate Signing Request (CSR)
A CSR is a digital request to a Certificate Authority (CA) for a secure server
certificate. Secure server certificates allow clients of the server to trust the
identity of the server they have connected to and to negotiate an encrypted
session with the server.
A Certificate Authority is a business entity that is recognized in the IT industry
for meeting high standards of reliable screening, identification, and other
important security criteria. Examples of CAs include Thawte and VeriSign.
After the CA receives a CSR, they review and verify the information the CSR
contains. If the applicant meets the CA’s security standards, the CA issues a
digitally-signed certificate that uniquely identifies that applicant for transactions
over networks and on the Internet.

84

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

After the CA approves the CSR and sends the certificate, upload the certificate
to the iDRAC firmware. The CSR information stored on the iDRAC firmware
must match the information contained in the certificate.

Accessing the SSL Main Menu
1 Click System→Remote Access→iDRAC, then click the Network/Security
tab.
2 Click SSL to open the SSL Main Menu page.
Use the SSL Main Menu page to generate a CSR to send to a CA. The CSR
information is stored on the iDRAC firmware.
Table 5-13 describes the options available when generating a CSR.
Table 5-14 describes the available buttons on the SSL Main Menu page.
Table 5-13. SSL Main Menu Options
Field

Description

Generate a New
Certificate Signing
Request (CSR)

Select the option and click Next to open the Generate
Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page.

NOTE: Each new CSR overwrites any previous CSR on the
firmware. For a CA to accept your CSR, the CSR in the
firmware must match the certificate returned from the CA.

Upload Server
Certificate

Select the option and click Next to open the Certificate
Upload page and upload the certificate sent to you by the CA.

NOTE: Only X509, Base 64-encoded certificates are accepted
by the iDRAC. DER-encoded certificates are not accepted.
View Server Certificate Select the option and click Next to open the View Server
Certificate page and view an existing server certificate.

Table 5-14. SSL Main Menu Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the SSL Main Menu values that appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the SSL Main Menu page.

Next

Processes the information on the SSL Main Menu page and
continues to the next step.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

85

Generating a New Certificate Signing Request
NOTE: Each new CSR overwrites any previous CSR data stored in the firmware.
The CSR in the firmware must match the certificate returned from the CA.
Otherwise, the iDRAC will not accept the certificate.
1 On the SSL Main Menu page, select Generate a New Certificate Signing
Request (CSR) and click Next.
2 On the Generate Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page, enter a value for
each CSR attribute.
Table 5-15 describes the Generate Certificate Signing Request (CSR) page
options.
3 Click Generate to create the CSR.
4 Click Download to save the CSR file to your local computer.
5 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-16.
Table 5-15. Generate Certificate Signing Request (CSR) Page Options
Field

Description

Common Name

The exact name being certified (usually the Web server's
domain name, for example, www.xyzcompany.com). Only
alphanumeric characters, hyphens, underscores, and periods
are valid. Spaces are not valid.

Organization Name

The name associated with this organization (for example,
XYZ Corporation). Only alphanumeric characters, hyphens,
underscores, periods and spaces are valid.

Organization Unit

The name associated with an organizational unit, such as a
department (for example, Information Technology). Only
alphanumeric characters, hyphens, underscores, periods, and
spaces are valid.

Locality

The city or other location of the entity being certified (for
example, Round Rock). Only alphanumeric characters and
spaces are valid. Do not separate words using an underscore
or other character.

State Name

The state or province where the entity who is applying for a
certification is located (for example, Texas). Only
alphanumeric characters and spaces are valid. Do not use
abbreviations.

86

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-15. Generate Certificate Signing Request (CSR) Page Options (continued)
Field

Description

Country Code

The name of the country where the entity applying for
certification is located.

Email

The e-mail address associated with the CSR. Type the
company’s e-mail address, or any e-mail address associated
with the CSR. This field is optional.

Table 5-16. Generate Certificate Signing Request (CSR) Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Generate Certificate Signing Request values that
appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Generate Certificate Signing Request page.

Generate

Generates a CSR and then prompts the user to save it to a
specified directory.

Download

Downloads the certificate to the local computer.

Go Back to SSL Main
Menu

Returns the user to the SSL Main Menu page.

Uploading a Server Certificate
1 In the SSL Main Menu page, select Upload Server Certificate and click
Next.
The Certificate Upload page appears.
2 In the File Path field, type the path to the certificate or click Browse to
navigate to the certificate file.
NOTE: The File Path value displays the relative file path of the certificate you are
uploading. You must type the absolute file path, which includes the full path and the
complete file name and file extension.
3 Click Apply.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-17.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

87

Table 5-17. Certificate Upload Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the values that appear on the Certificate Upload page.

Refresh

Reloads the Certificate Upload page.

Apply

Applies the certificate to the iDRAC firmware.

Go Back to SSL Main Returns the user to the SSL Main Menu page.
Menu

Viewing a Server Certificate
1 On the SSL Main Menu page, select View Server Certificate and click
Next.
Table 5-18 describes the fields and associated descriptions listed in the
Certificate window.
2 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-19.
Table 5-18. Certificate Information
Field

Description

Serial Number

Certificate serial number

Subject Information

Certificate attributes entered by the subject

Issuer Information

Certificate attributes returned by the issuer

Valid From

Issue date of the certificate

Valid To

Expiration date of the certificate

Table 5-19. View Server Certificate Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the View Server Certificate values that appear on the
screen.

Refresh

Reloads the View Server Certificate page.

Go Back to SSL Main Return to the SSL Main Menu page.
Menu

88

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Configuring and Managing Active Directory
Certificates
NOTE: You must have Configure iDRAC permission to configure Active Directory
and upload, download, and view an Active Directory certificate.
NOTE: For more information about Active Directory configuration and how to
configure Active Directory with the standard schema or an extended schema, see
"Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory" on page 103.
To access the Active Directory Main Menu:
1 Click System→Remote Access→iDRAC, and then click the
Network/Security tab.
2 Click Active Directory to open the Active Directory Main Menu page.
Table 5-20 lists the Active Directory Main Menu page options.
3 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-20.
Table 5-20. Active Directory Main Menu Page Options
Field

Description

Configure Active
Directory

Configures the Active Directory ROOT Domain Name,
Active Directory Authentication Timeout, Active
Directory Schema Selection, iDRAC Name, iDRAC
Domain Name, Role Groups, Group Name, and Group
Domain settings.

Upload Active
Directory CA
Certificate

Uploads an Active Directory certificate to the iDRAC.

Download iDRAC
Server Certificate

The Windows Download Manager downloads an iDRAC
server certificate to the system.

View Active Directory Displays an Active Directory Certificate that has been
CA Certificate
uploaded to the iDRAC.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

89

Table 5-21. Active Directory Main Menu Page Buttons
Button

Definition

Print

Prints the Active Directory Main Menu values that appear on
the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Active Directory Main Menu page.

Next

Processes the information on the Active Directory Main
Menu page and continues to the next step.

Configuring Active Directory (Standard Schema and Extended Schema)
1 On the Active Directory Main Menu page, select Configure Active
Directory and click Next.
2 On the Active Directory Configuration page, enter the Active Directory
settings.
Table 5-22 describes the Active Directory Configuration and
Management page settings.
3 Click Apply to save the settings.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-23.
5 To configure the Role Groups for Active Directory Standard Schema, click
on the individual Role Group (1-5). See Table 5-24 and Table 5-25.
NOTE: To save the settings on the Active Directory Configuration page, click
Apply before proceeding to the Custom Role Group page.
Table 5-22. Active Directory Configuration Page Settings
Setting

Description

Enable Active
Directory

When checked, enables Active Directory. The default is
disabled.

ROOT Domain Name The Active Directory ROOT domain name. This default is
blank.
The name must be a valid domain name consisting of x.y,
where x is a 1-254 character ASCII string with no spaces
between characters, and y is a valid domain type such as com,
edu, gov, int, mil, net, or org. The default is blank.

90

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-22. Active Directory Configuration Page Settings (continued)
Setting

Description

Timeout

The time, in seconds, to wait for Active Directory queries to
complete. Minimum value is equal to or greater than
15 seconds. The default value is 120.

Use Standard Schema Uses standard schema with Active Directory.
Use Extended Schema Uses the extended schema with Active Directory.
iDRAC Name

The name that uniquely identifies the iDRAC in Active
Directory. This default is blank.
The name must be a 1-254 character ASCII string with no
spaces between characters.

iDRAC Domain Name The DNS name of the domain, where the Active Directory
iDRAC object resides. This default is blank.
The name must be a valid domain name consisting of x.y,
where x is a 1-254 character ASCII string with no spaces
between characters, and y is a valid domain type such as com,
edu, gov, int, mil, net, or org.
Role Groups

The list of role groups associated with the iDRAC.
To change the settings for a role group, click their role group
number, in the role groups list.

Group Name

The name that identifies the role group in the Active Directory
associated with the iDRAC. This default is blank.

Group Domain

The domain type where the Role Group resides.

Table 5-23. Active Directory Configuration Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Active Directory Configuration values that appear
on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Active Directory Configuration page.

Apply

Saves any new settings made to the Active Directory
Configuration page.

Go Back to Active
Returns to the Active Directory Main Menu page.
Directory Main Menu

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

91

Table 5-24. Role Group Privileges
Setting

Description

Role Group Privilege Level

Specifies the user’s maximum iDRAC user
privilege as one of the following:
Administrator, Power User, Guest User,
None, or Custom.
See Table 5-25 for Role Group permissions.

Login to iDRAC

Allows the group log in access to the iDRAC.

Configure iDRAC

Allows the group permission to configure the
iDRAC.

Configure Users

Allows the group permission to configure users.

Clear Logs

Allows the group permission to clear logs.

Execute Server Control Commands Allows the group permission to execute server
control commands.
Access Console Redirection

Allows the group access to Console Redirection.

Access Virtual Media

Allows the group access to Virtual Media.

Test Alerts

Allows the group to send test alerts (e-mail and
PET) to a specific user.

Execute Diagnostic Commands

Allows the group permission to execute
diagnostic commands.

Table 5-25. Role Group Permissions
Property

Description

Administrator

Login to iDRAC, Configure iDRAC,
Configure Users, Clear Logs, Execute Server
Control Commands, Access Console
Redirection, Access Virtual Media, Test
Alerts, Execute Diagnostic Commands

Power User

Login to iDRAC, Clear Logs, Execute Server
Control Commands, Access Console
Redirection, Access Virtual Media, Test
Alerts

Guest User

Login to iDRAC

92

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-25. Role Group Permissions (continued)
Property

Description

Custom

Selects any combination of the following
permissions: Login to iDRAC, Configure
iDRAC, Configure Users, Clear Logs,
Execute Server Action Commands, Access
Console Redirection, Access Virtual Media,
Test Alerts, Execute Diagnostic Commands

None

No assigned permissions

Uploading an Active Directory CA Certificate
1 On the Active Directory Main Menu page, select Upload Active Directory
CA Certificate and click Next.
2 On the Certificate Upload page, type the file path of the certificate in the
File Path field, or click Browse to navigate to the certificate file.
NOTE: The File Path value displays the relative file path of the certificate you are
uploading. You must type the absolute file path, which includes the full path and the
complete file name and file extension.
Ensure that the domain controller’s SSL certificates have been signed by the
same Certificate Authority and that this Certificate is available on the
management station accessing the iDRAC.
3 Click Apply.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-26.
Table 5-26. Certificate Upload Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Certificate Upload values that appear on the
screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Certificate Upload page.

Apply

Applies the certificate to the iDRAC firmware.

Go Back to Active
Returns to the Active Directory Main Menu page.
Directory Main Menu

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

93

Downloading an iDRAC Server Certificate
1 On the Active Directory Main Menu page, select Download iDRAC
Server Certificate and click Next.
2 Save the file to a directory on your system.
3 In the Download Complete window, click Close.

Viewing an Active Directory CA Certificate
Use the Active Directory Main Menu page to view a CA server certificate for
your iDRAC.
1 On the Active Directory Main Menu page, select View Active Directory
CA Certificate and click Next.
Table 5-27 describes the fields and associated descriptions listed in the
Certificate window.
2 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-28.
Table 5-27. Active Directory CA Certificate Information
Field

Description

Serial Number

Certificate serial number.

Subject Information

Certificate attributes entered by the subject.

Issuer Information

Certificate attributes returned by the issuer.

Valid From

Certificate issue date.

Valid To

Certificate expiration date.

Table 5-28. View Active Directory CA Certificate Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Active Directory CA Certificate values that
appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Active Directory CA Certificate page.

Go Back to Active
Returns the user to the Active Directory Main Menu page.
Directory Main Menu

94

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Enabling or Disabling Local Configuration Access
NOTE: The default setting for local configuration access is Enabled.

Enabling Local Configuration Access
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC→ Network/Security.
2 Under Local Configuration, click to uncheck Disable iDRAC local USER
Configuration Updates to enable access.
3 Click Apply.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue.

Disabling Local Configuration Access
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC→ Network/Security.
2 Under Local Configuration, click to check Disable iDRAC local USER
Configuration Updates to disable access.
3 Click Apply.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue.

Configuring iDRAC Services
NOTE: To modify these settings, you must have Configure iDRAC permission.
NOTE: When you apply changes to services, the changes take effect immediately.
Existing connections may be terminated without warning.
NOTE: There is a known issue with the Telnet client supplied with Microsoft
Windows communicating with a BMU. Use another Telnet client such as
HyperTerminal or PuTTY.
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC, and then click the
Network/Security tab.
2 Click Services to open the Services configuration page.
3 Configure the following services, as required:
•

Web server — see Table 5-29 for Web server settings

•

SSH — see Table 5-30 for SSH settings

•

Telnet — see Table 5-31 for telnet settings

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

95

•

Automated System Recovery Agent — see Table 5-32 for Automated
System Recovery Agent settings

4 Click Apply.
5 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 5-33.
Table 5-29. Web Server Settings
Setting

Description

Enabled

Enables or disables the iDRAC web server. When checked,
the checkbox indicates that the web server is enabled. The
default is enabled.

Max Sessions

The maximum number of simultaneous sessions allowed for
this system. This field is not editable. There can be four
simultaneous sessions.

Current Sessions

The number of current sessions on the system, less than or
equal to the Max Sessions. This field is not editable.

Timeout

The time, in seconds, that a connection is allowed to remain
idle. The session is cancelled when the timeout is reached.
Changes to the timeout setting take affect immediately and
will reset the web server. Timeout range is 60 to 10,800
seconds. The default is 1,800 seconds.

HTTP Port Number

The port on which the iDRAC listens for a browser
connection. The default is 80.

HTTPS Port Number

The port on which the iDRAC listens for a secure browser
connection. The default is 443.

Table 5-30. SSH Settings
Setting

Description

Enabled

Enables or disables SSH. When checked, the checkbox
indicates that SSH is enabled.

Max Sessions

The maximum number of simultaneous sessions allowed for
this system. Only one session is supported.

Active Sessions

The number of current sessions on the system.

96

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Table 5-30. SSH Settings (continued)
Setting

Description

Timeout

The secure shell idle timeout, in seconds. Timeout range is 60
to 10,800 seconds. Enter 0 seconds to disable the Timeout
feature. The default is 1,800.

Port Number

The port on which the iDRAC listens for an SSH connection.
The default is 22.

Table 5-31. Telnet Settings
Setting

Description

Enabled

Enables or disables telnet. When checked, telnet is enabled.

Max Sessions

The maximum number of simultaneous sessions allowed for
this system. Only one session is supported.

Active Sessions

The number of current sessions on the system.

Timeout

The telnet idle timeout, in seconds. Timeout range is 60 to
10,800 seconds. Enter 0 seconds to disable the Timeout
feature. The default is 1,800.

Port Number

The port on which the iDRAC listens for a telnet connection.
The default is 23.

Table 5-32. Automated System Recovery Agent Setting
Setting

Description

Enabled

Enables the Automated System Recovery Agent.

Table 5-33. Services Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Services page.

Refresh

Refreshes the Services page.

Apply Changes

Applies the Services page settings.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

97

Updating the iDRAC Firmware
NOTE: If the iDRAC firmware becomes corrupted, as could occur if the iDRAC
firmware update progress is interrupted before it completes, you can recover the
iDRAC using the CMC. See your CMC Firmware User Guide for instructions. The
CMC Web interface (CMC 2.0 or later) also provides a One-to-Many Out-of-Band
iDRAC firmware update capacity that can be used at any time.
NOTE: The firmware update, by default, retains the current iDRAC settings. During
the update process, you have the option to reset the iDRAC configuration to the
factory defaults. If you set the configuration to the factory defaults external network
access will be disabled when the update completes. You must enable and configure
the network using the iDRAC Configuration Utility or the CMC Web interface.
1 Start the iDRAC Web interface.
2 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC, then click the Update tab.
NOTE: To update the firmware, the iDRAC must be placed in an update mode.
Once in this mode, the iDRAC will automatically reset, even if you cancel the
update process.

3 On the Firmware Update page, click Next to start the update process.
4 In the Firmware Update - Upload (page 1 of 4) window, click Browse, or
type the path to the firmware image that you downloaded.
For example:
C:\Updates\V1.0\.
The default firmware image name is firmimg.imc.
5 Click Next.
•

The file will be uploaded to the iDRAC. This may take several minutes
to complete.
OR

•

98

You can click Cancel at this time, if you would like to end the firmware
upgrade process. Clicking Cancel will reset the iDRAC to normal
operating mode.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

6 In the Firmware Update - Validation (page 2 of 4) window, you will see the
results of the validation performed on the image file you uploaded.
•

If the image file uploaded successfully and passed all verification
checks, a message will appear indicating that the firmware image has
been verified.
OR

•

If the image did not upload successfully, or it did not pass the
verification checks, the firmware update will return to the Firmware
Update - Upload (page 1 of 4) window. You can attempt to upgrade the
iDRAC again or click Cancel to reset the iDRAC to normal operating
mode.

NOTE: If you deselect the Preserve Configuration checkbox, the iDRAC will be
reset to its default settings. In the default settings, the LAN is disabled. You will not
be able to log in to the iDRAC Web interface. You will have to reconfigure the LAN
settings using the CMC Web interface or iKVM using the iDRAC Configuration Utility
during BIOS POST.
7 By default the Preserve Configuration checkbox is checked, to preserve the
current settings on the iDRAC after an upgrade. If you do not want the
settings to be preserved, deselect the Preserve Configuration checkbox.
8 Click Begin Update to start the upgrade process. Do not interrupt the
upgrade process.
9 In the Firmware Update - Updating (page 3 of 4) window, you will see the
status of the upgrade. The progress of the firmware upgrade operation,
measured in percentages, will appear in the Progress column.
10 Once the firmware update is complete, the Firmware Update - Update
Results (page 4 of 4) window will appear and the iDRAC will reset
automatically. You must close the current browser window and reconnect to
the iDRAC using a new browser window.

Recovering iDRAC Firmware Using the CMC
Typically, the iDRAC firmware is updated using iDRAC facilities such as the
iDRAC Web interface, or operating system specific update packages
downloaded from support.dell.com.

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

99

If the iDRAC firmware becomes corrupted, as could occur if the iDRAC
firmware update progress is interrupted before it completes, you can use the
CMC Web interface to update its firmware.
If the CMC detects the corrupted iDRAC firmware, the iDRAC is listed on the
Updatable Components page in the CMC Web interface.
NOTE: See the CMC Firmware User Guide for instructions for using the CMC Web
interface.
To update the iDRAC firmware, perform the following steps:
1 Download the latest iDRAC firmware to your management computer from
support.dell.com.
2 Log in to the CMC Web-based interface.
3 Click Chassis in the system tree.
4 Click the Update tab. The Updatable Components page appears. The server
with the recoverable iDRAC is included in the list if it is able to be recovered
from the CMC.
5 Click server-n, where n is the number of the server whose iDRAC you want
to recover.
6 Click Browse, to browse to the iDRAC firmware image you downloaded,
and click Open.
7 Click Begin Firmware Update.
After the firmware image file has been uploaded to the CMC, the iDRAC will
update itself with the image.

100

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

101

102

Configuring the iDRAC Using the Web Interface

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft
Active Directory

6

A directory service maintains a common database of all information needed for
controlling users, computers, printers, and other devices on a network. If your
company uses the Microsoft® Active Directory® service software, you can
configure the software to provide access to the iDRAC, allowing you to add and
control iDRAC user privileges to your existing users in your Active Directory
software.
NOTE: Using Active Directory to recognize iDRAC users is supported on the
Microsoft Windows® 2000 and Windows Server® 2003 operating systems.
You can use Active Directory to define user access on iDRAC through an
extended schema solution which uses Dell-defined Active Directory objects or a
standard schema solution which uses Active Directory group objects only.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Extended
Schema and Standard Schema
When using Active Directory to configure access to the iDRAC, you must
choose either the extended schema or the standard schema solution.
The advantages of using the extended schema solution are:
•

All of the access control objects are maintained in Active Directory.

•

Maximum flexibility in configuring user access on different iDRACs with
different privilege levels.

The advantages of using the standard schema solution are:
•

No schema extension is required because standard schema uses Active
Directory objects only.

•

Configuration on the Active Directory side is simple.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

103

Extended Schema Active Directory Overview
There are three ways to enable Active Directory with the extended schema:
•

With the iDRAC Web interface (see "Configuring the iDRAC With Extended
Schema Active Directory Using the Web Interface" on page 119).

•

With the RACADM CLI tool (see "Configuring the iDRAC With Extended
Schema Active Directory Using RACADM" on page 120).

•

With the SM-CLP command line (see "Configuring the iDRAC With
Extended Schema Active Directory and SM-CLP" on page 121).

Active Directory Schema Extensions
The Active Directory data is a distributed database of Attributes and Classes.
The Active Directory schema includes the rules that determine the type of data
that can be added or included in the database. The user class is one example of a
Class that is stored in the database. Some example user class attributes can
include the user’s first name, last name, phone number, and so on. Companies
can extend the Active Directory database by adding their own unique Attributes
and Classes to solve environment-specific needs. Dell has extended the schema
to include the Attributes and Classes to support remote management
Authentication and Authorization.
Each Attribute or Class that is added to an existing Active Directory Schema
must be defined with a unique ID. To maintain unique IDs across the industry,
Microsoft maintains a database of Active Directory Object Identifiers (OIDs) so
that when companies add extensions to the schema, they can be guaranteed to be
unique and not to conflict with each other. To extend the schema in Microsoft
Active Directory, Dell received unique OIDs, unique name extensions, and
uniquely linked attribute IDs for the attributes and classes we added to the
directory service, as shown in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1. Dell Active Directory Object Identifiers
Active Directory Service Class

Active Directory OID

Dell extension

dell

Dell base OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280

RAC LinkID range

12070 to 12079

104

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Overview of the RAC Schema Extensions
To provide the greatest flexibility in the multitude of customer environments,
Dell provides a group of properties that can be configured by the user depending
on the desired results. Dell has extended the schema to include an Association,
Device, and Privilege property. The Association property is used to link together
the users or groups with a specific set of privileges to one or more RAC devices.
This model provides an Administrator maximum flexibility over the different
combinations of users, RAC privileges, and RAC devices on the network
without adding too much complexity.

Active Directory Object Overview
For each of the physical RACs on the network that you want to integrate with
Active Directory for Authentication and Authorization, create at least one
Association Object and one RAC Device Object. You can create multiple
Association Objects, and each Association Object can be linked to as many
users, groups of users, or RAC Device Objects as required. The users and RAC
Device Objects can be members of any domain in the enterprise.
However, each Association Object can be linked (or, may link users, groups of
users, or RAC Device Objects) to only one Privilege Object. This example
allows an Administrator to control each user’s privileges on specific RACs.
The RAC Device object is the link to the RAC firmware for querying Active
Directory for authentication and authorization. When a RAC is added to the
network, the Administrator must configure the RAC and its device object with
its Active Directory name so users can perform authentication and authorization
with Active Directory. The Administrator must add the RAC to at least one
Association Object in order for users to authenticate.
Figure 6-1 illustrates that the Association Object provides the connection that is
needed for all of the Authentication and Authorization.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

105

Figure 6-1. Typical Setup for Active Directory Objects

Association Object

User(s) Group(s)

Privilege Object

RAC Device Object(s)

RAC Privilege Object

NOTE: The RAC privilege object applies to both DRAC 4 and iDRAC.
You can create as many or as few association objects as required. However, you
must create at least one Association Object, and you must have one RAC Device
Object for each RAC (iDRAC) on the network that you want to integrate with
Active Directory for Authentication and Authorization with the RAC (iDRAC).
The Association Object allows for as many or as few users and/or groups as well
as RAC Device Objects. However, the Association Object only includes one
Privilege Object per Association Object. The Association Object connects the
"Users" who have "Privileges" on the RACs.
You can configure Active Directory objects in a single domain or in multiple
domains. For example, you have two iDRACs (RAC1 and RAC2) and three
existing Active Directory users (user1, user2, and user3). You want to give user1
and user2 an Administrator privilege to both iDRACs and give user3 a login
privilege to the RAC2. Figure 6-2 shows how you set up the Active Directory
objects in this scenario.

106

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

When adding Universal Groups from separate domains, create an Association
Object with Universal Scope. The Default Association objects created by the
Dell Schema Extender Utility are Domain Local Groups and will not work with
Universal Groups from other domains.
Figure 6-2. Setting Up Active Directory Objects in a Single Domain

AO1

Group1

User1

User2

AO2

Priv1

User3

Priv2

RAC1

RAC2

To configure the objects for the single domain scenario, perform the following
tasks:
1 Create two Association Objects.
2 Create two RAC Device Objects, RAC1 and RAC2, to represent the two
iDRACs.
3 Create two Privilege Objects, Priv1 and Priv2, in which Priv1 has all
privileges (Administrator) and Priv2 has login privileges.
4 Group user1 and user2 into Group1.
5 Add Group1 as Members in Association Object 1 (AO1), Priv1 as Privilege
Objects in AO1, and RAC1, RAC2 as RAC Devices in AO1.
6 Add User3 as Members in Association Object 2 (AO2), Priv2 as Privilege
Objects in AO2, and RAC2 as RAC Devices in AO2.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

107

See "Adding iDRAC Users and Privileges to Active Directory" on page 116 for
detailed instructions.
Figure 6-3 provides an example of Active Directory objects in multiple
domains. In this scenario, you have two iDRACs (RAC1 and RAC2) and three
existing Active Directory users (user1, user2, and user3). User1 is in Domain1,
and user2 and user 3 are in Domain2. In this scenario, configure user1 and user2
with Administrator privileges to both iDRACs and configure user3 with login
privileges to the RAC2.
Figure 6-3. Setting Up Active Directory Objects in Multiple Domains
Domain1

Domain2
AO1

Group1

User1

User2

AO2

Priv1

User3

Priv2

RAC1

RAC2

To configure the objects for the multiple domain scenario, perform the following
tasks:
1 Ensure that the domain forest function is in Native or Windows 2003 mode.
2 Create two Association Objects, AO1 (of Universal scope) and AO2, in any
domain.
Figure 6-3 shows the objects in Domain2.
3 Create two RAC Device Objects, RAC1 and RAC2, to represent the two
iDRACs.

108

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

4 Create two Privilege Objects, Priv1 and Priv2, in which Priv1 has all
privileges (Administrator) and Priv2 has login privileges.
5 Group user1 and user2 into Group1. The group scope of Group1 must be
Universal.
6 Add Group1 as Members in Association Object 1 (AO1), Priv1 as Privilege
Objects in AO1, and RAC1, RAC2 as RAC Devices in AO1.
7 Add User3 as Members in Association Object 2 (AO2), Priv2 as Privilege
Objects in AO2, and RAC2 as RAC Devices in AO2.

Configuring Extended Schema Active Directory to Access Your iDRAC
Before using Active Directory to access your iDRAC, configure the Active
Directory software and the iDRAC by performing the following steps in order:
1 Extend the Active Directory schema (see "Extending the Active Directory
Schema" on page 109).
2 Extend the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap-in (see "Installing
the Dell Extension to the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap-In" on
page 115).
3 Add iDRAC users and their privileges to Active Directory (see "Adding
iDRAC Users and Privileges to Active Directory" on page 116).
4 Enable SSL on each of your domain controllers (see "Enabling SSL on a
Domain Controller" on page 129).
5 Configure the iDRAC Active Directory properties using either the iDRAC
Web interface or the RACADM (see "Configuring the iDRAC With
Extended Schema Active Directory Using the Web Interface" on page 119 or
"Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema Active Directory Using
RACADM" on page 120).

Extending the Active Directory Schema
Extending your Active Directory schema adds a Dell organizational unit,
schema classes and attributes, and example privileges and association objects to
the Active Directory schema. Before you extend the schema, ensure that you
have Schema Admin privileges on the Schema Master Flexible Single Master
Operation (FSMO) Role Owner of the domain forest.
You can extend your schema using one of the following:

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

109

•

Dell Schema Extender utility

•

LDIF script file

If you use the LDIF script file, the Dell organizational unit will not be added to
the schema.
The LDIF files and Dell Schema Extender are located on your Dell Systems
Management Tools and Documentation DVD in the following respective
directories:
•

DVD drive:\support\OMActiveDirectory Tools\RAC4-5\LDIF_Files

•

DVD drive:\support\OMActiveDirectory Tools\RAC45\Schema_Extender

To use the LDIF files, see the instructions in the readme included in the
LDIF_Files directory. To use the Dell Schema Extender to extend the Active
Directory Schema, see "Using the Dell Schema Extender" on page 110.
You can copy and run the Schema Extender or LDIF files from any location.
Using the Dell Schema Extender

NOTE: The Dell Schema Extender uses the SchemaExtenderOem.ini file. To ensure
that the Dell Schema Extender utility functions properly, do not modify the name of
this file.
1 In the Welcome screen, click Next.
2 Read and understand the warning and click Next.
3 Select Use Current Log In Credentials or enter a user name and password
with schema Administrator rights.
4 Click Next to run the Dell Schema Extender.
5 Click Finish.
The schema is extended. To verify the schema extension, use the Microsoft
Management Console (MMC) and the Active Directory Schema snap-in to
verify that the following exist:
•

Classes (see Table 6-2 through Table 6-7)

•

Attributes (Table 6-8)

See your Microsoft documentation for more information on how to enable
and use the Active Directory Schema snap-in in the MMC.

110

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Table 6-2. Class Definitions for Classes Added to the Active Directory Schema
Class Name

Assigned Object Identification Number (OID)

dellRacDevice

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.1

dellAssociationObject

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.2

dellRACPrivileges

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.3

dellPrivileges

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.4

dellProduct

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.5

Table 6-3. dellRacDevice Class
OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.1

Description

Represents the Dell RAC device. The RAC device must be
configured as dellRacDevice in Active Directory. This
configuration enables the iDRAC to send Lightweight Directory
Access Protocol (LDAP) queries to Active Directory.

Class Type

Structural Class

SuperClasses

dellProduct

Attributes

dellSchemaVersion
dellRacType

Table 6-4. dellAssociationObject Class
OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.2

Description

Represents the Dell Association Object. The Association Object
provides the connection between the users and the devices.

Class Type

Structural Class

SuperClasses

Group

Attributes

dellProductMembers
dellPrivilegeMember

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

111

Table 6-5. dellRAC4Privileges Class
OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.3

Description

Used to define the privileges (Authorization Rights) for the iDRAC
device.

Class Type

Auxiliary Class

SuperClasses

None

Attributes

dellIsLoginUser
dellIsCardConfigAdmin
dellIsUserConfigAdmin
dellIsLogClearAdmin
dellIsServerResetUser
dellIsConsoleRedirectUser
dellIsVirtualMediaUser
dellIsTestAlertUser
dellIsDebugCommandAdmin

Table 6-6. dellPrivileges Class
OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.4

Description

Used as a container Class for the Dell Privileges (Authorization
Rights).

Class Type

Structural Class

SuperClasses

User

Attributes

dellRAC4Privileges

Table 6-7. dellProduct Class
OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.5

Description

The main class from which all Dell products are derived.

Class Type

Structural Class

112

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Table 6-7. dellProduct Class (continued)
OID

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.1.5

SuperClasses

Computer

Attributes

dellAssociationMembers

Table 6-8. List of Attributes Added to the Active Directory Schema
Attribute Name/Description

Assigned OID/Syntax Object
Identifier

Single Valued

dellPrivilegeMember

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.1

FALSE

List of dellPrivilege Objects that Distinguished Name
belong to this Attribute.
(LDAPTYPE_DN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12)
dellProductMembers

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.2

List of dellRacDevices Objects
that belong to this role. This
attribute is the forward link to
the dellAssociationMembers
backward link.

Distinguished Name
(LDAPTYPE_DN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12)

FALSE

Link ID: 12070
dellIsLoginUser

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.3

TRUE if the user has Login
rights on the device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

dellIsCardConfigAdmin

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.4

TRUE if the user has Card
Configuration rights on the
device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

dellIsUserConfigAdmin

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.5

TRUE if the user has User
Configuration rights on the
device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

delIsLogClearAdmin

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.6

TRUE if the user has Log
Clearing rights on the device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

TRUE

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

113

Table 6-8. List of Attributes Added to the Active Directory Schema (continued)
Attribute Name/Description

Assigned OID/Syntax Object
Identifier

Single Valued

dellIsServerResetUser

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.7

TRUE

TRUE if the user has Server
Reset rights on the device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

dellIsConsoleRedirectUser

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.8

TRUE

TRUE if the user has Console
Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
Redirection rights on the device. 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)
dellIsVirtualMediaUser

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.9

TRUE if the user has Virtual
Media rights on the device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

dellIsTestAlertUser

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.10 TRUE

TRUE

TRUE if the user has Test Alert Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
User rights on the device.
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)
dellIsDebugCommandAdmin

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.11 TRUE

TRUE if the user has Debug
Command Admin rights on the
device.

Boolean (LDAPTYPE_BOOLEAN
1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.7)

dellSchemaVersion

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.12 TRUE

The Current Schema Version is
used to update the schema.

Case Ignore String
(LDAPTYPE_CASEIGNORESTRI
NG
1.2.840.113556.1.4.905)

dellRacType

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.13 TRUE

This attribute is the Current Rac
Type for the dellRacDevice
object and the backward link to
the
dellAssociationObjectMembers
forward link.

Case Ignore String
(LDAPTYPE_CASEIGNORESTRI
NG
1.2.840.113556.1.4.905)

114

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Table 6-8. List of Attributes Added to the Active Directory Schema (continued)
Attribute Name/Description

Assigned OID/Syntax Object
Identifier

Single Valued

dellAssociationMembers

1.2.840.113556.1.8000.1280.1.1.2.14 FALSE

List of
Distinguished Name
dellAssociationObjectMembers (LDAPTYPE_DN
that belong to this Product. This 1.3.6.1.4.1.1466.115.121.1.12)
attribute is the backward link to
the dellProductMembers Linked
attribute.
Link ID: 12071

Installing the Dell Extension to the Active Directory Users and
Computers Snap-In
When you extend the schema in Active Directory, you must also extend the
Active Directory Users and Computers snap-in so the administrator can manage
RAC (iDRAC) devices, Users and User Groups, RAC Associations, and RAC
Privileges.
When you install your systems management software using the Dell Systems
Management Tools and Documentation DVD, you can extend the snap-in by
selecting the Dell Extension to the Active Directory User’s and Computers
Snap-In option during the installation procedure. See the Dell OpenManage
Software Quick Installation Guide for additional instructions about installing
systems management software.
For more information about the Active Directory User’s and Computers snap-in,
see your Microsoft documentation.
Installing the Administrator Pack

You must install the Administrator Pack on each system that is managing the
Active Directory iDRAC Objects. If you do not install the Administrator Pack,
you cannot view the Dell RAC Object in the container.
See "Opening the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap-In" on page 116
for more information.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

115

Opening the Active Directory Users and Computers Snap-In

To open the Active Directory Users and Computers snap-in, perform the
following steps:
1 If you are logged into the domain controller, click Start→ Admin Tools→
Active Directory Users and Computers.
If you are not logged into the domain controller, you must have the
appropriate Microsoft Administrator Pack installed on your local system. To
install this Administrator Pack, click Start→ Run, type MMC, and press
Enter.
The Microsoft Management Console (MMC) appears.
2 In the Console 1 window, click File (or Console on systems running
Windows 2000).
3 Click Add/Remove Snap-in.
4 Select the Active Directory Users and Computers snap-in and click Add.
5 Click Close and click OK.

Adding iDRAC Users and Privileges to Active Directory
Using the Dell-extended Active Directory Users and Computers snap-in, you
can add iDRAC users and privileges by creating RAC, Association, and
Privilege objects. To add each object type, perform the following procedures:
•

Create a RAC device Object

•

Create a Privilege Object

•

Create an Association Object

•

Add objects to an Association Object

Creating a RAC Device Object

1 In the MMC Console Root window, right-click a container.
2 Select New→ Dell RAC Object.
The New Object window appears.
3 Type a name for the new object. The name must be identical to the iDRAC
Name that you will type in step a of "Configuring the iDRAC With Extended
Schema Active Directory Using the Web Interface" on page 119.

116

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

4 Select RAC Device Object.
5 Click OK.
Creating a Privilege Object

NOTE: A Privilege Object must be created in the same domain as the related
Association Object.
1 In the Console Root (MMC) window, right-click a container.
2 Select New→ Dell RAC Object.
The New Object window appears.
3 Type a name for the new object.
4 Select Privilege Object.
5 Click OK.
6 Right-click the privilege object that you created, and select Properties.
7 Click the RAC Privileges tab and select the privileges that you want the user
to have (for more information, see "iDRAC User Privileges" on page 82).
Creating an Association Object

The Association Object is derived from a Group and must contain a Group Type.
The Association Scope specifies the Security Group Type for the Association
Object. When you create an Association Object, choose the Association Scope
that applies to the type of objects you intend to add.
For example, if you select Universal, the association objects are only available
when the Active Directory Domain is functioning in Native Mode or above.
1 In the Console Root (MMC) window, right-click a container.
2 Select New→ Dell RAC Object.
This opens the New Object window.
3 Type a name for the new object.
4 Select Association Object.
5 Select the scope for the Association Object.
6 Click OK.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

117

Adding Objects to an Association Object

Using the Association Object Properties window, you can associate users or
user groups, privilege objects, and RAC devices or RAC device groups. If your
system is running Windows 2000 mode or higher, use Universal Groups to span
domains with your user or RAC objects.
You can add groups of Users and RAC devices. The procedure for creating Dellrelated groups and non-Dell-related groups is identical.
Adding Users or User Groups

1 Right-click the Association Object and select Properties.
2 Select the Users tab and click Add.
3 Type the user or User Group name and click OK.
Click the Privilege Object tab to add the privilege object to the association that
defines the user’s or user group’s privileges when authenticating to a RAC
device. Only one privilege object can be added to an Association Object.
Adding Privileges

1 Select the Privileges Object tab and click Add.
2 Type the Privilege Object name and click OK.
Click the Products tab to add one or more RAC devices to the association. The
associated devices specify the RAC devices connected to the network that are
available for the defined users or user groups. Multiple RAC devices can be
added to an Association Object.
Adding RAC Devices or RAC Device Groups

To add RAC devices or RAC device groups:
1 Select the Products tab and click Add.
2 Type the RAC device or RAC device group name and click OK.
3 In the Properties window, click Apply and click OK.

118

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema Active Directory Using
the Web Interface
1 Open a supported Web browser window.
2 Log in to the iDRAC Web interface.
3 Click System→ Remote Access.
4 Click the Configuration tab and select Active Directory.
5 On the Active Directory Main Menu page, select Configure Active
Directory and click Next.
6 In the Common Settings section:
a

Select the Enable Active Directory check box.

b

Type the Root Domain Name. The Root Domain Name is the fully
qualified root domain name for the forest.

c

Type the Timeout time in seconds.

7 Click Use Extended Schema in the Active Directory Schema Selection
section.
8 In the Extended Schema Settings section:
a

Type the DRAC Name. This name must be the same as the common
name of the new RAC object you created in your Domain Controller (see
step 3 of "Creating a RAC Device Object").

b

Type the DRAC Domain Name (for example, iDRAC.com). Do not
use the NetBIOS name. The DRAC Domain Name is the fully qualified
domain name of the sub-domain where the RAC Device Object is
located.

9 Click Apply to save the Active Directory settings.
10 Click Go Back To Active Directory Main Menu.
11 Upload your domain forest Root CA certificate into the iDRAC.
a

Select the Upload Active Directory CA Certificate radio button and
then click Next.

b

In the Certificate Upload page, type the file path of the certificate or
browse to the certificate file.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

119

NOTE: The File Path value displays the relative file path of the certificate you
are uploading. You must type the absolute file path, which includes the full
path and the complete file name and file extension.
The domain controllers’ SSL certificates should have been signed by the
root CA. Have the root CA certificate available on your management
station accessing the iDRAC (see "Exporting the Domain Controller
Root CA Certificate" on page 130).
c

Click Apply.
The iDRAC Web server automatically restarts after you click Apply.

12 Log out and then log in to the iDRAC to complete the iDRAC Active
Directory feature configuration.
13 Click System→ Remote Access.
14 Click the Configuration tab and click Network.
15 If Use DHCP (for NIC IP Address) is selected under Network Settings,
then select Use DHCP to obtain DNS server address.
To manually input a DNS server IP address, deselect Use DHCP to obtain
DNS server addresses and type your primary and alternate DNS server IP
addresses.
16 Click Apply Changes.
The iDRAC Extended Schema Active Directory feature configuration is
complete.

Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema Active Directory Using
RACADM
Use the following commands to configure the iDRAC Active Directory feature
with the extended schema using the RACADM CLI tool instead of the Web
interface.
1 Open a command prompt and type the following RACADM commands:
racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o cfgADEnable
1
racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o cfgADType 1
racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o
cfgADRacDomain 
120

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o
cfgADRootDomain 
racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o
cfgADRacName 
racadm sslcertupload -t 0x2 -f 
racadm sslcertdownload -t 0x1 -f 
2 If DHCP is enabled on the iDRAC and you want to use the DNS provided by
the DHCP server, type the following RACADM command:
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 1
3 If DHCP is disabled on the iDRAC or you want to manually input your DNS
IP addresses, type the following RACADM commands:
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 0
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSServer1

racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSServer2

4 Press Enter to complete the iDRAC Active Directory feature configuration.

Configuring the iDRAC With Extended Schema Active Directory and
SM-CLP
NOTE: You must have a TFTP server running from which you can retrieve the root
CA certificate and to which you can save the iDRAC server certificate.
Use the following commands to configure the iDRAC Active Directory feature
with the extended schema using SM-CLP.
1 Log in to the iDRAC using telnet or SSH and enter the following SM-CLP
commands:
cd /system/sp1/oemdell_adservice1
set enablestate=1
Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

121

set oemdell_schematype=1
set oemdell_adracdomain=
set oemdell_adrootdomain=
set oemdell_adracname=
set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1 oemdell_certtype=AD
load -source  /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1 oemdell_certtype=SSL
dump -destination  /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
2 If DHCP is enabled on the iDRAC and you want to use the DNS provided by
the DHCP server, type the following SM-CLP command:
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/\
dnsendpt1 oemdell_serversfromdhcp=1
3 If DHCP is disabled on the iDRAC or you want to manually enter your DNS
IP address, type the following SM-CLP commands:
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/\
ipendpt1/dnsendpt1 oemdell_serversfromdhcp=0
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/\
dnsendpt1/remotesap1 dnsserveraddress=
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/\
dnsendpt1/remotesap1 dnsserveraddress=

Active Directory Standard Schema Overview
As shown in Figure 6-4, using standard schema for Active Directory integration
requires configuration on both Active Directory and the iDRAC. On the Active
Directory side, a standard group object is used as a role group. A user who has
iDRAC access will be a member of the role group. To give this user access to a
specific iDRAC, the role group name and its domain name need to be
configured on the specific iDRAC. Unlike the extended schema solution, the
122

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

role and the privilege level is defined on each iDRAC, not in the Active
Directory. Up to five role groups can be configured and defined in each iDRAC.
Table 5-11 on page 82 shows the privileges level of the role groups and
Table 6-9 shows the default role group settings.
Figure 6-4. Configuration of iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory and the Standard
Schema
Configuration on Active
Directory Side

Configuration on
iDRAC Side

Role
Group Name
and Domain
Name

Role
Group

Role
Definition

User

Table 6-9. Default Role Group Privileges
Default
Privilege Level

Permissions Granted

Bit Mask

Administrator

Login to iDRAC, Configure iDRAC, Configure
Users, Clear Logs, Execute Server Control
Commands, Access Console Redirection, Access
Virtual Media, Test Alerts, Execute Diagnostic
Commands

0x000001ff

Power User

Login to iDRAC, Clear Logs, Execute Server
Control Commands, Access Console Redirection,
Access Virtual Media, Test Alerts

0x000000f9

Guest User

Login to iDRAC

0x00000001

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

123

Table 6-9. Default Role Group Privileges (continued)
Default
Privilege Level

Permissions Granted

Bit Mask

None

No assigned permissions

0x00000000

None

No assigned permissions

0x00000000

NOTE: The Bit Mask values are used only when setting up the standard schema
with the RACADM.
There are two ways to enable the standard schema in Active Directory:
•

With the iDRAC Web user interface. See "Configuring the iDRAC With
Standard Schema Active Directory and the Web Interface" on page 124.

•

With the RACADM CLI tool. See "Configuring the iDRAC With Standard
Schema Active Directory and RACADM" on page 126.

Configuring Standard Schema Active Directory to Access Your iDRAC
You need to perform the following steps to configure the Active Directory
before an Active Directory user can access the iDRAC:
1 On an Active Directory server (domain controller), open the Active Directory
Users and Computers Snap-in.
2 Create a group or select an existing group. The name of the group and the
name of this domain will need to be configured on the iDRAC with the Web
interface, RACADM, or SM-CLP (see "Configuring the iDRAC With
Standard Schema Active Directory and the Web Interface" on page 124 or
"Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema Active Directory and
RACADM" on page 126).
3 Add the Active Directory user as a member of the Active Directory group to
access the iDRAC.

Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema Active Directory and the
Web Interface
1 Open a supported Web browser window.
2 Log in to the iDRAC Web interface.
3 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC, then click the Configuration
tab.
124

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

4 Select Active Directory to open the Active Directory Main Menu page.
5 On the Active Directory Main Menu page, select Configure Active
Directory and click Next.
6 In the Common Settings section:
a

Select the Enable Active Directory check box.

b

Type the Root Domain Name. The Root Domain Name is the fully
qualified root domain name for the forest.

c

Type the Timeout time in seconds.

7 Click Use Standard Schema in the Active Directory Schema Selection
section.
8 Click Apply to save the Active Directory settings.
9 In the Role Groups column of the Standard Schema settings section, click a
Role Group.
The Configure Role Group page appears, which includes a role group’s
Group Name, Group Domain, and Role Group Privileges.
10 Type the Group Name. The group name identifies the role group in the
Active Directory associated with the iDRAC.
11 Type the Group Domain. The Group Domain is the fully qualified root
domain name for the forest.
12 In the Role Group Privileges page, set the group privileges.
Table 5-11 on page 82 describes the Role Group Privileges.
If you modify any of the permissions, the existing Role Group Privilege
(Administrator, Power User, or Guest User) will change to either the
Custom group or the appropriate Role Group Privilege based on the
permissions modified.
13 Click Apply to save the Role Group settings.
14 Click Go Back To Active Directory Configuration and Management.
15 Click Go Back To Active Directory Main Menu.
16 Upload your domain forest Root CA certificate into the iDRAC.
a

Select the Upload Active Directory CA Certificate radio button and
then click Next.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

125

b

In the Certificate Upload page, type the file path of the certificate or
browse to the certificate file.
NOTE: The File Path value displays the relative file path of the certificate you
are uploading. You must type the absolute file path, which includes the full
path and the complete file name and file extension.
The domain controllers’ SSL certificates should have been signed by the
root CA. Have the root CA certificate available on your management
station accessing the iDRAC (see "Exporting the Domain Controller
Root CA Certificate" on page 130).

c

Click Apply.
The iDRAC Web server automatically restarts after you click Apply.

17 Log out and then log in to the iDRAC to complete the iDRAC Active
Directory feature configuration.
18 Click System→ Remote Access.
19 Click the Configuration tab and then click Network.
20 If Use DHCP (for NIC IP Address) is selected under Network Settings,
select Use DHCP to obtain DNS server address.
To manually input a DNS server IP address, deselect Use DHCP to obtain
DNS server addresses and type your primary and alternate DNS server IP
addresses.
21 Click Apply Changes.
The iDRAC standard schema Active Directory feature configuration is
complete.

Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema Active Directory and
RACADM
Using the following commands to configure the iDRAC Active Directory
feature with the standard schema using the RACADM CLI instead of the Web
interface.
1 Open a command prompt and type the following RACADM commands:
racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o cfgADEnable
1
racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o cfgADType 2
126

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

racadm config -g cfgActiveDirectory -o
cfgADRootDomain 
racadm config -g cfgStandardSchema -i  -o
cfgSSADRoleGroupName 
racadm config -g cfgStandardSchema -i  -o
cfgSSADRoleGroupDomain 
racadm config -g cfgStandardSchema -i  -o
cfgSSADRoleGroupPrivilege 
racadm sslcertupload -t 0x2 -f 
racadm sslcertdownload -t 0x1 -f 
NOTE: For bit mask values, see Table B-1.
2 If DHCP is enabled on the iDRAC and you want to use the DNS provided by
the DHCP server, type the following RACADM commands:
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 1
3 If DHCP is disabled on the iDRAC or you want to input your DNS IP
addresses manually, type the following RACADM commands:
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 0
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSServer1

racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSServer2


Configuring the iDRAC With Standard Schema Active Directory and
SM-CLP
NOTE: You cannot upload certificates using SM-CLP. Instead, use the iDRAC Web
interface or local RACADM commands.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

127

Use the following commands to configure the iDRAC Active Directory Feature
with the standard schema using SM-CLP.
1 Log in to the iDRAC using telnet or SSH and enter the following SM-CLP
commands:
cd /system/sp1/oemdell_adservice1
set enablestate=1
set oemdell_schematype=2
set oemdell_adracdomain=
2 Enter the following commands for each of the five Active Directory role
groups:
set /system1/sp1/groupN oemdell_groupname=
set /system1/sp1/groupN oemdell_groupdomain=
set /system1/sp1/groupN oemdell_groupprivilege=

where N is a number from 1 to 5.
3 Enter the following commands to set up the Active Directory SSL
certifications.
set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1 oemdell_certtype=AD
load -source  /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1 oemdell_certtype=SSL
dump -destination  /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
4 If DHCP is enabled on the iDRAC and you want to use the DNS provided by
the DHCP server, type the following SM-CLP command:
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/\
ipendpt1/dnsendpt1 oemdell_serversfromdhcp=1

128

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

5 If DHCP is disabled on the iDRAC or you want to manually enter your DNS
IP addresses, type the following SM-CLP commands:
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/\
ipendpt1/dnsendpt1 oemdell_serversfromdhcp=0
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/\
dnsendpt1/remotesap1 dnsserveraddress=
set /system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/\
dnsendpt1/remotesap1 dnsserveraddress=

Enabling SSL on a Domain Controller
If you are using Microsoft Enterprise Root CA to automatically assign all your
domain controllers to an SSL certificate, perform the following steps to enable
SSL on each domain controller.
1 Install a Microsoft Enterprise Root CA on a Domain Controller.
a

Select Start→ Control Panel→ Add or Remove Programs.

b

Select Add/Remove Windows Components.

c

In the Windows Components Wizard, select the Certificate Services
check box.

d

Select Enterprise root CA as CA Type and click Next.

e

Enter Common name for this CA, click Next, and click Finish.

2 Enable SSL on each of your domain controllers by installing the SSL
certificate for each controller.
a

Click Start→ Administrative Tools→ Domain Security Policy.

b

Expand the Public Key Policies folder, right-click Automatic
Certificate Request Settings and click Automatic Certificate
Request.

c

In the Automatic Certificate Request Setup Wizard, click Next and
select Domain Controller.

d

Click Next and click Finish.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

129

Exporting the Domain Controller Root CA Certificate
NOTE: If your system is running Windows 2000, the following steps may vary.
1 Locate the domain controller that is running the Microsoft Enterprise CA
service.
2 Click Start→ Run.
3 In the Run field, type mmc and click OK.
4 In the Console 1 (MMC) window, click File (or Console on Windows 2000
machines) and select Add/Remove Snap-in.
5 In the Add/Remove Snap-In window, click Add.
6 In the Standalone Snap-In window, select Certificates and click Add.
7 Select Computer account and click Next.
8 Select Local Computer and click Finish.
9 Click OK.
10 In the Console 1 window, expand the Certificates folder, expand the
Personal folder, and click the Certificates folder.
11 Locate and right-click the root CA certificate, select All Tasks, and click
Export….
12 In the Certificate Export Wizard, click Next, and select No do not export
the private key.
13 Click Next and select Base-64 encoded X.509 (.cer) as the format.
14 Click Next and save the certificate to a directory on your system.
15 Upload the certificate you saved in step 14 to the iDRAC.
To upload the certificate using RACADM, see "Configuring the iDRAC
With Extended Schema Active Directory Using the Web Interface" on
page 119.
To upload the certificate using the Web interface, perform the following
procedure:

130

a

Open a supported Web browser window.

b

Log in to the iDRAC Web interface.

c

Click System→ Remote Access, then click the Configuration tab.

d

Click Security to open the Security Certificate Main Menu page.
Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

e

In the Security Certificate Main Menu page, select Upload Server
Certificate and click Apply.

f

In the Certificate Upload screen, perform one of the following
procedures:

g

•

Click Browse and select the certificate.

•

In the Value field, type the path to the certificate.

Click Apply.

Importing the iDRAC Firmware SSL Certificate
Use the following procedure to import the iDRAC firmware SSL certificate to
all domain controller trusted certificate lists.
NOTE: If your system is running Windows 2000, the following steps may vary.
NOTE: If the iDRAC firmware SSL certificate is signed by a well-known CA, you are
not required to perform the steps in this section.
The iDRAC SSL certificate is the identical certificate used for the iDRAC Web
server. All iDRACs are shipped with a default self-signed certificate.
To access the certificate using the iDRAC Web interface, select
Configuration→ Active Directory→ Download iDRAC Server Certificate.
1 On the domain controller, open an MMC Console window and select
Certificates→ Trusted Root Certification Authorities.
2 Right-click Certificates, select All Tasks and click Import.
3 Click Next and browse to the SSL certificate file.
4 Install the RAC SSL Certificate in each domain controller’s Trusted Root
Certification Authority.
If you have installed your own certificate, ensure that the CA signing your
certificate is in the Trusted Root Certification Authority list. If the
Authority is not in the list, you must install it on all your Domain Controllers.
5 Click Next and select whether you would like Windows to automatically
select the certificate store based on the type of certificate, or browse to a store
of your choice.
6 Click Finish and click OK.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

131

Using Active Directory to Log In To the iDRAC
You can use Active Directory to log in to the iDRAC using the Web interface.
Use one of the following formats to enter your username:

or
\
or
/
where username is an ASCII string of 1–256 bytes.
White space and special characters (such as \, /, or @) cannot be used in the user
name or the domain name.
NOTE: You cannot specify NetBIOS domain names, such as Americas, as these
names cannot be resolved.

Frequently Asked Questions
Table 6-10 lists frequently asked questions and answers.
Table 6-10. Using iDRAC With Active Directory: Frequently Asked
Questions
Question

Answer

Can I log into the iDRAC using
Active Directory across multiple
trees?

Yes. The iDRAC’s Active Directory querying
algorithm supports multiple trees in a single
forest.

Does the log in to the iDRAC using
Active Directory work in mixed mode
(that is, the domain controllers in the
forest run different operating systems,
such as Microsoft Windows NT® 4.0,
Windows 2000, or Windows Server
2003)?

Yes. In mixed mode, all objects used by the
iDRAC querying process (among user, RAC
Device Object, and Association Object) have to
be in the same domain.

132

The Dell-extended Active Directory Users and
Computers snap-in checks the mode and limits
users in order to create objects across domains if
in mixed mode.

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Table 6-10. Using iDRAC With Active Directory: Frequently Asked
Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

Does using the iDRAC with Active
Directory support multiple domain
environments?

Yes. The domain forest function level must be in
Native mode or Windows 2003 mode. In
addition, the groups among Association Object,
RAC user objects, and RAC Device Objects
(including Association Object) must be
universal groups.

Can these Dell-extended objects (Dell
Association Object, Dell RAC
Device, and Dell Privilege Object) be
in different domains?

The Association Object and the Privilege Object
must be in the same domain. The Dell-extended
Active Directory Users and Computers snap-in
forces you to create these two objects in the
same domain. Other objects can be in different
domains.

Are there any restrictions on Domain Yes. All Active Directory servers’ SSL
Controller SSL configuration?
certificates in the forest must be signed by the
same root CA since iDRAC only allows
uploading one trusted CA SSL certificate.
I created and uploaded a new RAC
If you use Microsoft Certificate Services to
certificate and now the Web interface generate the RAC certificate, one possible cause
does not launch.
of this is you inadvertently chose User
Certificate instead of Web Certificate when
creating the certificate.
To recover, generate a CSR and then create a
new web certificate from Microsoft Certificate
Services and load it using the RACADM CLI
from the managed server by using the following
RACADM commands:
racadm sslcsrgen [-g] [-u] [-f
{filename}]
racadm sslcertupload -t 1 -f
{web_sslcert}

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

133

Table 6-10. Using iDRAC With Active Directory: Frequently Asked
Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

What can I do if I cannot log into the
iDRAC using Active Directory
authentication? How do I troubleshoot
the issue?

1 Ensure that you use the correct user domain

name during a login and not the NetBIOS
name.
2 If you have a local iDRAC user account, log
into the iDRAC using your local credentials.
After you are logged in, perform the following
steps:
a Ensure that you have checked the Enable
Active Directory box on the iDRAC Active
Directory Configuration page.
b Ensure that the DNS setting is correct on the
iDRAC Networking Configuration page.
c Ensure that you have uploaded the Active
Directory certificate from your Active
Directory root CA to the iDRAC.
d Check the Domain Controller SSL
certificates to ensure that they have not
expired.
e Ensure that your DRAC Name, Root
Domain Name, and DRAC Domain Name
match your Active Directory environment
configuration.
f Ensure that the iDRAC password has a
maximum of 127 characters. While the
iDRAC can support passwords of up to 256
characters, Active Directory only supports
passwords that have a maximum length of
127 characters.

134

Using the iDRAC with Microsoft Active Directory

Viewing the Configuration and
Health of the Managed Server

7

System Summary
Click System→ Properties→ Summary to obtain information about the Main
System Enclosure and the Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller.

Main System Enclosure
System Information

This section of the iDRAC Web interface provides the following basic
information about the managed server:
•

Description — The model number or name of the managed server.

•

BIOS Version — The version number of the managed server's BIOS.

•

Service Tag — The Service Tag number of the managed server.

•

Host Name — The DNS hostname associated with the managed server.

•

OS Name — The name of the operating system installed on the managed
server.

I/O Mezzanine Card

This section of the iDRAC Web interface provides the following information
about the I/O Mezzanine cards installed on the managed server:
•

Connection — Lists the I/O Mezzanine card(s) installed on the managed
server.

•

Card Type — The physical type of the installed Mezzanine card/connection.

Viewing the Configuration and Health of the Managed Server

135

•

Model Name — The model number, type, or description of the installed
Mezzanine card(s).

Integrated Storage Card

This section of the iDRAC Web Interface provides information about the
integrated Storage Controller Card installed on the Managed Server:
•

Card Type — shows the model name of the installed storage card.

Auto Recovery

This section of the iDRAC Web interface details the current mode of operation
of the Auto Recovery feature of the managed server as set by Open Manage
Server Administrator:
•

Recovery Action — Action to be performed when a system fault or hang is
detected. Available actions are No Action, Hard Reset, Power Down, or
Power Cycle.

•

Initial Countdown — The amount of time (in seconds) after a system hang is
detected at which time the iDRAC performs a recovery action.

•

Present Countdown — The current value (in seconds) of the countdown
timer.

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller
iDRAC Information

This section of the iDRAC Web interface provides the following information
about the iDRAC itself:

136

•

Date/Time — The current date and time (as of last page refresh) of the
iDRAC.

•

Firmware Version — The current version of iDRAC firmware installed on
the managed server.

•

Firmware Updated — The date and time of the last successful iDRAC
firmware update.

•

Hardware Version — The version number of the primary planar (circuit
board) of the managed server.

•

IP Address — The IP address associated with the iDRAC (not the managed
server).
Viewing the Configuration and Health of the Managed Server

•

Gateway — The IP address of the network gateway configured for the
iDRAC.

•

Subnet Mask — The TCP/IP Subnet Mask configured for iDRAC.

•

MAC Address — The MAC address associated with the LOM (LAN on
Motherboard) Network Interface Controller of the iDRAC.

•

DHCP Enabled — Enabled if the iDRAC is set to fetch its IP address and
associated info from a DHCP server.

•

Preferred DNS Address 1 — Set to the currently active primary DNS server.

•

Alternate DNS Address 2 — Set to the alternate DNS server address.
NOTE: This information is also available at iDRAC→ Properties→ iDRAC
Information.

WWN/MAC Summary
Click System→ Properties→ WWN/MAC to view the current configuration of
installed I/O Mezzanine cards and their associated network fabrics. If the
FlexAddress feature is enabled, the globally assigned (Chassis-Assigned)
persistent MAC addresses supersede the hardwired values of each LOM.

System Health
Click System→ Properties→ Health to view important information about the
health of the iDRAC and components monitored by the iDRAC. The Severity
column shows the status for each component. For a list of status icons and their
meaning, see Table 15-3. Click the component name in the Component column
for more detailed information about the component.
NOTE: Component information can also be obtained by clicking the component
name in the left pane of the window. Components remain visible in the left pane
independent of the tab/screen that is selected.

iDRAC
The iDRAC Information page lists a number of important details about the
iDRAC, such as health status, name, firmware revision, and network
parameters. Additional details are available by clicking the appropriate tab at the
top of the page.

Viewing the Configuration and Health of the Managed Server

137

CMC
The CMC page displays the health status, firmware revision, and IP address of
the Chassis Management Controller. You can also launch the CMC Web
Interface by clicking the Launch the CMC Web Interface button.

Batteries
The Batteries page displays the status and values of the system board coin-cell
battery that maintains the Real-Time Clock (RTC) and CMOS configuration
data storage of the managed system.

Temperatures
The Temperature Probes Information page displays the status and readings of
the on-board ambient temperature probe. Minimum and maximum temperature
thresholds for warning or failure states are shown, along with the current health
status of the probe.

Voltages
The Voltage Probes Information page displays the status and reading of the
Voltage probes, providing such information as the status of the on-board voltage
rail and CPU core sensors.
NOTE: Depending on the model of your server, temperature thresholds for warning
or failure states and/or the health status of the probe may not be displayed.

Power Monitoring
The Power Monitoring page enables you to view the following monitoring and
power statistics information:

138

•

Power Monitoring — Displays the amount of power being used (in watts) by
the server as reported by the System Board Current Monitor.

•

Power Tracking Statistics — Displays information about the amount of
power used by the system since the Measurement Start Time was last reset.

•

Peak Statistics — Displays information about the peak amount of power used
by the system since the Measurement Start Time was last reset.

Viewing the Configuration and Health of the Managed Server

CPU
The CPU Information page reports the health of each CPU on the managed
server. This health status is a roll-up of a number of individual thermal, power,
and functional tests.

POST
The Post Code page displays the last system post code (in hexadecimal) prior to
booting the operating system of the managed server.

Misc Health
The Misc Health page provides access to the following system logs:
System Event Log — Displays system-critical events that occur on the managed
system.
Post Code — Displays the last system post code (in hexadecimal) prior to
booting the operating system of the managed server.
Last Crash — Displays the most recent crash screen and time.
Boot Capture — Provides playback of the last three boot screens.
NOTE: This information is also available at System→ Properties→ Logs.

Viewing the Configuration and Health of the Managed Server

139

140

Viewing the Configuration and Health of the Managed Server

8

Configuring and Using Serial Over
LAN

Serial Over LAN (SOL) is an IPMI feature that allows a managed server’s textbased console data that would traditionally be sent to the serial I/O port to be
redirected over the iDRAC’s dedicated Out-of-Band Ethernet management
network. The SOL out-of-band console enables system administrators to
remotely manage the blade server’s text-based console from any location with
network access. With SOL, you can:
•

Remotely access operating systems with no timeout.

•

Diagnose host systems on Emergency Management Services (EMS) or
Special Administrator Console (SAC) for Windows or in a Linux shell.

•

View the progress of a blade server during POST and reconfigure the BIOS
setup program (while redirected to a serial port).

Enabling Serial Over LAN in the BIOS
To properly configure a server for Serial Over LAN, the following configuration
steps are required and will be explained in detail:
1 Configure Serial Over LAN in BIOS (disabled by default)
2 Configure the iDRAC for Serial Over LAN
3 Select a method to initialize Serial Over LAN (SSH, telnet, SOL Proxy, or
IPMI Tool)
4 Configure the operating system for SOL
Serial communication is off by default in BIOS. To redirect the host text console
data to Serial over LAN, you must enable console redirection via COM1. To
change the BIOS setting, perform the following steps:
1 Boot the managed server.

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

141

2 Press  to enter the BIOS setup utility during POST.
3 Scroll down to Serial Communication and press .
In the pop-up window, the serial communication list is presented with the
following options:
•

Off

•

On without console redirection

•

On with console redirection via COM1

Use the arrow keys to navigate between options.
4 Ensure that On with console redirection via COM1 is enabled.
5 Ensure that the Failsafe Baud Rate is identical to SOL baud rate that is
configured on iDRAC. The default value for both the failsafe baud rate and
the iDRAC’s SOL baud rate setting is 115.2 kbps.
6 Enable the Redirection After Boot (the default value is DISABLED). This
option enables BIOS SOL redirection across subsequent reboots.
7 Save the changes and exit.
The managed server reboots.

Configuring Serial Over LAN in the iDRAC Web
GUI
1 Open the Serial Over LAN Configuration page by selecting
System→Remote Access→iDRAC→Network/Security→Serial Over
LAN.
2 Ensure the Enable Serial Over LAN option is selected (enabled). By default
it is enabled.
3 Update the IPMI SOL baud rate by selecting a data speed from the Baud
Rate drop-down menu. The options are 19.2 kbps, 57.6 kbps, and 115.2
kbps. The default value is 115.2 kbps.
NOTE: Ensure that the SOL baud rate is identical to the Failsafe Baud Rate
that was set in BIOS.
4 Click Apply if you made any changes.

142

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

Table 8-1. Serial Over LAN Configuration Page Settings
Setting

Description

Enable Serial Over
LAN

When selected, the checkbox indicates that Serial Over LAN
is enabled.

Baud Rate

Indicates the data speed. Select a data speed of 19.2 kbps,
57.6 kbps, or 115.2 kbps.

Table 8-2. Serial Over LAN Configuration Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Serial Over LAN Configuration values that
appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Serial Over LAN Configuration page.

Advanced Settings

Opens the Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced
Settings page.

Apply

Supplies any new settings that you make while viewing the
Serial Over LAN Configuration page.

5 Change the configuration on the Advanced Settings page, if necessary. Dell
recommends using the default values. Advanced Settings allows you to
adjust SOL performance by changing the Character Accumulate Interval
and Character Send Threshold values. For optimal performance, use the
default settings of 10 milliseconds and 250 characters, respectively.
Table 8-3. Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced Settings Page Settings
Setting

Description

Character Accumulate The typical amount of time the iDRAC waits before sending a
Interval
partial SOL data packet. This parameter is specified in
milliseconds and increments by 10 milliseconds.

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

143

Table 8-3. Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced Settings Page Settings
Setting

Description

Character Send
Threshold

Specifies the number of characters per SOL data packet. As
soon as the number of characters accepted by the iDRAC is
equal to or greater than the Character Send Threshold value,
the iDRAC starts transmitting SOL data packets that contain
numbers of characters equal to or less than the Character
Send Threshold value. If a packet contains fewer characters
than this value, it is defined to be a partial SOL data packet.

NOTE: If you change these values to lower values, the console redirection
feature of SOL may experience a reduction in performance. Furthermore, the
SOL session must wait to receive an acknowledgement for each packet
before sending the next packet. As a result, the performance is significantly
reduced.
Table 8-4. Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced Settings Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced
Settings values that appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced
Settings page.

Apply

Saves any new settings that you make while viewing the
Serial Over LAN Configuration Advanced Settings page.

Go Back To Serial
Over LAN
Configuration Page

Returns the user to the Serial Over LAN Configuration
page.

6 Configure SSH/Telnet for SOL at System→Remote Access→iDRAC→
Network/Security→Services.
NOTE: Each blade server only supports one active SOL session through SSH
or Telnet protocol.
NOTE: SSH protocol is enabled by default. Telnet protocol is disabled by
default.

7 Click Services to open the SSH and Telnet Configuration page.
NOTE: SSH and Telnet programs both provide access on a remote system.
144

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

8 Click Enable on either SSH or Telnet as required. SSH is on by default.
9 Click Apply.
NOTE: SSH is recommended due to better security and encryption
mechanisms.
NOTE: SSH/Telnet session duration can be infinite as long as the timeout
value is set to 0. The default timeout value is 1800 seconds.
10 Enable iDRAC Out-of-Band interface (IPMI over LAN) by selecting
System→Remote Access→iDRAC→Network/Security→Network.
11 Enable the IPMI Over LAN option under IPMI LAN Settings. IPMI Over
LAN functionality is disabled by default.
12 Click Apply.

Using Serial Over LAN (SOL)
This section provides several methods to initialize a Serial-Over-LAN session
including a Telnet program, an SSH client, IPMItool, and SOL Proxy. The
purpose of the Serial Over LAN feature is to redirect the serial port of the
managed server through iDRAC into the console of your management station.

Model for Redirecting SOL Over Telnet or SSH
Telnet (port 23)/ SSH (port 22) client←→WAN connection←→iDRAC
server
The IMPI-based SOL over SSH/Telnet implementation eliminates the need for
an additional utility because the serial to network translation happens within the
iDRAC. The SSH or Telnet console that you use should be able to interpret and
respond to the data arriving from the managed server's serial port. The serial
port usually attaches to a shell that emulates an ANSI- or VT100- terminal. The
serial console is automatically redirected to your SSH or Telnet console. The
SOL redirection can then be started from the /system/soll target.
See "Installing Telnet or SSH Clients" on page 60 for more information about
using Telnet and SSH clients with iDRAC.

Model for the SOL Proxy
Telnet Client (port 623)←→WAN connection←→SOL Proxy←→iDRAC
server

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

145

When the SOL Proxy communicates with the Telnet client on a management
station, it uses the TCP/IP protocol. However, SOL proxy communicates with
the managed system's iDRAC over the RMCP/IPMI/SOL protocol, which is a
UDP-based protocol. Therefore, if you communicate with your managed
system's iDRAC from SOL Proxy over a WAN connection, you may experience
network performance issues. The recommended usage model is to have the SOL
Proxy and the iDRAC server on the same LAN. The management station with
the Telnet client can then connect to the SOL Proxy over a WAN connection. In
this usage model, SOL Proxy will function as desired.

Model for Redirecting SOL Over IMPItool
IPMItool←→WAN connection←→iDRAC server
The IPMI-based SOL utility, IPMItool, uses RMCP+ protocol delivered using
UDP datagrams to port 623. iDRAC requires this RMCP+ connection to be
encrypted. The encryption key (KG key) must contains characters of zero or
NULL that can be configured in the iDRAC Web GUI or in the iDRAC
Configuration Utility. You can also wipe out the encryption key by pressing the
backspace key so that iDRAC will provide NULL characters as the encryption
key by default. The advantage of using RMCP+ is improved authentication, data
integrity checks, encryption, and the ability to carry multiple types of payloads.
Please refer to "Using SOL Over IPMItool" on page 148 or the IPMItool main
page for more information: http://ipmitool.sourceforge.net/manpage.html.

Disconnecting an SOL Session in SM-CLP
When using SSH or Telnet protocols to access Serial Over LAN functionality,
you will first connect to the iDRAC’s SM-CLP service, from which you will
launch the SOL session with an SM-CLP command (start
/system1/sol1). Thus, users wanting to disconnect an SOL session must
first terminate the SOL session from SM-CLP.
Commands to disconnect a SOL session are utility oriented. Please read this
section carefully; only when a SOL session is fully terminated can you exit the
utility.
When you are ready to quit SOL redirection from SM-CLP, press ,
, and then  (press the keys in sequence, one after the other). The SOL
session will close.

146

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

NOTE: If a SOL session is not closed successfully in the utility, more SOL sessions
may not be available. The way to resolve this situation is to delete the SMASH
console in the web GUI under System→Remote Access→iDRAC→
Network/Security→Sessions.

Using SOL Over PuTTY
To start SOL from PuTTY on a Windows management station, follow these
steps:
NOTE: If required, you can change the default SSH/telnet timeout at System →
Remote Access→ iDRAC → Network/Security → Services.
1 Connect to the iDRAC by entering the following command in the command
prompt:
putty.exe [-ssh | -telnet] @ 
2 Enter the following command in the SM-CLP prompt to start SOL:
start /system1/sol1
NOTE: This connects you to the managed server's serial port. The SM-CLP
commands are no longer available to you. You cannot return to SM-CLP once
you have started SOL. You must quit the SOL session using the command
sequence detailed in "Disconnecting an SOL Session in SM-CLP" on page 146,
and start a new one to use SM-CLP.

Using SOL Over Telnet With Linux
To start SOL from Telnet on a Linux management station, follow these steps:
NOTE: If required, you can change the default Telnet timeout at System→ Remote
Access→iDRAC→ Network/Security →Services.
1 Start a shell.
2 Connect to the iDRAC with the following command:
telnet 
NOTE: If you have changed the port number for the Telnet service from the
default (port 23), add the port number to the end of the telnet command.
3 Input iDRAC's username and password in order to connect to iDRAC SMCLP.
4 Enter the following command in the SM-CLP prompt to start SOL:
Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

147

start /system1/sol1
5 To quit a SOL session from Telnet on Linux, type <]> (press and hold
the control key and enter a right square bracket). A Telnet prompt displays.
Type quit to exit telnet.

Using SOL Over OpenSSH with Linux
OpenSSH is an open source utility for using the SSH protocol. To start SOL
from OpenSSH on a Linux management station, follow these steps:
NOTE: If required, you can change the default SSH session timeout at System→
Remote Access→iDRAC→ Network/Security →Services.
1 Start a shell.
2 Connect to the iDRAC with the following command:
ssh  -l 
3 Enter the following command in the SM-CLP prompt to start SOL:
start /system1/sol1
NOTE: This connects you to the managed server's serial port. The SM-CLP
commands are no longer available to you. You cannot return to SM-CLP once
you have started SOL. You must quit the SOL session (refer to "Disconnecting
SOL session in SM-CLP" on page 146 to close an active SOL session), and start
a new one to use SM-CLP.

Using SOL Over IPMItool
The Dell Systems Management Tolls and Documentation DVD provides
IPMItool, which can be installed on various operating systems. To start SOL
with IPMItool on a management station, follow these steps:
NOTE: If required, you can change the default SOL timeout at System→ Remote
Access→iDRAC→Network/Security→Services.
1 Locate the IPMItool.exe under the proper directory.
The default path for Windows is C:\Program Files\Dell\SysMgt\bmc.
2 Ensure the Encryption key contains all zeroes on the following page:
System→Remote
Access→iDRAC→Network/Security→Network→IPMI LAN Settings.

148

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

3 Enter the following command in the Windows command prompt or in the
Linux shell prompt to start SOL via iDRAC:
ipmitool -H  -I lanplus -U
 -P  sol activate
This connects you to the managed server's serial port.
4 To quit a SOL session from IPMItool, press <~> and <.> (press the tilde and
period keys in sequence, one after the other). The SOL session will close.
NOTE: If a user does not terminate the SOL session correctly, issue the
following command to reboot iDRAC. Please allow the iDRAC 1-2 minutes to
complete booting. Refer to "RACADM Subcommands" on page 192 for more
details.
racadm racreset

Opening SOL With SOL Proxy
Serial-Over-LAN Proxy (SOL Proxy) is a telnet daemon that allows LAN-based
administration of remote systems using the Serial Over LAN (SOL) and IPMI
protocols. Any standard telnet client application, such as HyperTerminal on
Windows or telnet on Linux, can be used to access the daemon's features. SOL
can be used either in the menu mode or command mode. The SOL protocol
coupled with the remote system's BIOS console redirection allows
administrators to remotely view and change a managed system's BIOS settings
over a LAN. The Linux serial console and Microsoft's EMS/SAC interfaces can
also be accessed over a LAN using SOL.
NOTE: All versions of the Windows operating system include HyperTerminal
terminal emulation software. However, the included version does not provide many
functions required during console redirection. Instead, you can use any terminal
emulation software that supports VT100 or ANSI emulation mode. One example of a
full VT100 or ANSI terminal emulator that supports console redirection on your
system is HyperTerminal Private Edition 6.1 or later.
NOTE: See your system's User's Guide for more information about console
redirection, including hardware and software requirements and instructions for
configuring host and client systems to use console redirection.
NOTE: HyperTerminal and telnet settings must be consistent with the settings on
the managed system. For example, the baud rates and terminal modes should
match.

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

149

NOTE: The Windows telnet command that is run from an MS-DOS prompt
supports ANSI terminal emulation. The BIOS must be set for ANSI emulation to
display all the screens correctly.
Before Using SOL Proxy

Before using SOL proxy, refer to the Baseboard Management Controller
Utilities User's Guide to learn how to configure your management stations. By
default, BMC Management Utility is installed in the following directory on
Windows operating systems:
C:\Program Files\Dell\SysMgt\bmc
The installation program copies the files to the following locations on Linux
Enterprise Operating Systems:
/etc/init.d/SOLPROXY.cfg
/etc/SOLPROXY.cfg
/usr/sbin/dsm_bmu_solproxy32d
/usr/sbin/solconfig
/usr/sbin/impish
Initiating the SOL Proxy Session

To connect and use SOL Proxy:
•

For Windows 2003:
To start the SOL Proxy service on a Windows system after installation, you
can reboot the system (SOL Proxy automatically starts on a reboot). Or, you
can start the SOL Proxy service manually by completing the following steps:

1 Right-click My Computer and click Manage.
The Computer Management window appears.
2 Click Services and Applications, and then click Services.
Available services are displayed to the right.
3 Locate DSM_BMU_SOLProxy in the list of services, and right-click to start
the service.

150

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

Depending on the console you use, there are different steps for accessing
SOL Proxy. Throughout this section, the management station where the SOL
Proxy is running is referred as the SOL Proxy Server.
•

For Linux Enterprise Operating Systems:
The SOL Proxy will start automatically during system startup. Alternatively,
you can go to directory /etc/init.d and use the following commands to
manage the SOL Proxy service:
solproxy status
dsm_bmu_solproxy32d start
dsm_bmu_solproxy32d stop
solproxy restart

Using Telnet With SOL Proxy

NOTE: This assumes that the SOL Proxy service is already up and running on the
management station.
For Windows 2003:
1 Open the command prompt on your management station.
2 Enter the telnet command in the command line, and provide
localhost as the IP address if the SOL Proxy server is running on the
same system and the port number that you specified in the SOL Proxy
installation (the default value is 623). For example:
telnet localhost 623
For Linux Enterprise Operating Systems:
1 Open a Linux shell on your management station.
2 Enter the telnet command, and provide localhost as the IP address of
the SOL Proxy server and the port number that you specified in the SOL
Proxy installation (the default value is 623). For example:
telnet localhost 623
NOTE: Whether your host operating system is Windows or Linux, if the SOL Proxy
server is running on a different system than your management station, input the SOL
Proxy server IP address instead of localhost.
telnet  623

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

151

Using HyperTerminal With SOL Proxy

1 From the remote station, open HyperTerminal.exe.
2 Choose TCPIP(Winsock).
3 Enter host address localhost and port number 623.
Connecting to the Remote Managed System's BMC

After a SOL Proxy session is successfully established, you are presented with
the following choices:
1. Connect to the Remote Server's BMC
2. Configure the Serial-Over-LAN for the Remote
Server
3. Activate Console Redirection
4. Reboot and Activate Console Redirection
5. Help
6. Exit
NOTE: While multiple SOL sessions can be active at the same time, only one
console redirection session can be active at any given time for a managed system.
NOTE: To exit an active SOL session, press the <~><.> keys. This sequence
terminates SOL and returns you to the top-level menu.
1 Select option 1 in the main menu.
2 Enter the iDRAC IP Address of the remote managed system.
3 Provide the iDRAC Username and Password for the iDRAC on the
managed system. The iDRAC username and password must be assigned and
stored in the iDRAC non-volatile storage.
NOTE: Only one SOL console redirection session with iDRAC is permitted at
one time.
NOTE: If required, extend the SOL session duration to infinite by changing the
Telnet timeout value to zero on the iDRAC Web GUI page under System→
Remote Access→iDRAC→Network/Security →Services.

4 Provide the IPMI encryption key if it was configured in the iDRAC.

152

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

NOTE: You can locate the IPMI encryption key in the iDRAC GUI at System→
Remote Access→iDRAC→Network/Security→Network→IPMI LAN
Settings→ Encryption Key.

NOTE: The default IPMI encryption key is all zeros. If you press  for
the encryption option, iDRAC will use this default encryption key.
5 Select option 2 in the main menu.
The SOL configuration menu appears. According to the current SOL status,
the content of the SOL configuration menu varies:
•

If SOL is already enabled, the current settings appear, and you are
presented with three choices:
1. Disable Serial-Over-LAN
2. Change Serial-Over-LAN settings
3. Cancel

•

If SOL is enabled, ensure that the SOL baud rate is consistent with the
iDRAC's baud rate. A minimum iDRAC user privilege level of
Administrator is required for activating console redirection.

•

If SOL is currently disabled, type Y to enable SOL or N to keep SOL
disabled.

6 Select option 3 in the main menu.
The remote managed system's text console is redirected to your management
station.
7 Select option 4 in the main menu (optional).
The power state of the remote managed system is confirmed. If power is on,
you are asked to decide between a graceful or forceful shutdown.
The power state is monitored until the state changes to On. Console
redirection begins, and the remote managed system text console is redirected
to your management station.
While the managed system reboots, you can enter the BIOS system setup
program to view or configure BIOS settings.
8 Select option 5 in the main menu to display a detailed description for each
option.

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

153

9 Select option 6 in the main menu to end your telnet session and disconnect
from SOL Proxy.
NOTE: If a user does not terminate the SOL session correctly, issue the
following command to reboot iDRAC. Please allow the iDRAC 1-2 minutes to
complete booting. Refer to "RACADM Subcommands" on page 192 for more
details.
racadm racreset

Operating System Configuration
Complete the steps below to configure generic UNIX®-like operating systems.
This configuration is based on default installations of Red Hat Enterprise Linux
5.0, SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1, and Windows 2003 Enterprise.

Linux Enterprise Operating System
1 Edit the /etc/inittab file to enable hardware flow control and allow users to
log in through the SOL console. Add the line below to the end of the #Run
gettys in standard runlevels section.
7:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty -h 115200 ttyS0 vt220
Example of original /etc/inittab:
______________________________________________________________
#
# inittab

This file describes how the INIT process should set up

#

the system in a certain run-level.

#
SKIP this part of file
# Run gettys in standard runlevels
1:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
2:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
3:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
4:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
5:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
6:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1

154

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

# Run xdm in runlevel 5
x:5:respawn:/etc/X11/prefdm -nodaemon

______________________________________________________________
Example of modified /etc/inittab:
______________________________________________________________
#
# inittab

This file describes how the INIT process should set up

#

the system in a certain run-level.

#
SKIP this part of file
# Run gettys in standard runlevels
1:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
2:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
3:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
4:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
5:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
6:2345:respawn:/sbin/migetty tty1
7:2345:respawn:/sbin/agetty -h ttyS0 115200 vt220
# Run xdm in runlevel 5
x:5:respawn:/etc/X11/prefdm -nodaemon

______________________________________________________________
2 Edit the /etc/securetty file to allow users to log in as a root user through the
SOL console. Add the following line after console:
ttyS0
Example of original /etc/securetty:
______________________________________________________________
console
vc/1
vc/2

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

155

vc/3
vc/4
SKIP the rest of file

______________________________________________________________
Example of modified /etc/securetty:
______________________________________________________________
Console
ttyS0
vc/1
vc/2
vc/3
vc/4
SKIP the rest of file

______________________________________________________________
3 Edit the /boot/grub/grub.conf or /boot/grub/menu.list file to add boot
options for SOL:
a

b

Comment out the graphical display lines in the various UNIX-like
operating systems:
•

splashimage=(had0,0)/grub/splash.xpm.gz in
RHEL 5

•

gfxmenu (hda0,5)/boot/message in SLES 10

Add the following line before the first title= … line:

# Redirect OS boot via SOL
c

Append the following entry to the first title= … line:

SOL redirection
d

Append the following text to the kernel/… line of the first title=
…:

console=tty1 console=ttyS0,115200
NOTE: /boot/grub/grub.conf in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 is a symbolic link to
/boot/grub/menu.list. You can change the settings in either one of them.

156

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

Example of original /boot/grub/grub.conf in Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5:
______________________________________________________________
# grub.conf generated by anaconda
#
# Note that you do not have to return grub after making changes
to this
# file
# NOTICE: You have a /boot partition. This means that
#
eg.

all kernel and initrd paths are relative to /boot/,

#

root (hd0,0)

#
kernel /vmlinux-version ro root=
/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00
#

initrd /initrd-version.img

#boot=/dev/sda
default=0
timeout=5
splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm/gz
hiddenmenu
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5
root (hd0,0)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.18-8.el5 ro root=
/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet
initrd /initrd-2.6.18-8.el5.img

______________________________________________________________
Example of modified /boot/grub/grub.conf:
______________________________________________________________
# grub.conf generated by anaconda
#
# Note that you do not have to return grub after making changes
to this
# file
# NOTICE: You have a /boot partition. This means that

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

157

#
eg.

all kernel and initrd paths are relative to /boot/,

#

root (hd0,0)

#
kernel /vmlinux-version ro root=
/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00
#

initrd /initrd-version.img

#boot=/dev/sda
default=0
timeout=5
#splashimage=(hd0,0)/grub/splash.xpm/gz
hiddenmenu
# Redirect the OS boot via SOL
title Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 SOL redirection
root (hd0,0)
kernel /vmlinuz-2.6.18-8.el5 ro root=
/dev/VolGroup00/LogVol00 rhgb quiet console=tty1 console=
ttyS0,115200
initrd /initrd-2.6.18-8.el5.img

______________________________________________________________
Example of original /boot/grub/menu.list in SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10:
______________________________________________________________
#Modified by YaST2. Last modification on Sat Oct 11 21:52:09
UTC 2008
Default 0
Timeout 8
gfxmenu (hd0.5)/boot/message
###Don't change this comment - YaST2 identifier: Original name:
linux###
title SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1
root (hd0,5)
kernel /boot/vmlinux-2.6.16-46-0.12-bigsmp root=
/dev/disk/by-id/scsi-35000c5000155c resume=/dev/sda5
splash=silent showopts
initrd /boot/initrd-2.6.16.46-0.12-bigsmp

158

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

______________________________________________________________
Example of modified /boot/grub/menu.list in SLES 10:
______________________________________________________________
#Modified by YaST2. Last modification on Sat Oct 11 21:52:09
UTC 2008
Default 0
Timeout 8
#gfxmenu (hd0.5)/boot/message
###Don't change this comment - YaST2 identifier: Original name:
linux###
title SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 10 SP1 SOL redirection
root (hd0,5)
kernel /boot/vmlinux-2.6.16-46-0.12-bigsmp root=
/dev/disk/by-id/scsi-35000c5000155c resume=/dev/sda5
splash=silent showopts console=tty1 console=ttyS0,115200
initrd /boot/initrd-2.6.16.46-0.12-bigsmp

______________________________________________________________

Windows 2003 Enterprise
1 Determine the boot entry ID by entering bootcfg in the Windows
command prompt. Locate the boot entry ID for the section Windows Server
2003 Enterprise. Press  to display the boot options on the
management station.
2 Enable EMS at a Windows command prompt by entering:
bootcfg /EMS ON /PORT COM1 /BAUD 115200 /ID 
NOTE:  is the boot entry ID from step 1.
3 Press  to verify that the EMS console setting takes effect.
Example of original bootcfg setting:
______________________________________________________________
Boot Loader Settings
-------------------timeout:30

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

159

default:multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS
Boot Entries
-----------Boot entry ID:

1

OS Friendly Name: Winodws Server 2003, Enterprise
Path:

multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS

OS Load Options:
/redirect

/nonexecute=optout /fastdetect /usepmtimer

______________________________________________________________
Example of modified bootcfg setting:
______________________________________________________________
Boot Loader Settings
-------------------timeout:

30

default:

multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS

redirect:

COM1

redirectbaudrate:115200
Boot Entries
-----------Boot entry ID:

1

Os Friendly Name: Windows Server 2003, Enterprise
Path:

multi(0)disk(0)rdisk(0)partition(1)\WINDOWS

OS Load Options:
/redirect

/nonexecute=optout /fastdetect /usepmtimer

______________________________________________________________

160

Configuring and Using Serial Over LAN

Using GUI Console Redirection

9

This section provides information about using the iDRAC console redirection
feature.

Overview
The iDRAC console redirection feature enables you to access the local console
remotely in either graphic or text mode. Using console redirection, you can
control one or more iDRAC-enabled systems from one location.
You do not have to sit in front of each server to perform all the routine
maintenance. You can instead manage the servers from wherever you are, from
your desktop or laptop computer. You can also share the information with
others—remotely and instantly.

Using Console Redirection
NOTE: When you open a console redirection session, the managed server does not
indicate that the console has been redirected.
The Console Redirection page enables you to manage the remote system by
using the keyboard, video, and mouse on your local management station to
control the corresponding devices on a remote managed server. This feature can
be used in conjunction with the Virtual Media feature to perform remote
software installations.
The following rules apply to a console redirection session:
•

A maximum of two simultaneous console redirection sessions are supported.
Both sessions view the same managed server console simultaneously.

•

A console redirection session should not be launched from a web browser on
the managed system.

•

A minimum available network bandwidth of 1 MB/sec is required.

Using GUI Console Redirection

161

If a second user requests a console redirection session, the first user is notified
and is given the option to refuse access, allow only video, or allow full shared
access. The second user is notified that another user has control. The first user
must respond within thirty seconds or full access is automatically granted to the
second user. During the time that two sessions are concurrently active, each user
sees a message in the upper-right corner of the screen that identifies the other
user with an active session. A third active session is not permitted. If a third user
requests a console redirection session, access is denied without interruption to
the first or second user’s session.
If the neither the first or second user has administrator privileges, termination of
the first user's active session automatically results in termination of the second
user's session.

Supported Screen Resolutions and Refresh Rates
Table 9-1 lists the supported screen resolutions and corresponding refresh rates
for a console redirection session that is running on the managed server.
Table 9-1. Supported Screen Resolutions and Refresh Rates
Screen Resolution

Refresh Rate (Hz)

720x400

70

640x480

60, 72, 75, 85

800x600

60, 70, 72, 75, 85

1024x768

60, 70, 72, 75, 85

1280x1024

60

Configuring Your Management Station
To use Console Redirection on your management station, perform the following
procedures:
1 Install and configure a supported Web browser. See the following sections for
more information:

162

•

"Supported Web Browsers" on page 27

•

"Configuring a Supported Web Browser" on page 52

Using GUI Console Redirection

2 If you are using Firefox or want to use the Java Viewer with Internet
Explorer, install a Java Runtime Environment (JRE). See "Installing a Java
Runtime Environment (JRE)" on page 59.
3 It is recommended that you configure your monitor display resolution to
1280x1024 pixels or higher.
NOTE: If you have an active console redirection session and a lower resolution
monitor is connected to the iKVM, the server console resolution may reset if the
server is selected on the local console. If the server is running a Linux operating
system, an X11 console may not be viewable on the local monitor. Pressing
 at the iKVM will switch Linux to a text console.

Configuring Console Redirection in the iDRAC Web Interface
To configure console redirection in the iDRAC Web interface, perform the
following steps:
1 Click System and then click the Console tab.
2 Click Configuration to open the Console Redirection Configuration page.
3 Configure the console redirection properties. Table 9-2 describes the settings
for console redirection.
4 When completed, click Apply.
5 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 9-3.
Table 9-2. Console Redirection Configuration Properties
Property

Description

Enabled

Click to enable or disable Console Redirection.
Checked indicates that Console Redirection is enabled.
Unchecked indicates that Console Redirection is
disabled.
The default is enabled.

Max Sessions

Displays the maximum number of Console Redirection
sessions that are possible, 1 or 2. Use the drop-down menu
to change the maximum number of Console Redirection
sessions allowed. The default is 2.

Using GUI Console Redirection

163

Table 9-2. Console Redirection Configuration Properties (continued)
Property

Description

Active Sessions

Displays the number of Active Console sessions. This
field is read-only.

Keyboard and Mouse Port The network port number used for connecting to the
Number
Console Redirection Keyboard/Mouse option. This traffic
is always encrypted. You may need to change this number
if another program is using the default port. The default is
5900.
Video Port Number

The network port number used for connecting to the
Console Redirection Screen service. You may need to
change this setting if another program is using the default
port. The default is 5901.

Video Encryption Enabled Checked indicates that video encryption is enabled. All
traffic going to the video port is encrypted.
Unchecked indicates that video encryption is disabled.
Traffic going to the video port is not encrypted.
The default is Encrypted. Disabling encryption can
improve performance on slower networks.
Mouse Mode

Choose Windows if the managed server is running on a
Windows operating system.
Choose Linux if your server is running on Linux.
Choose None if your server is not running on a Windows
or Linux operating system.
The default is Windows.

Console Plug-In Type for
IE

When using Internet Explorer on a Windows operating
system, you can choose from the following viewers:
ActiveX - The ActiveX Console Redirection viewer
Java - Java Console Redirection viewer

NOTE: Depending on your version of Internet Explorer,
additional security restrictions may need to be turned off
(see "Configuring and Using Virtual Media" on page 177).

NOTE: You must have the Java runtime environment
installed on your client system to use the Java viewer.

164

Using GUI Console Redirection

Table 9-2. Console Redirection Configuration Properties (continued)
Property

Description

Disable Local Console

Checked indicates that output to the iKVM monitor is
disabled during console redirection. This ensures that the
tasks you perform using Console Redirection will not be
visible on the managed server’s local monitor.

NOTE: For information about using Virtual Media with Console Redirection, see
"Configuring and Using Virtual Media" on page 177.
The buttons in Table 9-5 are available on the Console Redirection
Configuration page.
Table 9-3. Console Redirection Configuration Page Buttons
Button

Definition

Print

Prints the Console Redirection Configuration page

Refresh

Reloads the Console Redirection Configuration page

Apply

Saves any new settings made to the console redirection.

Configuring Console Redirection in the SM-CLP Command Line Interface
Opening a Console Redirection Session
When you open a console redirection session, the Dell Virtual KVM Viewer
Application starts and the remote system’s desktop appears in the viewer. Using
the Virtual KVM Viewer Application, you can control the remote system’s
mouse and keyboard functions from your local management station.
To open a console redirection session in the Web interface, perform the
following steps:
1 Click System and then click the Console tab.
2 In the Console Redirection page, use the information in Table 9-4 to ensure
that a console redirection session is available.
If you wish to reconfigure any of the property values displayed, see
"Configuring Console Redirection in the iDRAC Web Interface" on
page 163.

Using GUI Console Redirection

165

Table 9-4. Console Redirection Page Information
Property

Description

Console Redirection
Enabled

Yes/No

Video Encryption Enabled Yes/No
Max Sessions

Displays the maximum number of supported console
redirection sessions

Current Sessions

Displays the current number of active console redirection
sessions

Mouse Mode

Displays the mouse acceleration currently in effect.
Mouse Acceleration mode should be chosen based on the
type of operating system installed on the managed server.

Console Plug-in Type

Shows the plug-in type currently configured.
ActiveX — An Active-X viewer will be launched. ActiveX viewer will only work on Internet Explorer while
running on a Windows Operating System.
Java — A Java viewer will be launched. The Java viewer
can be used on any browser including Internet Explorer. If
your client runs on an operating system other than
Windows, then you must use the Java Viewer. If you are
accessing the iDRAC using Internet Explorer while
running on a Windows operating system, you may choose
either Active-X or Java as the plug-in type.

Local Console

Unchecked if the local console has not been disabled. If
checked the console cannot be accessed by anyone using
the iKVM connection on the chassis.

NOTE: For information about using Virtual Media with Console Redirection, see
"Configuring and Using Virtual Media" on page 177.

166

Using GUI Console Redirection

The buttons in Table 9-5 are available on the Console Redirection page.
Table 9-5. Console Redirection Page Buttons
Button

Definition

Refresh

Reloads the Console Redirection Configuration page

Launch Viewer

Opens a console redirection session on the targeted remote
system

Print

Prints the Console Redirection Configuration page

3 If a console redirection session is available, click Launch Viewer.
NOTE: Multiple message boxes may appear after you launch the application.
To prevent unauthorized access to the application, you must navigate through
these message boxes within three minutes. Otherwise, you will be prompted
to relaunch the application.
NOTE: If one or more Security Alert windows appear in the following steps,
read the information in the window and click Yes to continue.

The management station connects to the iDRAC and the remote system’s
desktop appears in the Dell Digital KVM Viewer Application.
4 Two mouse pointers appear in the viewer window: one for the remote system
and one for your local system. You must synchronize the two mouse pointers
so that the remote mouse pointer follows your local mouse pointer. See
"Synchronizing the Mouse Pointers" on page 170.

Using the Video Viewer
The Video Viewer provides a user interface between the management station
and the managed server, allowing you to see the managed server’s desktop and
control its mouse and keyboard functions from your management station. When
you connect to the remote system, the Video Viewer starts in a separate window.
The Video Viewer provides various control adjustments such as color mode,
mouse synchronization, snapshots, keyboard macros, and access to Virtual
Media. Click Help for more information on these functions.
When you start a console redirection session and the Video Viewer appears, you
may need to adjust the color mode and synchronize the mouse pointers.
Table 9-6 describes the menu options that are available for use in the viewer.
Using GUI Console Redirection

167

Table 9-6. Viewer Menu Bar Selections
Menu Item

Item

Description

Video

Pause

Temporarily pauses console redirection.

Resume

Resumes console redirection.

Refresh

Redraws the viewer screen image.

Capture Current Captures the current remote system screen to a .bmp
Screen
file on Windows or a .png file on Linux. A dialog box
is displayed that allows you to save the file to a
specified location.

168

Full Screen

To make the Video Viewer expand into full screen
mode, select Full Screen from the Video menu.

Exit

When you have finished using the Console and have
logged out (using the remote system's logout
procedure), select Exit from the Video menu to close
the Video Viewer window.

Using GUI Console Redirection

Table 9-6. Viewer Menu Bar Selections (continued)
Menu Item

Item

Description

Keyboard

Hold Right Alt
Key

Select this item before typing keys you want to
combine with the right  key.

Hold Left Alt
Key

Select this item before typing keys you want to
combine with the left  key.

Left Windows
Key

Select Hold Down before typing characters you want
to combine with the left Windows key. Select Press
and Release to send a left Windows key keystroke.

Right Windows Select Hold Down before typing characters you want
Key
to combine with the right Windows key. Select Press
and Release to send a right Windows key keystroke.
Macros

When you select a macro, or type the hotkey specified
for the macro, the action is executed on the remote
system. The Video Viewer provides the following
macros:
• Ctrl-Alt-Del
• Alt-Tab
• Alt-Esc
• Ctrl-Esc
• Alt-Space
• Alt-Enter
• Alt-Hyphen
• Alt-F4
• PrtScn
• Alt-PrtScn
• F1
• Pause
• Alt+m

Keyboard Pass- The Keyboard pass-through mode allows all keyboard
through
functions on the client to be redirected to the server.

Using GUI Console Redirection

169

Table 9-6. Viewer Menu Bar Selections (continued)
Menu Item

Item

Description

Mouse

Synchronize
Cursor

The Mouse menu enables you to synchronize the
cursor so that the mouse on the client is redirected to
the mouse on the server.

Options

Color Mode

Allows you to select a color depth to improve
performance over the network. For example, if you are
installing software from virtual media, you can choose
the lowest color depth (3-bit gray), so that less network
bandwidth is used by the console viewer leaving more
bandwidth for transferring data from the media.
The color mode can be set to 15-bit color, 7-bit color,
4-bit color, 4-bit gray, and 3-bit gray.

Media

Virtual Media
Wizard

The Media menu provides access to the Virtual Media
Wizard, which allows you to redirect to a device or
image such as a:
• Floppy drive
• CD
• DVD
• Image in ISO format
• USB Flash drive
For information about the Virtual Media feature, see
"Configuring and Using Virtual Media" on page 177.
You must keep the Console Viewer window active
when using Virtual Media.

Help

N/A

Activates the Help menu.

Synchronizing the Mouse Pointers
When you connect to a remote PowerEdge system using Console Redirection,
the mouse acceleration speed on the remote system may not synchronize with
the mouse pointer on your management station, causing two mouse pointers to
appear in the Video Viewer window.
To synchronize the mouse pointers click Mouse→ Synchronize cursor or press
.

170

Using GUI Console Redirection

The Synchronize cursor menu item is a toggle. Ensure that there is a check mark
next to the item in the menu so that the mouse synchronization is active.
When using Red Hat® Linux® or Novell® SUSE® Linux, be sure to configure
the mouse mode for Linux before you launch the viewer. See "Configuring
Console Redirection in the iDRAC Web Interface" on page 163 for help with
configuration. The operating system’s default mouse settings are used to control
the mouse arrow in the iDRAC Console Redirection screen.

Disabling or Enabling Local Console
You can configure the iDRAC to disallow iKVM connections using the iDRAC
Web interface. When the local console is disabled, a yellow status dot appears in
the list of servers (OSCAR) to indicate that the console is locked in the iDRAC.
When the local console is enabled, the status dot is green.
If you want to have ensure that you have exclusive access to the managed server
console, you must disable the local console and reconfigure the Max Sessions
to 1 on the Console Redirection Page.
NOTE: The local console feature is supported on all x9xx PowerEdge systems
except PowerEdge SC1435 and 6950.
NOTE: By disabling (turning off) the local video on the server, the monitor,
keyboard, and mouse connected to the iKVM are disabled.
To disable or enable the local console, perform the following procedure:
1 On your management station, open a supported Web browser and log into the
iDRAC. See "Accessing the Web Interface" on page 69 for more
information.
2 Click System, click the Console tab, and then click Configuration.
3 If you want to disable (turn off) local video on the server, in the Console
Redirect Configuration page, select the Disable Local Console checkbox
and then click Apply. The default value is OFF.
4 If you want to enable (turn on) local video on the server, in the Console
Redirect Configuration page, deselect the Disable Local Console
checkbox and then click Apply.
The Console Redirection page displays the status of the Local Server Video.

Using GUI Console Redirection

171

Frequently Asked Questions
Table 9-7 lists frequently asked questions and answers.
Table 9-7. Using Console Redirection: Frequently Asked Questions
Question

Answer

Can a new remote
console video session
be started when the
local video on the
server is turned off?

Yes.

Why does it take
It gives a local user an opportunity to take any action before the
15 seconds to turn off video is switched off.
the local video on the
server after requesting
to turn off the local
video?
Is there a time delay
when turning on the
local video?

No, once a local video turn ON request is received by iDRAC
the video is turned on instantly.

Can the local user also Yes, a local user can use the local RACADM CLI to turn off
turn off the video?
the video.
Can the local user also No. Once the local console is disabled, the local user’s
turn on the video?
keyboard and mouse are disabled and they are unable to change
any settings.
Does switching off the Yes.
local video also switch
off the local keyboard
and mouse?
Does turning off the
No, turning the local video on or off is independent of the
local console turn off remote console session.
the video on the remote
console session?
What privileges are
Any user with iDRAC configuration privileges can turn the
needed for an iDRAC local console on or off.
user to turn on or off
the local server video?

172

Using GUI Console Redirection

Table 9-7. Using Console Redirection: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

How can I get the
current status of the
local server video?

The status is displayed on the Console Redirection
Configuration page of the iDRAC Web interface.
The RACADM CLI command racadm getconfig –g
cfgRacTuning displays the status in the object
cfgRacTuneLocalServerVideo.
The status is also seen on the iKVM OSCAR display. When the
local console is enabled, a green status appears next to the
server name. When disabled, a yellow dot indicates that the
local console is locked by the iDRAC.

I cannot see the bottom Ensure that the management station’s monitor resolution is set
to 1280x1024.
of the system screen
from the Console
Redirection window.
The console window is The console viewer on Linux requires a UTF-8 character set.
garbled.
Check your locale and reset the character set if needed. See
"Setting the Locale in Linux" on page 57 for more information.
Why do I get a blank
The managed server does not have the correct ATI video driver.
screen on the managed You must update the video driver by using the Dell Systems
server when loading
Management Tools and Documentation DVD.
the Windows 2000
operating system?
Why doesn’t the mouse
sync in DOS when
performing Console
Redirection?

The Dell BIOS is emulating the mouse driver as a PS/2 mouse.
By design, the PS/2 mouse uses relative position for the mouse
pointer, which causes the lag in syncing. iDRAC has a USB
mouse driver, which allows absolute position and closer
tracking of the mouse pointer. Even if iDRAC passes the USB
absolute mouse position to the Dell BIOS, the BIOS emulation
would convert it back to relative position and the behavior
would remain. To fix this problem, set the mouse mode to
NONE in the Console Redirection configuration.

Why doesn’t the mouse Virtual KVM requires the USB mouse driver, but the USB
sync under the Linux mouse driver is available only under the X-Window operating
text console?
system.

Using GUI Console Redirection

173

Table 9-7. Using Console Redirection: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

I am still having issues Ensure that the correct mouse is selected for your operating
with mouse
system before starting a console redirection session.
synchronization.
Ensure that Synchronize Mouse is checked in the Mouse
menu. Press  or select Mouse→ Synchronize
mouse to toggle mouse synchronization. When
synchronization is enabled, a check mark appears next to the
selection in the Mouse menu.
Why can't I use a
keyboard or mouse
while installing
Windows remotely by
using iDRAC Console
Redirection?

When you remotely install a supported Microsoft operating
system on a system with Console Redirection enabled in the
BIOS, you receive an EMS Connection Message that requires
that you select OK before you can continue. You cannot use
the mouse to select OK remotely. You must either select OK
on the local system or restart the remotely managed server,
reinstall, and then turn Console Redirection off in the BIOS.
This message is generated by Microsoft to alert the user that
Console Redirection is enabled. To ensure that this message
does not appear, always turn off Console Redirection in the
BIOS before installing an operating system remotely.

Why doesn’t the Num
Lock indicator on my
management station
reflect the status of the
Num Lock on the
remote server?

When accessed through the iDRAC, the Num Lock indicator
on the management station does not necessarily coincide with
the state of the Num Lock on the remote server. The state of the
Num Lock is dependent on the setting on the remote server
when the remote session is connected, regardless of the state of
the Num Lock on the management station.

Why do multiple
You are configuring a console redirection session from the
Session Viewer
local system. This is not supported.
windows appear when I
establish a console
redirection session
from the local host?
If I am running a
No. If a local user accesses the system, you both have control
console redirection
of the system.
session and a local user
accesses the managed
server, do I receive a
warning message?

174

Using GUI Console Redirection

Table 9-7. Using Console Redirection: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

How much bandwidth
do I need to run a
console redirection
session?

Dell recommends a 5 MB/sec connection for good
performance. A 1 MB/sec connection is required for minimal
performance.

What are the minimum The management station requires an Intel® Pentium III
system requirements
500 MHz processor with at least 256 MB of RAM.
for my management
station to run console
redirection?

Using GUI Console Redirection

175

176

Using GUI Console Redirection

10

Configuring and Using Virtual
Media
Overview

The Virtual Media feature, accessed through the console redirection viewer,
provides the managed server access to media connected to a remote system on
the network. Figure 10-1 shows the overall architecture of Virtual Media.
Figure 10-1. Overall Architecture of Virtual Media
Managed Server

Management Station

Modular Server
Remote CD/DVD/USB

Network
Remote Floppy

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

177

Using Virtual Media, administrators can remotely boot their managed servers,
install applications, update drivers, or even install new operating systems
remotely from the virtual CD/DVD and diskette drives.
NOTE: Virtual media requires a minimum available network bandwidth of 128 Kbps.
Virtual media defines two devices for the managed server’s operating system
and BIOS: a floppy disk device and an optical disk device.
The management station provides the physical media or image file across the
network. When Virtual Media is connected, all virtual CD/floppy drive access
requests from the managed server are directed to the management station across
the network. Connecting Virtual Media appears the same as inserting media
into physical devices. When virtual media is not connected, virtual devices on
the managed server appear as two drives without media installed in the drives.
Table 10-1 lists the supported drive connections for virtual floppy and virtual
optical drives.
NOTE: Changing Virtual Media while connected could stop the system boot
sequence.
Table 10-1. Supported Drive Connections
Supported Virtual Floppy Drive
Connections

Supported Virtual Optical Drive
Connections

Legacy 1.44 floppy drive with a 1.44
floppy diskette

CD-ROM, DVD, CDRW, combination drive
with CD-ROM media

USB floppy drive with a 1.44 floppy
diskette

CD-ROM/DVD image file in the ISO9660
format

1.44 floppy image

USB CD-ROM drive with CD-ROM media

USB removable disk (minimum size
128 MB)

Windows-Based Management Station
To run the Virtual Media feature on a management station running the
Microsoft® Windows® operating system, install a supported version of Internet
Explorer with the ActiveX Control plug-in (see "Supported Web Browsers" on
page 27). Set the browser security to Medium or a lower setting to enable
Internet Explorer to download and install signed ActiveX controls.

178

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

Depending on your version of Internet Explorer, a custom security setting for
ActiveX may be required:
1 Start Internet Explorer.
2 Click Tools→ Internet Options, and then click the Security tab.
3 Under Select a Web content zone to specify its security settings, click to
select the desired zone.
4 Under Security level for this zone, click Custom Level.
The Security Settings window appears.
5 Under ActiveX controls and plugins, ensure that the following settings are
set to Enable:
•

Allow Scriptlets

•

Automatic prompting for ActiveX controls

•

Download signed ActiveX controls

•

Download unsigned ActiveX controls

6 Click OK to save any changes and close the Security Settings window.
7 Click OK to close the Internet Options window.
8 Restart Internet Explorer.
You must have administrator rights to install ActiveX. Before installing the
ActiveX control, Internet Explorer may display a security warning. To complete
the ActiveX control installation procedure, accept the ActiveX control when
Internet Explorer prompts you with a security warning.

Linux-Based Management Station
To run the virtual media feature on a management station running the Linux
operating system, install a supported version of Firefox. See "Supported Web
Browsers" on page 27 for more information.
A Java Runtime Environment (JRE) is required is required to run the console
redirection plugin. You can download a JRE from java.sun.com. JRE
version 1.6 or above is recommended.

Configuring Virtual Media
1 Log in to the iDRAC Web interface.
Configuring and Using Virtual Media

179

2 Select System in the navigation tree and click the Console tab.
3 Click Configuration→ Virtual Media to configure the Virtual Media
settings.
Table 10-2 describes the Virtual Media configuration values.
4 When you have finished configuring the settings, click Apply.
5 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 10-3.
Table 10-2. Virtual Media Configuration Values
Attribute

Value

Attach Virtual Media

Attach - Immediately attaches Virtual Media to
the server.
Detach - Immediately detaches Virtual Media
from the server.
Auto-Attach - Attaches Virtual Media to the
server only when a virtual media session is started.

Maximum Sessions

Displays the maximum number of Virtual Media
sessions allowed. This is always 1.

Active Sessions

Displays the current number of Virtual Media
sessions.

Virtual Media Encryption
Enabled

Click the checkbox to enable or disable encryption
on Virtual Media connections. Checked enables
encryption; unchecked disables encryption.

Virtual Media Port Number

The network port number used for connecting to
the Virtual Media service without encryption.
Two consecutive ports starting from the port
number specified are used to connect to the Virtual
Media service. The port number following the
specified port must not be configured for any other
iDRAC service. The default is 3668.

180

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

Table 10-2. Virtual Media Configuration Values (continued)
Attribute

Value

Virtual Media SSL Port Number The network port number used for encrypted
connections to the Virtual Media service. Two
consecutive ports starting from the port number
specified are used to connect to the Virtual Media
service. The port number following the specified
port must not be configured for any other iDRAC
service. The default is 3670.
Floppy Emulation

Indicates whether the Virtual Media appears as a
floppy drive or as a USB key to the server. If
Floppy Emulation is checked, the Virtual Media
device appears as a floppy device on the server. If it
is unchecked, it appears as a USB Key drive.

Enable Boot Once

Check this box to enable the boot once option. This
option automatically terminates the Virtual Media
session after the server has booted once. This
option is useful for automated deployments.

Table 10-3. Virtual Media Configuration Page Buttons
Button

Description

Print

Prints the Console Configuration values that appear on the
screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Console Configuration page.

Apply

Saves any new settings made to the Console Configuration page.

Running Virtual Media
NOTE: Do not issue a racreset command when running a Virtual Media session.
Otherwise, undesirable results may occur, including loss of data.
NOTE: The Console Viewer window application must remain active while you
access the virtual media.
1 Open a supported Web browser on your management station. See "Supported
Web Browsers" on page 27.
2 Start the iDRAC Web interface. "Accessing the Web Interface" on page 69.
Configuring and Using Virtual Media

181

3 Select System in the navigation tree and click the Console tab.
The Console Redirection page appears. If you want to change the values of
any of the displayed attributes, see "Configuring Virtual Media" on page 180.
NOTE: The Floppy Image File under Floppy Drive (if applicable) may appear,
as this device can be virtualized as a virtual floppy. You can select one optical
drive and one floppy at the same time, or a single drive.
NOTE: The virtual device drive letters on the managed server do not coincide
with the physical drive letters on the management station.

NOTE: Virtual Media may not function properly on Windows operating system
clients that are configured with Internet Explorer Enhanced Security. To
resolve this issue, see your Microsoft operating system documentation or
contact your administrator.

4 Click Launch Viewer.
NOTE: On Linux, the file jviewer.jnlp is downloaded to your desktop and a
dialog box will ask what to do with the file. Choose the option to Open with
program and then select the javaws application, which is located in the bin
subdirectory of your JRE installation directory.
The iDRACView application launches in a separate window.
5 Click Media→ Virtual Media Wizard….
The Media Redirection wizard appears.
6 View the Status window. If media is connected, you must disconnect it before
connecting a different media source. Click the Disconnect button to the right
of the media you wish to disconnect.
7 Select the radio button next to the media types you wish to connect.
You can select one radio button in the Floppy/USB Drive section and one in
the CD/DVD Drive section.
If you want to connect a Floppy image or ISO image, enter the path (on your
local computer) to the image, or click the Browse button and browse to the
image.
8 Click the Connect button next to each selected media type.
The media is connected and the Status window is updated.
9 Click the Close button.

182

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

Disconnecting Virtual Media

1 Click Media→ Virtual Media Wizard….
2 Click Disconnect next to the media you wish to disconnect.
The media is disconnected and the Status window is updated.
3 Click Close.

Booting From Virtual Media
The system BIOS enables you to boot from virtual optical drives or virtual
floppy drives. During POST, enter the BIOS setup window and verify that the
virtual drives are enabled and listed in the correct order.
To change the BIOS setting, perform the following steps:
1 Boot the managed server.
2 Press  to enter the BIOS setup window.
3 Scroll to the boot sequence and press .
In the pop-up window, the virtual optical drives and virtual floppy drives are
listed with the standard boot devices.
4 Ensure that the virtual drive is enabled and listed as the first device with
bootable media. If required, follow the on-screen instructions to modify the
boot order.
5 Save the changes and exit.
The managed server reboots.
The managed server attempts to boot from a bootable device based on the
boot order. If the virtual device is connected and a bootable media is present,
the system boots to the virtual device. Otherwise, the system overlooks the
device—similar to a physical device without bootable media.

Installing Operating Systems Using Virtual Media
This section describes a manual, interactive method to install the operating
system on your management station that may take several hours to complete. A
scripted operating system installation procedure using Virtual Media may take
less than 15 minutes to complete. See "Deploying the Operating System" on
page 231 for more information.
1 Verify the following:
Configuring and Using Virtual Media

183

•

The operating system installation CD is inserted in the management
station’s CD drive.

•

The local CD drive is selected.

•

You are connected to the virtual drives.

2 Follow the steps for booting from the virtual media in the "Booting From
Virtual Media" section to ensure that the BIOS is set to boot from the CD
drive that you are installing from.
3 Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation.

Using Virtual Media When the Server’s Operating System Is Running
Windows-Based Systems

On Windows systems, the virtual media drives are automounted if they are
attached and configured with a drive letter.
Using the virtual drives from within Windows is similar to using your physical
drives. When you connect to the media using the Virtual Media wizard, the
media is available at the system by clicking the drive and browsing its content.
Linux-Based Systems

Depending on the configuration of the software on your system, the virtual
media drives may not be automounted. If your drives are not automounted,
manually mount the drives using the Linux mount command.

184

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

Frequently Asked Questions
Table 10-4 lists frequently asked questions and answers.
Table 10-4. Using Virtual Media: Frequently Asked Questions
Question

Answer

Sometimes, I notice my Virtual Media When a network time-out occurs, the iDRAC
client connection drop.
firmware drops the connection, disconnecting
Why?
the link between the server and the Virtual
Drive.
If the Virtual Media configuration settings are
changed in the iDRAC Web interface or by local
RACADM commands, any connected media is
disconnected when the configuration change is
applied.
To reconnect to the Virtual Drive, use the Virtual
Media wizard.
Which operating systems support the See "Supported Operating Systems" on page 26
iDRAC?
for a list of supported operating systems.
Which Web browsers support the
iDRAC?

See "Supported Web Browsers" on page 27 for a
list of supported Web browsers.

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

185

Table 10-4. Using Virtual Media: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

Why do I sometimes lose my client
connection?

• You can sometimes lose your client connection
if the network is slow or if you change the CD
in the client system CD drive. For example, if
you change the CD in the client system’s CD
drive, the new CD might have an autostart
feature. If this is the case, the firmware can
time out and the connection can be lost if the
client system takes too long before it is ready to
read the CD. If a connection is lost, reconnect
from the GUI and continue the previous
operation.
• When a network timeout occurs, the iDRAC
firmware drops the connection, disconnecting
the link between the server and the Virtual
Drive. Also, someone may have altered the
Virtual Media configuration settings in the
Web interface or by entering RADACM
commands. To reconnect to the Virtual Drive,
use the Virtual Media feature.

An installation of the Windows
operating system seems to take too
long. Why?

If you are installing the Windows operating
system using the Dell Systems Management
Tools and Documentation DVD and a slow
network connection, the installation procedure
may require an extended amount of time to
access the iDRAC Web interface due to network
latency. While the installation window does not
indicate the installation progress, the installation
procedure is in progress.

I am viewing the contents of a floppy
drive or USB memory key. If I try to
establish a Virtual Media connection
using the same drive, I receive a
connection failure message and am
asked to retry. Why?

Simultaneous access to Virtual Floppy drives is
not allowed. Close the application used to view
the drive contents before you attempt to
virtualize the drive.

186

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

Table 10-4. Using Virtual Media: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

How do I configure my virtual device On the managed server, access the BIOS Setup
as a bootable device?
and navigate to the boot menu. Locate the virtual
CD, Virtual Floppy, or Virtual Flash and change
the device boot order as needed. For example, to
boot from a CD drive, configure the CD drive as
the first drive in the boot order.
What types of media can I boot from? The iDRAC allows you to boot from the
following bootable media:
• CDROM/DVD Data media
• ISO 9660 image
• 1.44 Floppy disk or floppy image
• A USB key that is recognized by the operating
system as a removable disk (minimum size 128
MB)
• A USB key image
How can I make my USB key
bootable?

Search support.dell.com for the Dell Boot
Utility, a Windows program you can use to make
your Dell USB key bootable.
You can also boot with a Windows 98 startup
disk and copy system files from the startup disk
to your USB key. For example, from the DOS
prompt, type the following command:

sys a: x: /s
where x: is the USB key you want to make
bootable.
You can also use the Dell boot utility to create a
bootable USB key. This utility is only
compatible with Dell-branded USB keys. To
download the utility, open a Web browser,
navigate to the Dell Support website located at
support.dell.com, and search for R122672.exe.

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

187

Table 10-4. Using Virtual Media: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

I cannot locate my Virtual Floppy
device on a system running Red Hat®
Enterprise Linux® or the SUSE®
Linux operating system. My Virtual
Media is attached and I am connected
to my remote floppy. What should I
do?

Some Linux versions do not automount the
Virtual Floppy Drive and the Virtual CD drive in
a similar manner. To mount the Virtual Floppy
Drive, locate the device node that Linux assigns
to the Virtual Floppy Drive. Perform the
following steps to correctly find and mount the
Virtual Floppy Drive:
1 Open a Linux command prompt and run the
following command:
grep "Virtual Floppy"
/var/log/messages
2 Locate the last entry to that message and note
the time.
3 At the Linux prompt, run the following
command:
grep "hh:mm:ss"
/var/log/messages
where:
hh:mm:ss is the time stamp of the
message returned by grep in step 1.
4 In step 3, read the result of the grep command
and locate the device name that is given to the
Dell Virtual Floppy.
5 Ensure that you are attached and connected to
the Virtual Floppy Drive.
6 At the Linux prompt, run the following
command:
mount /dev/sdx /mnt/floppy
where:
/dev/sdx is the device name found in
step 4
/mnt/floppy is the mount point.

188

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

Table 10-4. Using Virtual Media: Frequently Asked Questions (continued)
Question

Answer

What file system types are supported Your Virtual Floppy Drive supports FAT16 or
on my Virtual Floppy Drive?
FAT32 file systems.
When I performed a firmware update
remotely using the iDRAC Web
interface, my virtual drives at the
server were removed. Why?

Firmware updates cause the iDRAC to reset,
drop the remote connection, and unmount the
virtual drives. The drives will reappear when the
iDRAC reset is complete.

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

189

190

Configuring and Using Virtual Media

11

Using the Local RACADM Command
Line Interface
The local RACADM command line interface (CLI) provides access to the
iDRAC management features from the managed server. RACADM provides
access to the same features as the iDRAC Web interface. However, RACADM
can be used in scripts to ease configuration of multiple servers and iDRACs,
where the Web interface is more useful for interactive management.

Local RACADM commands do not use network connections to access the
iDRAC from the managed server. This means that you can use local RACADM
commands to configure the initial iDRAC networking.
For more information about configuring multiple iDRACs, see "Configuring
Multiple iDRACs" on page 212.
This section provides the following information:
•

Using RACADM from a command prompt

•

Configuring your iDRAC using the racadm command

•

Using the RACADM configuration file to configure multiple iDRACs

Using the RACADM Command
You run RACADM commands locally (on the managed server) from a
command prompt or shell prompt.
Log into the managed server, start a command shell, and enter local RACADM
commands in the following format:
racadm  -g  -o  
Without options, the RACADM command displays general use information. To
display the RACADM subcommand list, type:
racadm help
Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

191

The subcommand list includes all commands that are supported by the iDRAC.
To get help for a subcommand, type:
racadm help 
The command displays the syntax and command-line options for the
subcommand.

RACADM Subcommands
Table 11-1 provides a description of each RACADM subcommand that you can
run in RACADM. For a detailed listing of RACADM subcommands including
syntax and valid entries, see "RACADM Subcommand Overview" on page 275.
Table 11-1. RACADM Subcommands
Command

Description

clrraclog

Clears the iDRAC log. After clearing, a single entry is made to
indicate the user and time that the log was cleared.

clrsel

Clears the managed server’s System Event Log entries.

config

Configures the iDRAC.

getconfig

Displays the current iDRAC configuration properties.

getniccfg

Displays the current IP configuration for the controller.

getraclog

Displays the iDRAC log.

getractime

Displays the iDRAC time.

getssninfo

Displays information about active sessions.

getsvctag

Displays service tags.

getsysinfo

Displays information about the iDRAC and managed server,
including IP configuration, hardware model, firmware versions,
and operating system information.

gettracelog

Displays the iDRAC trace log. If used with -i, the command
displays the number of entries in the iDRAC trace log.

help

Lists iDRAC subcommands.

help  Lists usage statement for the specified subcommand.
racreset

192

Resets the iDRAC.

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

Table 11-1. RACADM Subcommands (continued)
Command

Description

racresetcfg

Resets the iDRAC to the default configuration.

serveraction

Performs power management operations on the managed
server.

setniccfg

Sets the IP configuration for the controller.

sslcertdownload

Downloads a CA certificate.

sslcertupload

Uploads a CA certificate or server certificate to the iDRAC.

sslcertview

Views a CA certificate or server certificate in the iDRAC.

sslcsrgen

Generates and downloads the SSL CSR.

testemail

Forces the iDRAC to send an e-mail over the iDRAC NIC.

testtrap

Forces the iDRAC to send an SNMP alert over the iDRAC
NIC.

Using the RACADM Utility to Configure the iDRAC
This section describes how to use RACADM to perform various iDRAC
configuration tasks.

Displaying Current iDRAC Settings
The RACADM getconfig subcommand retrieves current configuration settings
from the iDRAC. The configuration values are organized into groups containing
one or more objects, and the objects have values.
See "iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions" on page 305 for
a complete description of the groups and objects.
To display a list of all of the iDRAC groups, enter this command:
racadm getconfig -h

To display the objects and values for a particular group, enter this command:
racadm getconfig -g 

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

193

For example, to display a list of all cfgLanNetworking group object settings,
type the following command:
racadm getconfig -g cfgLanNetworking

Managing iDRAC Users with RACADM
NOTE: Use caution when using the racresetcfg command, as all configuration
parameters are reset to the original defaults. Any previous changes are lost.
NOTE: If you are configuring a new iDRAC or if you ran the racadm racresetcfg
command, the only current user is root with the password calvin.
NOTE: Users can be enabled and disabled over time. As a result, a user may have a
different index number on each iDRAC.

You can configure up to 15 users in the iDRAC property database. (A sixteenth
user is reserved for the IPMI LAN user.) Before you manually enable an iDRAC
user, verify if any current users exist.
To verify if a user exists, type the following command at the command prompt:
racadm getconfig -u 
OR
type the following command once for each index from 1 to 16:
racadm getconfig -g cfgUserAdmin -i 
NOTE: You can also type racadm getconfig -f  and view the
generated  file, which includes all users, as well as all other iDRAC
configuration parameters.

Several parameters and object IDs are displayed with their current values. Two
objects of interest are:
# cfgUserAdminIndex=nn
cfgUserAdminUserName=
If the cfgUserAdminUserName object has no value, that index number, which
is indicated by the cfgUserAdminIndex object, is available for use. If a name
appears after the =, that index is assigned to that user name.
NOTE: Users and groups created for Active Directory environments must conform
to the Active Directory naming convention in your environment.

194

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

Adding an iDRAC User
To add a new user to the iDRAC, perform the following steps:
1 Set the user name.
2 Set the password.
3 Set the Login to iDRAC user privilege.
4 Enable the user.
Example

The following example describes how to add a new user named "John" with a
"123456" password and login privileges to the iDRAC:
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o cfgUserAdminUserName
-i 2 john
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o cfgUserAdminPassword
-i 2 123456
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o cfgUserPrivilege -i 2
0x00000001
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o cfgUserAdminEnable
-i 2 1
To verify the new user, use one of the following commands:
racadm getconfig -u john
racadm getconfig –g cfgUserAdmin –i 2

Enabling an iDRAC User With Permissions
To grant a user a specific administrative (role-based) permissions, set the
cfgUserAdminPrivilege property to a bitmask constructed from the values
show in Table 11-2:
Table 11-2. Bit Masks for User Privileges
User Privilege

Privilege Bit Mask

Login to iDRAC

0x0000001

Configure iDRAC

0x0000002

Configure Users

0x0000004

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

195

Table 11-2. Bit Masks for User Privileges (continued)
User Privilege

Privilege Bit Mask

Clear Logs

0x0000008

Execute Server Control Commands

0x0000010

Access Console Redirection

0x0000020

Access Virtual Media

0x0000040

Test Alerts

0x0000080

Execute Debug Commands

0x0000100

For example, to allow the user Configure iDRAC, Configure Users, Clear
Logs, and Access Console Redirection privileges, add the values 0x00000002,
0x00000004, 0x00000008, and 0x00000010 to construct the bitmap
0x0000002E. Then enter the following command to set the privilege:
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o
cfgUserAdminPrivilege -i 2 0x0000002E

Removing an iDRAC User
When using RACADM, users must be disabled manually and on an individual
basis. Users cannot be deleted by using a configuration file.
The following example illustrates the command syntax that can be used to delete
a RAC user:
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o cfgUserAdminUserName
-i  ""
A null string of double quote characters ("") instructs the iDRAC to remove the
user configuration at the specified index and reset the user configuration to the
original factory defaults.

Testing E-mail Alerting
The iDRAC e-mail alert feature allows users to receive e-mail alerts when a
critical event occurs on the managed server. The following example shows how
to test the e-mail alert feature to ensure that the iDRAC can properly send e-mail
alerts across the network.
racadm testemail -i 2

196

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

NOTE: Ensure that the SMTP and E-mail Alert settings are configured before
testing the e-mail alert feature. See "Configuring E-Mail Alerts" on page 78 for more
information.

Testing the iDRAC SNMP Trap Alert Feature
The iDRAC SNMP trap alerting feature allows SNMP trap listener
configurations to receive traps for system events that occur on the managed
server.
The following example shows how a user can test the SNMP trap alert feature.
racadm testtrap -i 2
NOTE: Before you test the iDRAC SNMP trap alerting feature, ensure that the
SNMP and trap settings are configured correctly. See the testtrap and testemail
subcommand descriptions to configure these settings.

Configuring iDRAC Network Properties
To generate a list of available network properties, type the following:
racadm getconfig -g cfgLanNetworking
To use DHCP to obtain an IP address, use the following command to write the
object cfgNicUseDhcp and enable this feature:
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgNicUseDHCP 1
The commands provide the same configuration functionality as the iDRAC
configuration utility when you are prompted to type . For more
information about configuring network properties with the iDRAC
configuration utility, see "LAN" on page 241.
The following is an example of how the command may be used to configure
desired LAN network properties.
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgNicEnable 1
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgNicIpAddress
192.168.0.120
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgNicNetmask
255.255.255.0
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgNicGateway
192.168.0.120

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

197

racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgNicUseDHCP 0
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP 0
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSServer1
192.168.0.5
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSServer2
192.168.0.6
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSRegisterRac 1
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSRacName
RAC-EK00002
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP 0
racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o cfgDNSDomainName
MYDOMAIN
NOTE: If cfgNicEnable is set to 0, the iDRAC LAN is disabled even if DHCP is
enabled.

Configuring IPMI
1 Configure IPMI over LAN by entering the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o cfgIpmiLanEnable 1
NOTE: This setting determines the IPMI commands that can be executed from the
IPMI over LAN interface. For more information, see the IPMI 2.0 specifications.

198

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

a

Update the IPMI channel privileges by entering the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o
cfgIpmiLanPrivilegeLimit 
where  is one of the following:
•

2 (User)

•

3 (Operator)

•

4 (Administrator)

For example, to set the IPMI LAN channel privilege to 2 (User), type the
following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o
cfgIpmiLanPrivilegeLimit 2
b

Set the IPMI LAN channel encryption key, if required, using a command
such as the following:
NOTE: The iDRAC IPMI supports the RMCP+ protocol. See the IPMI 2.0
specifications for more information.
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o
cfgIpmiEncryptionKey 
where  is a 20-character encryption key in a valid hexadecimal
format.

2 Configure IPMI Serial over LAN (SOL) using the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiSol -o cfgIpmiSolEnable 1
NOTE: The IPMI SOL minimum privilege level determines the minimum
privilege required to activate IPMI SOL. For more information, see the IPMI 2.0
specification.
a

Update the IPMI SOL minimum privilege level using the following
command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiSol -o
cfgIpmiSolMinPrivilege 
where  is one of the following:
•

2 (User)

•

3 (Operator)
Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

199

•

4 (Administrator)

For example, to configure the IPMI privileges to 2 (User), enter the
following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiSol -o
cfgIpmiSolMinPrivilege 2
NOTE: To redirect the serial console over LAN, ensure that the SOL baud rate
is identical to your managed server’s baud rate.
b

Update the IPMI SOL baud rate using the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiSol -o
cfgIpmiSolBaudRate 
where  is 19200, 57600, or 115200 bps.
For example:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiSol -o
cfgIpmiSolBaudRate 57600

c

Enable SOL by typing the following command at the command prompt.
NOTE: SOL can be enabled or disabled for each individual user.
racadm config -g cfgUserAdmin -o
cfgUserAdminSolEnable -i  2
where  is the user’s unique ID.

Configuring PEF
You can configure the action you wish the iDRAC to take for each platform
alert. Table 11-3 lists the possible actions and the value to identify them in
RACADM.
Table 11-3. Platform Event Action

200

Action

Value

No action

0

Power off

1

Reboot

2

Power Cycle

3

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

1 Configure PEF actions using the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiPef -o cfgIpmiPefAction
-i  
where  is the PEF index (see Table 5-7 on page 76), and  is a value from Table 11-3.
For example, to enable PEF to reboot the system and send an IPMI alert
when a processor critical event is detected, type the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiPef -o cfgIpmiPefAction
-i 9 2

Configuring PET
1 Enable global alerts using the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o
cfgIpmiLanAlertEnable 1
2 Enable PET using the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiPet -o
cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable -i  <0|1>
where  is the PET destination index and 0 or 1 disable PET or
enable PET, respectively.
For example, to enable PET with index 4, type the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiPet -o
cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable -i 4 1
3 Configure your PET policy using the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiPet -o
cfgIpmiPetAlertDestIPAddr -i  
where  is the PET destination index and  is the
destination IP address of the system that receives the platform event alerts.

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

201

4 Configure the Community Name string.
At the command prompt, type:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o
cfgIpmiPetCommunityName 
where  is the PET Community Name.
Configuring E-mail Alerts

1 Enable global alerts by entering the following command:
racadm config -g cfgIpmiLan -o
cfgIpmiLanAlertEnable 1
2 Enable e-mail alerts by entering the following commands:
racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
cfgEmailAlertEnable -i  <0|1>
where  is the e-mail destination index and 0 disables the e-mail alert
or 1 enables the alert. The e-mail destination index can be a value from 1
through 4.
For example, to enable e-mail with index 4, type the following command:
racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
cfgEmailAlertEnable -i 4 1
3 Configure your e-mail settings by entering the following command:
racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
cfgEmailAlertAddress -i 1 
where 1 is the e-mail destination index and  is the
destination e-mail address that receives the platform event alerts.
4 To configure a custom message, enter the following command:
racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
cfgEmailAlertCustomMsg -i  
where  is the e-mail destination index and  is the
custom message.

202

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

5 Test the configured e-mail alert, if desired, by entering the following
command:
racadm testemail -i 
where  is the e-mail destination index to test.

Configuring IP Filtering (IpRange)
IP address filtering (or IP Range Checking) allows iDRAC access only from
clients or management workstations whose IP addresses are within a userspecified range. All other login requests are denied.
IP filtering compares the IP address of an incoming login to the IP address range
that is specified in the following cfgRacTuning properties:
•

cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr

•

cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask

The cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask property is applied to both the incoming IP
address and to the cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr properties. If the results are
identical, the incoming login request is allowed to access the iDRAC. Logins
from IP addresses outside this range receive an error.
The login proceeds if the following expression equals zero:
cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask & ( ^
cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr)
where & is the bitwise AND of the quantities and ^ is the bitwise exclusive-OR.
See "cfgRacTuning" on page 321 for a complete list of cfgRacTuning
properties.

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

203

Table 11-4. IP Address Filtering (IpRange) Properties
Property

Description

cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable

Enables the IP range checking feature.

cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr

Determines the acceptable IP address bit pattern,
depending on the 1’s in the subnet mask.
This property is bitwise anded with
cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask to determine the upper
portion of the allowed IP address. Any IP address that
contains this bit pattern in its upper bits is allowed to
log in. Logins from IP addresses that are outside this
range fail. The default values in each property allow an
address range from 192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255 to
log in.

cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask

Defines the significant bit positions in the IP address.
The mask should be in the form of a netmask, where
the more significant bits are all 1’s with a single
transition to all zeros in the lower-order bits.

Configuring IP Filtering
To configure IP filtering in the Web interface, follow these steps:
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC→ Network/Security.
2 On the Network Configuration page, click Advanced Settings.
3 Check the IP Range Enabled checkbox and enter the IP Range Address
and IP Range Subnet Mask.
4 Click Apply.
Following are examples using local RACADM to set up IP filtering.
NOTE: See "Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface" on page 191 for
more information about RACADM and RACADM commands.
1 The following RACADM commands block all IP addresses except
192.168.0.57:
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable 1

204

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr 192.168.0.57
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask 255.255.255.255
2 To restrict logins to a small set of four adjacent IP addresses (for example,
192.168.0.212 through 192.168.0.215), select all but the lowest two bits in
the mask, as shown below:
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable 1
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr 192.168.0.212
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask 255.255.255.252
The last byte of the range mask is set to 252, the decimal equivalent of
11111100b.
IP Filtering Guidelines

Use the following guidelines when enabling IP filtering:
•

Ensure that cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask is configured in the form of a
netmask, where all most significant bits are 1’s (which defines the subnet in
the mask) with a transition to all 0’s in the low-order bits.

•

Use the desired range’s base address as the value of
cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr. The 32-bit binary value of this address should
have zeros in all the low-order bits where there are zeros in the mask.

Configuring IP Blocking
IP blocking dynamically determines when excessive login failures occur from a
particular IP address and blocks (or prevents) the address from logging into the
iDRAC for a preselected time span.
The IP blocking features include:
•

The number of allowed login failures (cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailcount)

•

The time frame in seconds during which these failures must occur
(cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow)

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

205

•

The amount of time in seconds that the blocked IP address is prevented from
establishing a session after the allowed number of failures is exceeded
(cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime)

As login failures accumulate from a specific IP address, they are registered by
an internal counter. When the user logs in successfully, the failure history is
cleared and the internal counter is reset.
NOTE: When login attempts are refused from the client IP address, some SSH
clients may display the following message: ssh exchange
identification: Connection closed by remote host.
See "iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions" on page 305 for
a complete list of cfgRacTune properties.
"Login Retry Restriction Properties" on page 206 lists the user-defined
parameters.
Table 11-5. Login Retry Restriction Properties
Property

Definition

cfgRacTuneIpBlkEnable

Enables the IP blocking feature.
When consecutive failures
(cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailCount) from a single IP
address are encountered within a specific amount of
time (cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow), all further
attempts to establish a session from that address are
rejected for a certain time span
(cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime).

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailCount

Sets the number of login failures from an IP address
before the login attempts are rejected.

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow The time frame in seconds during which the failure
attempts are counted. When the failures exceed this
limit, they are dropped from the counter.
cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime Defines the time span in seconds that login attempts
from an IP address with excessive failures are
rejected.

206

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

Enabling IP Blocking

The following example prevents a client IP address from establishing a session
for five minutes if that client has failed five login attempts in a one-minute
period of time.
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable 1
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailCount 5
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow 60
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime 300
The following example prevents more than three failed attempts within one
minute, and prevents additional login attempts for an hour.
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkEnable 1
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailCount 3
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow 60
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o
cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime 360

Configuring iDRAC Telnet and SSH Services Using Local RACADM
The telnet/SSH console can be configured locally (on the managed server) using
RACADM commands.
NOTE: You must have Configure iDRAC permission to execute the commands in
this section.
NOTE: When you reconfigure telnet or SSH settings in the iDRAC, any current
sessions are terminated without warning.
To enable telnet and SSH from the local RACADM, log in to the managed
server and type the following commands at a command prompt:
racadm config -g cfgSerial -o cfgSerialTelnetEnable 1

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

207

racadm config -g cfgSerial -o cfgSerialSshEnable 1
To disable the telnet or SSH service, change the value from 1 to 0:
racadm config -g cfgSerial -o cfgSerialTelnetEnable 0
racadm config -g cfgSerial -o cfgSerialSshEnable 0
Type the following command to change the telnet port number on the iDRAC:
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o cfgRacTuneTelnetPort

For example, to change the telnet port from the default 22 to 8022, type this
command:
racadm config -g cfgRacTuning -o cfgRacTuneTelnetPort
8022
For a complete list of available RACADM CLI commands, see "Using the Local
RACADM Command Line Interface" on page 191.

Using an iDRAC Configuration File
An iDRAC configuration file is a text file that contains a representation of the
values in the iDRAC database. You can use the RACADM getconfig
subcommand to generate a configuration file containing the current values from
the iDRAC. You can then edit the file and use the RACADM config -f
subcommand to load the file back into the iDRAC, or to copy the configuration
to other iDRACs.

Creating an iDRAC Configuration File
The configuration file is a plain (unformatted) text file. You can use any valid
file name; the .cfg file extension is a recommended convention.
The configuration file can be:

208

•

Created with a text editor

•

Obtained from the iDRAC with the RACADM getconfig subcommand

•

Obtained from the iDRAC with the RACADM getconfig subcommand and
then edited

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

To obtain a configuration file, with the RACADM getconfig command, enter
the following command at a command prompt on the managed server:
racadm getconfig -f myconfig.cfg
This command creates the file myconfig.cfg in the current directory.

Configuration File Syntax
NOTE: Edit the configuration file with a plain text editor, such as Notepad on
Windows or vi on Linux. The racadm utility parses ASCII text only. Any formatting
confuses the parser and may corrupt the iDRAC database.
This section describes the format of the configuration file.
•

Lines that start with # are comments.
A comment must start in the first column of the line. A # character in any
other column is treated as a normal # character.
Example:
#
# This is a comment
[cfgUserAdmin]
cfgUserAdminPrivilege=4

•

Group entries must be surrounded by [ and ] characters.
The starting [ character denoting a group name must start in column one.
This group name must be specified before any of the objects in that group.
Objects that do not include an associated group name generate an error. The
configuration data is organized into groups as defined in "iDRAC Property
Database Group and Object Definitions" on page 305.
The following example displays a group name, object, and the object’s
property value.
Example:
[cfgLanNetworking] (group name)
cfgNicIpAddress=192.168.133.121 (object name)

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

209

•

Parameters are specified as object=value pairs with no white space between the
object, =, and value.
White space that is included after the value is ignored. White space inside a
value string remains unmodified. Any character to the right of the = is taken
as is (for example, a second =, or a #, [, ], and so forth).

•

The parser ignores an index object entry.
You cannot specify which index is used. If the index already exists, it is
either used or the new entry is created in the first available index for that
group.
The racadm getconfig -f  command places a
comment in front of index objects, allowing you to see the included
comments.
NOTE: You can create an indexed group manually using the following command:
racadm config -g  -o  -i  

•

The line for an indexed group cannot be deleted from a configuration file.
You must remove an indexed object manually using the following command:
racadm config -g  -o  -i
 ""
NOTE: A NULL string (identified by two "" characters) directs the iDRAC to delete the
index for the specified group.

To view the contents of an indexed group, use the following command:
racadm getconfig -g  -i 
•

For indexed groups the object anchor must be the first object after the [ ] pair.
The following are examples of the current indexed groups:
[cfgUserAdmin]
cfgUserAdminUserName=

•

If the parser encounters an indexed group, it is the value of the anchored
object that differentiates the various indexes.
The parser reads in all of the indexes from the iDRAC for that group. Any
objects within that group are simple modifications when the iDRAC is

210

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

configured. If a modified object represents a new index, the index is created
on the iDRAC during configuration.
•

You cannot specify a desired index in a configuration file.
Indexes may be created and deleted, so over time the group may become
fragmented with used and unused indexes. If an index is present, it is
modified. If an index is not present, the first available index is used. This
method allows flexibility when adding indexed entries where you do not
need to make exact index matches between all the RACs being managed.
New users are added to the first available index. A configuration file that
parses and runs correctly on one iDRAC may not run correctly on another if
all indexes are full and you must add a new user.

Modifying the iDRAC IP Address in a Configuration File
When you modify the iDRAC IP address in the configuration file, remove all
unnecessary = entries. Only the actual variable group’s label
with "[" and "]" remains, including the two = entries
pertaining to the IP address change.
For example:
#
#

Object Group "cfgLanNetworking"

#
[cfgLanNetworking]
cfgNicIpAddress=10.35.10.110
cfgNicGateway=10.35.10.1
This file will be updated as follows:
#
#

Object Group "cfgLanNetworking"

#
[cfgLanNetworking]
cfgNicIpAddress=10.35.9.143

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

211

# comment, the rest of this line is ignored
cfgNicGateway=10.35.9.1

Loading the Configuration File Into the iDRAC
The command racadm config -f  parses the configuration
file to verify that valid group and object names are present and that syntax rules
are followed. If the file is error-free the command then updates the iDRAC
database with the contents of the file.
NOTE: To verify the syntax only and not update the iDRAC database, add the -c
option to the config subcommand.
Errors in the configuration file are flagged with the line number and a message
that explains the problem. You must correct all errors before the configuration
file can update the iDRAC.
NOTE: Use the racresetcfg subcommand to reset the database and the iDRAC NIC
settings to the original default settings and remove all users and user
configurations. While the root user is available, other users’ settings are also reset
to the default settings.

Before you execute the racadm config -f  command, you
can run the racresetcfg subcommand to reset the iDRAC to its default
settings. Ensure that the configuration file you load includes all desired objects,
users, indexes, and other parameters.
To update the iDRAC with the configuration file, execute the following
command at the managed server’s command prompt:
racadm config -f 
After the command has completed, you can execute the RACADM getconfig
subcommand to confirm that the update succeeded.

Configuring Multiple iDRACs
Using a configuration file, you can configure other iDRACs with identical
properties. Follow these steps to configure multiple iDRACS:
1 Create the configuration file from the iDRAC whose settings you want to
replicate to the others. At a command prompt on the managed server, enter
the following command:
racadm getconfig -f 
212

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

where  is the name of a file to save the iDRAC properties, such a
myconfig.cfg.
See "Creating an iDRAC Configuration File" on page 208 for more
information.
NOTE: Some configuration files contain unique iDRAC information (such as the
static IP address) that must be modified before you export the file to other iDRACs.

2 Edit the configuration file you created in the previous step and remove or
comment-out any settings you do not want to replicate.
3 Copy the edited configuration file to a network drive where it is accessible to
each managed server whose iDRAC you want to configure.
4 For each iDRAC you want to configure:
a

Log in to the managed server and start a command prompt.

b

If you want to reconfigure the iDRAC from the default settings, enter the
following command:
racadm racreset

c

Load the configuration file into the iDRAC with the following
command:
racadm config -f 
where  is the name of the configuration file you created.
Include the full path if the file is not in the working directory.

d

Reset the iDRAC that was configured by entering the following
command:
racadm reset

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

213

214

Using the Local RACADM Command Line Interface

12

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command
Line Interface

This section provides information about the Distributed Management Task
Force (DMTF) Server Management-Command Line Protocol (SM-CLP) that is
incorporated in the iDRAC.
NOTE: This section assumes that you are familiar with the Systems Management
Architecture for Server Hardware (SMASH) Initiative and the SM-CLP
specifications. For more information on these specifications, see the Distributed
Management Task Force (DMTF) website at www.dmtf.org.
The iDRAC SM-CLP is a protocol driven by the DMTF and SMWG to provide
standards for systems management CLI implementations. Many efforts are
driven by a defined SMASH architecture that is targeted as a foundation for
more standardized systems management set of components. The SMWG SMCLP is a subcomponent of the overall SMASH efforts driven by DMTF.
SM-CLP provides a subset of the functionality provided by the local RACADM
command line interface, but with a different access path. SM-CLP executes
within the iDRAC, while RACADM executes on the managed server. Also,
RACADM is a Dell proprietary interface, where SM-CLP is an industry
standard interface. See "RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies" on page 369
for a mapping of the RACADM and SM-CLP commands.

System Management With SM-CLP
The iDRAC SM-CLP enables you to manage the following system features
from a command line or script:
•

Server Power Management — Turn on, shutdown, or reboot the system

•

System Event Log (SEL) Management — Display or clear the SEL records

•

iDRAC user account management

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

215

•

Active Directory configuration

•

iDRAC LAN configuration

•

SSL Certificate Signature Request (CSR) generation

•

Virtual media configuration

•

Serial over LAN (SOL) redirection over Telnet or SSH

iDRAC SM-CLP Support
SM-CLP is hosted from the iDRAC firmware and supports telnet and SSH
connections. The iDRAC SM-CLP interface is based on the SM-CLP
Specification Version 1.0 provided by the DMTF organization.
The following sections provide an overview of the SM-CLP feature that is
hosted from the iDRAC.

SM-CLP Features
The SM-CLP specification provides a common set of standard SM-CLP verbs
that can be used for simple systems management through the CLI.
SM-CLP promotes the concept of verbs and targets to provide system
configuration capabilities through the CLI. The verb indicates the operation to
perform and the target determines the entity (or object) that runs the operation.
The following is the syntax of the SM-CLP command line:
 [] [] []
Table 12-1 provides a list of the verbs the iDRAC CLI supports, the syntax of
each command, and a list of the options the verb supports.
Table 12-1. Supported SM-CLP CLI Verbs
Verb

Description

Options

cd

Navigates through the managed system address
space using the shell.

–default, –examine,
–help, –output, –version

Syntax:
cd [options] [target]

216

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

Table 12-1. Supported SM-CLP CLI Verbs (continued)
Verb

Description

Options

delete

Deletes an object instance.

–examine, –help,
–output, –version

Syntax:
delete [options] target
dump

Moves a binary image from the MAP to a URI. –destination, –examine,
dump -destination  [options] –help, –output, –version
[target]

exit

Exits from the SM-CLP shell session.

–help, –output, –version

Syntax:
exit [options]
help

Displays help for SM-CLP commands.
help

load

Moves a binary image to the MAP from a URI.
Syntax:

-examine, -help, -output,
-version
–examine, –help,
–output, –source,
–version

load -source  [options]
[target]
reset

Resets the target.
Syntax:

–examine, –help,
–output, –version

reset [options] [target]
set

Sets the properties of a target
Syntax:

–examine, –help,
–output, –version

set [options] [target]
=
show

Displays the target properties, verbs, and
subtargets.
Syntax:

-all, -default, –display,
–examine, –help, –level,
–output, –version

show [options] [target]
=

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

217

Table 12-1. Supported SM-CLP CLI Verbs (continued)
Verb

Description

Options

start

Starts a target.

–examine, –force, –help,
–output, –version

Syntax:
start [options] [target]
stop

Shuts down a target.
Syntax:

–examine, –force, –help,
–output, –version, –wait

stop [options] [target]
version

Displays the version attributes of a target.
Syntax:

–examine, –help,
–output, –version

version [options]

Table 12-2 describes the SM-CLP options. Some options have abbreviated
forms, as shown in the table.
Table 12-2. Supported SM-CLP Options
SM-CLP Option

Description

–all, –a

Instructs the verb to perform all possible functions.

-destination

Specifies the location to store an image in the dump
command.
Syntax:
-destination 

-display, -d

Filters the command output.
Syntax:
-display [,
]*

-examine, -x

Instructs the command processor to validate the command
syntax without executing the command.

–help, –h

Displays help for the verb.

218

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

Table 12-2. Supported SM-CLP Options (continued)
SM-CLP Option

Description

–level, -l

Instructs the verb to operate on targets at additional levels
beneath the specified target.
Syntax:
-level 

–output, –o

Specifies the format for the output.
Syntax:
-output 

-source

Specifies the location of an image in a load command.
Syntax:
-source 

–version, –v

Displays the SMASH-CLP version number.

Navigating the MAP Address Space
NOTE: The slash (/) and backslash (\) are interchangeable in SM-CLP address
paths. However, a backslash at the end of a command line continues the command
on the next line and is ignored when the command is parsed.
Objects that can be managed with SM-CLP are represented by targets arranged
in a hierarchical space called the Manageability Access Point (MAP) address
space. An address path specifies the path from the root of the address space to an
object in the address space.
The root target is represented by a slash (/) or a backslash (\). It is the default
starting point when you log in to the iDRAC. Navigate down from the root using
the cd verb. For example to navigate to the third record in the System Event
Log (SEL), enter the following command:
->cd /system1/sp1/logs1/record3
Enter the cd verb with no target to find your current location in the address
space. The .. and . abbreviations work as they do in Windows and Linux: ..
refers to the parent level and . refers to the current level.

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

219

Targets
Table 12-3 provides a list of targets available through the SM-CLP.
Table 12-3. SM-CLP Targets
Target

Definition

/system1/

The managed system target.

/system1/sp1

The service processor.

/system1/sol1

Serial over LAN target.

/system1/sp1/account1 through
/system1/sp1/account16

The sixteen local iDRAC user accounts.
account1 is the root account.

/system1/sp1/enetport1

The iDRAC NIC MAC address.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/
ipendpt1

The iDRAC IP, gateway, and netmask settings.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/
ipendpt1/dnsendpt1

The iDRAC DNS server settings.

/system1/sp1/group1 through
/system1/sp1/group5

The Active Directory standard schema groups.

/system1/sp1/logs1

The log collections target.

/system1/sp1/logs1/record1

An individual SEL record instance on the
managed system.

/system1/sp1/logs1/records

The SEL target on the managed system.

/system1/sp1/oemdell_racsecurity1

Storage for parameters used to generate a
Certificate Signing Request.

/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1

SSL certificate request state.

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1

The virtual media configuration and state.

Using the Show Verb
To learn more about a target use the show verb. This verb displays the target’s
properties, sub-targets, and a list of the SM-CLP verbs that are allowed at that
location.

220

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

Using the -display Option
The show –display option allows you to limit the output of the command to one
or more of properties, targets, and verbs. For example, to display just the
properties and targets at the current location, use the following command:
show -d properties,targets /system1/sp1/account1
To list only certain properties, qualify them, as in the following command:
show -d properties=(userid,username)
/system1/sp1/account1
If you only want to show one property, you can omit the parentheses.

Using the -level Option
The show -level option executes show over additional levels beneath the
specified target. For example, if you want to see the username and userid
properties of the account1 through account16 targets beneath /system1/sp1,
you could enter the following command:
show -l 1 -d properties=(userid,username)
/system1/sp1/account*
To see all targets and properties in the address space, use the -l all option, as in
the following command:
show -l all -d properties /

Using the -output Option
The -output option specifies one of four formats for the output of SM-CLP
verbs: text, clpcsv, keyword, and clpxml.
The default format is text, and is the most readable output. The clpcsv format is
a comma-separated values format suitable for loading into a spreadsheet
program. The keyword format outputs information as a list of keyword=value
pairs one per line. The clpxml format is an XML document containing a
response XML element. The DMTF has specified the clpcsv and clpxml
formats and their specifications can be found on the DMTF website at
www.dmtf.org.
The following example shows how to output the contents of the SEL in XML:
show -l all -output format=clpxml /system1/sp1/logs1

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

221

iDRAC SM-CLP Examples
The following subsections provide examples for using the SM-CLP to perform
the following operations:
•

Server power management

•

SEL management

•

MAP target navigation

•

Display system properties

•

Setting the iDRAC IP address, subnet mask, and gateway address

For information on the use of the iDRAC SM-CLP interface, see "iDRAC
SMCLP Property Database" on page 347.

Server Power Management
Table 12-4 provides examples of using SM-CLP to perform power management
operations on a managed server.
Table 12-4. Server Power Management Operations
Operation

Syntax

Logging into the
iDRAC using the
SSH interface

>ssh 192.168.0.120
>login: root
>password:

Power down the
server

->stop /system1
system1 has been stopped successfully

Power up the server ->start /system1
from a powered-off system1 has been started successfully
state
Reboot the server

->reset /system1
system1 has been reset successfully

SEL Management
Table 12-5 provides examples of using the SM-CLP to perform SEL-related
operations on the managed system.

222

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

Table 12-5. SEL Management Operations
Operation

Syntax

Viewing the
SEL

->show /system1/sp1/logs1
Targets:
record1
record2
record3
record4
record5
Properties:
Description=IPMI SEL
MaxNumberOfRecords=512
CurrentNumberOfRecords=5
Verbs:
cd
delete
exit
help
show
version

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

223

Table 12-5. SEL Management Operations (continued)
Operation

Syntax

Viewing the
SEL record

->show /system1/sp1/logs1/record4
ufip=/system1/sp1/logs1/log1/record4
Properties:
Caption=Not defined
Description=Backplane Drive 0: drive slot
sensor for Backplane, drive presence was
asserted
ElementName=Not Supported
LogCreationClassName=CIM_RecordLog
LogName=IPMI SEL
CreationClassName=CIM_LogRecord
RecordID=4
MessageTimeStamp=16:37:10,January 13,2007
Verbs:
cd
exit
help
show
version

Clearing the
SEL

->delete /system1/sp1/logs1
All records deleted successfully

MAP Target Navigation
Table 12-6 provides examples of using the cd verb to navigate the MAP. In all
examples, the initial default target is assumed to be /.
Table 12-6. Map Target Navigation Operations
Operation

Syntax

Navigate to the system ->cd system1
target and reboot
->reset

NOTE: The current default target is /.

224

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

Table 12-6. Map Target Navigation Operations (continued)
Operation

Syntax

Navigate to the SEL
target and display the
log records

->cd system1
->cd sp1
->cd logs1
->show
->cd system1/sp1/logs1
->show

Display current target ->cd .
Move up one level

->cd ..

Exiting the shell

->exit

Setting the iDRAC IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address
Using SM-CLP to update the iDRAC network properties is a two-part process:
1 Set new values for the NIC properties at location
/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1:
–

oemdell_nicenable — set to 1 to enable iDRAC networking, 0 to
disable

–

ipaddress — the IP address

–

subnetmask — the subnet mask

–

oemdell_usedhcp — set to 1 to enable using DHCP to set the ipaddress
and subnetmask properties, 0 to set static values

2 Commit the new values by setting the committed property to 1.
Whenever the commit property has the value of 1, the current settings of the
properties are active. When you change any of the properties, the commit
property is reset to 0 to indicate that the values have not been committed.
NOTE: The commit property only affects the properties at the
/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1 MAP location. All other SM-CLP
commands take effect immediately.
NOTE: If you use local RACADM to set the iDRAC network properties, your
changes take affect immediately because local RACADM does not depend upon a
network connection.

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

225

When you commit the changes, the new network settings take effect, which
causes your telnet or ssh session to be terminated. By introducing the commit
step, you can delay the termination of your session until you have completed all
of your SM-CLP commands.
Table 12-7 provides examples of setting the iDRAC properties using SM-CLP.
Table 12-7. Setting iDRAC Networking Properties with SM-CLP
Operation

Syntax

Navigate to the
iDRAC NIC
properties location

->cd
/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1

Set the new IP
address

->set ipaddress=10.10.10.10

Set the subnet mask ->set subnetmask=255.255.255.255
Turn on the DHCP
flag

->set oemdell_usedhcp=1

Enable the NIC

->set oemdell_nicenable=1

Commit the changes ->set committed=1

Updating the iDRAC Firmware Using SM-CLP
To update the iDRAC firmware using SM-CLP, you must know the TFTP URI
for the Dell update package.
Follow these steps to update the firmware using SM-CLP:
1 Log in to the iDRAC using telnet or SSH.
2 Check the current firmware version by entering the following command:
version

226

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

3 Enter the following command:
load -source tftp:///
/system1/sp1
where  is the DNS name or IP address of your TFTP server and
 is the path to the update package on the TFTP server.
Your telnet or SSH session will be terminated. You may need to wait several
minutes for the firmware update to complete.
4 To verify that the new firmware was written, start a new telnet or SSH
session and re-enter the version command again.

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

227

228

Using the iDRAC SM-CLP Command Line Interface

13

Deploying Your Operating System
Using iVM-CLI

The Virtual Media Command Line Interface (iVM-CLI) utility is a commandline interface that provides virtual media features from the management station
to the iDRAC in the remote system. Using iVM-CLI and scripted methods, you
can deploy your operating system on multiple remote systems in your network.
This section provides information on integrating the iVM-CLI utility into your
corporate network.

Before You Begin
Before using the iVM-CLI utility, ensure that your targeted remote systems and
corporate network meet the requirements listed in the following sections.

Remote System Requirements
•

The iDRAC is configured in each remote system.

Network Requirements
A network share must contain the following components:
•

Operating system files

•

Required drivers

•

Operating system boot image file(s)
The image file must be an operating system CD or a CD/DVD ISO image
with an industry-standard, bootable format.

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

229

Creating a Bootable Image File
Before you deploy your image file to the remote systems, ensure that a
supported system can boot from the file. To test the image file, transfer the
image file to a test system using the iDRAC Web user interface and then reboot
the system.
The following sections provide specific information for creating image files for
Linux and Windows systems.

Creating an Image File for Linux Systems
Use the Data Duplicator (dd) utility to create a bootable image file for your
Linux system.
To run the utility, open a command prompt and type the following:
dd if= of=
For example:
dd if=/dev/sdc0 of=mycd.img

Creating an Image File for Windows Systems
When choosing a data replicator utility for Windows image files, select a utility
that copies the image file and the CD/DVD boot sectors.

Preparing for Deployment
Configuring the Remote Systems
1 Create a network share that can be accessed by the management station.
2 Copy the operating system files to the network share.
3 If you have a bootable, preconfigured deployment image file to deploy the
operating system to the remote systems, skip this step.
If you do not have a bootable, preconfigured deployment image file, create
the file. Include any programs and/or scripts used for the operating system
deployment procedures.
For example, to deploy a Microsoft® Windows® operating system, the image
file may include programs that are similar to deployment methods used by
Microsoft Systems Management Server (SMS).
230

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

When you create the image file, do the following:
•

Follow standard network-based installation procedures

•

Mark the deployment image as "read only" to ensure that each target
system boots and executes the same deployment procedure

4 Perform one of the following procedures:
•

Integrate ipmitool and the Virtual Media command line interface (iVMCLI) into your existing operating system deployment application. Use
the sample ivmdeploy script as a guide to using the utility.

•

Use the existing ivmdeploy script to deploy your operating system.

Deploying the Operating System
Use the iVM-CLI utility and the ivmdeploy script included with the utility to
deploy the operating system to your remote systems.
Before you begin, review the sample ivmdeploy script included with the iVMCLI utility. The script shows the detailed steps needed to deploy the operating
system to remote systems in your network.
The following procedure provides a high-level overview for deploying the
operating system on targeted remote systems.
1 List the iDRAC IP addresses of the remote systems that will be deployed in
the ip.txt text file, one IP address per line.
2 Insert a bootable operating system CD or DVD into the client media drive.
3 Run ivmdeploy at the command line.
To run the ivmdeploy script, enter the following command at the command
prompt:
ivmdeploy -r ip.txt -u  -p 
-c { | }
where:
•

 is the iDRAC user name, for example root

•

 is the password for the iDRAC user, for example calvin

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

231

•

 is the path to an ISO9660 image of the operating system
installation CD or DVD

•

 is the path to the device containing the operating system installation
CD or DVD

The ivmdeploy script passes its command line options to the iVMCLI utility.
See "Command Line Options" on page 234 for details about these options. The
script processes the -r option slightly differently than the iVMCLI -r option. If
the argument to the -r option is the name of an existing file, the script reads
iDRAC IP addresses from the specified file and runs the iVMCLI utility once
for each line. If the argument to the -r option is not a filename, then it should be
the address of a single iDRAC. In this case, the -r works as described for the
iVMCLI utility.
The ivmdeploy script supports installation only from a CD/DVD or a CD/DVD
ISO9660 image. If you need to install from a floppy disk or a floppy disk image,
you can modify the script to use the iVMCLI -f option.

Using the Virtual Media Command Line Interface
Utility
The Virtual Media Command Line Interface (iVM-CLI) utility is a scriptable
command-line interface that provides virtual media features from the
management station to the iDRAC.
The iVM-CLI utility provides the following features:
NOTE: When virtualizing read-only image files, multiple sessions may share
the same image media. When virtualizing physical drives, only one session
can access a given physical drive at a time.
•

Removable media devices or image files that are consistent with the Virtual
Media plug-ins

•

Automatic termination when the iDRAC firmware boot once option is
enabled

•

Secure communications to the iDRAC using Secure Sockets Layer (SSL)

Before you run the utility, ensure that you have Virtual Media user privilege to
the iDRAC.

232

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

If your operating system supports Administrator privileges or an operating
system-specific privilege or group membership, Administrator privileges are
also required to run the iVM-CLI command.
The client system’s administrator controls user groups and privileges, thereby
controlling the users who can run the utility.
For Windows systems, you must have Power User privileges to run the iVMCLI utility.
For Linux systems, you can access the iVM-CLI utility without Administrator
privileges by using the sudo command. This command provides a centralized
means of providing non-Administrator access and logs all user commands. To
add or edit users in the iVM-CLI group, the Administrator uses the visudo
command. Users without Administrator privileges can add the sudo command
as a prefix to the iVM-CLI command line (or to the iVM-CLI script) to obtain
access to the iDRAC in the remote system and run the utility.

Installing the iVM-CLI Utility
The iVM-CLI utility is located on the Dell Systems Management Tools and
Documentation DVD, which is included with your Dell OpenManage System
Management Software Kit. To install the utility, insert the Dell Systems
Management Tools and Documentation DVD into your system’s DVD drive and
follow the on-screen instructions.
The Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD contains the latest
systems management software products, including diagnostics, storage
management, remote access service, and the RACADM utility. This DVD also
contains readme files, which provide the latest systems management software
product information.
The Dell Systems Management Tools and Documentation DVD includes
ivmdeploy—a sample script that illustrates how to use the iVM-CLI and
RACADM utilities to deploy software to multiple remote systems.
NOTE: The ivmdeploy script is dependent upon the other files that are present in its
directory when it is installed. If want to use the script from another directory, you
must copy all of the files with it.

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

233

Command Line Options
The iVM-CLI interface is identical on both Windows and Linux systems. The
utility uses options that are consistent with the RACADM utility options. For
example, an option to specify the iDRAC IP address requires the same syntax
for both RACADM and iVM-CLI utilities.
The iVM-CLI command format is as follows:
iVMCLI [parameter] [operating_system_shell_options]
Command-line syntax is case sensitive. See "iVM-CLI Parameters" for more
information.
If the remote system accepts the commands and the iDRAC authorizes the
connection, the command continues to run until either of the following occurs:
•

The iVM-CLI connection terminates for any reason.

•

The process is manually terminated using an operating system control. For
example, in Windows, you can use the Task Manager to terminate the
process.

iVM-CLI Parameters
iDRAC IP Address

-r [:]
This parameter provides the iDRAC IP address and SSL port, which the utility
needs to establish a Virtual Media connection with the target iDRAC. If you
enter an invalid IP address or DDNS name, an error message appears and the
command is terminated.
 is a valid, unique IP address or the iDRAC Dynamic
Domain Naming System (DDNS) name (if supported). If  is
omitted, port 443 (the default port) is used. The optional SSL port is not required
unless you change the iDRAC default SSL port.
iDRAC User Name

-u 
This parameter provides the iDRAC user name that will run Virtual Media.

234

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

The  must have the following attributes:
•

Valid user name

•

iDRAC Virtual Media User permission

If iDRAC authentication fails, an error message appears and the command is
terminated.
iDRAC User Password

-p 
This parameter provides the password for the specified iDRAC user.
If iDRAC authentication fails, an error message displays and the command
terminates.
Floppy/Disk Device or Image File

-f { | }
where  is a valid drive letter (for Windows systems) or a valid
device file name, including the mountable file system partition number, if
applicable (for Linux systems); and  is the filename and path of a
valid image file.
This parameter specifies the device or file to supply the virtual floppy/disk
media.
For example, an image file is specified as:
-f c:\temp\myfloppy.img (Windows system)
-f /tmp/myfloppy.img (Linux system)
If the file is not write-protected, Virtual Media may write to the image file.
Configure the operating system to write-protect a floppy image file that should
not be overwritten.
For example, a device is specified as:
-f a:\ (Windows system)
-f /dev/sdb4 # 4th partition on device /dev/sdb (Linux
system)
If the device provides a write-protection capability, use this capability to ensure
that Virtual Media will not write to the media.

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

235

Omit this parameter from the command line if you are not virtualizing floppy
media. If an invalid value is detected, an error message displays and the
command terminates.
CD/DVD Device or Image File

-c { | }
where  is a valid CD/DVD drive letter (Windows systems) or a
valid CD/DVD device file name (Linux systems) and  is the file
name and path of a valid ISO-9660 image file.
This parameter specifies the device or file that will supply the virtual CD/DVDROM media:
For example, an image file is specified as:
-c c:\temp\mydvd.img (Windows systems)
-c /tmp/mydvd.img (Linux systems)
For example, a device is specified as:
-c d:\ (Windows systems)
-c /dev/cdrom (Linux systems)
Omit this parameter from the command line if you are not virtualizing CD/DVD
media. If an invalid value is detected, an error message is listed and the
command terminates.
Specify at least one media type (floppy or CD/DVD drive) with the command,
unless only switch options are provided. Otherwise, an error message displays
and the command terminates and generates an error.
Version Display

-v
This parameter is used to display the iVM-CLI utility version. If no other nonswitch options are provided, the command terminates without an error message.

236

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

Help Display

-h
This parameter displays a summary of the iVM-CLI utility parameters. If no
other non-switch options are provided, the command terminates without error.
Manual Display

-m
This parameter displays a detailed “man page” for the iVM-CLI utility,
including descriptions of all of the possible options.
Encrypted Data

-e
When this parameter is included in the command line, iVM-CLI will use an
SSL-encrypted channel to transfer data between the management station and the
iDRAC in the remote system. If this parameter is not included in the command
line, the data transfer is not encrypted.

iVM-CLI Operating System Shell Options
The following operating system features can be used in the iVM-CLI command
line:
•

stderr/stdout redirection — Redirects any printed utility output to a file.
For example, using the greater-than character (>) followed by a filename
overwrites the specified file with the printed output of the iVM-CLI utility.
NOTE: The iVM-CLI utility does not read from standard input (stdin). As a
result, stdin redirection is not required.

•

Background execution — By default, the iVM-CLI utility runs in the
foreground. Use the operating system's command shell features to cause the
utility to run in the background. For example, under a Linux operating
system, the ampersand character (&) following the command causes the
program to be spawned as a new background process.

The latter technique is useful in script programs, as it allows the script to
proceed after a new process is started for the iVM-CLI command (otherwise, the
script would block until the iVM-CLI program is terminated). When multiple

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

237

iVM-CLI instances are started in this way, and one or more of the command
instances must be manually terminated, use the operating system-specific
facilities for listing and terminating processes.
iVM-CLI Return Codes

0 = No error
1 = Unable to connect
2 = iVM-CLI command line error
3 = RAC firmware connection dropped
English-only text messages are also issued to standard error output whenever
errors are encountered.

238

Deploying Your Operating System Using iVM-CLI

14

Using the iDRAC Configuration
Utility
Overview

The iDRAC Configuration Utility is a pre-boot configuration environment that
allows you to view and set parameters for the iDRAC and for the managed
server. Specifically, you can:
•

View the firmware revision numbers for the iDRAC and Primary Backplane
firmware

•

Configure, enable, or disable the iDRAC local area network

•

Enable or disable IPMI over LAN

•

Enable a LAN Platform Event Trap (PET) destination

•

Attach or detach the Virtual Media devices

•

Change the administrative username and password

•

Reset the iDRAC configuration to the factory defaults

•

View System Event Log (SEL) messages or clear messages from the log

The tasks you can perform using iDRAC configuration utility can also be
performed using other utilities provided by the iDRAC or OpenManage
software, including the Web interface, the SM-CLP command line interface, the
local RACADM command line interface and, in the case of basic network
configuration, at the CMC LCD during initial CMC configuration.

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

239

Starting the iDRAC Configuration Utility
You must use an iKVM-connected console to access the iDRAC Configuration
Utility initially or after a resetting the iDRAC to the default settings.
1 At the keyboard connected to the iKVM console, press  to
display the iKVM On Screen Configuration and Reporting (OSCAR) menu.
Use  and  to highlight the slot containing your
server, then press .
2 Turn on or restart the server by pressing the power button on the front of the
server.
3 When you see the Press  for Remote Access Setup within
5 sec..... message, immediately press .
NOTE: If your operating system begins to load before you press , allow
the system to finish booting, then restart your server and try again.
The iDRAC Configuration Utility displays. The first two lines provide
information about the iDRAC firmware and primary backplane firmware
revisions. The revision levels can be useful in determining whether a firmware
upgrade is needed.
The iDRAC firmware is the portion of the firmware concerned with external
interfaces, such as the Web interface, SM-CLP, and Web interfaces. The primary
backplane firmware is the portion of the firmware that interfaces with and
monitors the server hardware environment.

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility
Beneath the firmware revision messages, the remainder of the iDRAC
Configuration Utility is a menu of items that you can access by using
 and .

240

•

If a menu item leads to a submenu or an editable text field, press  to
access the item and  to leave it when you have finished configuring it.

•

If an item has selectable values, such as Yes/No or Enabled/Disabled, press
, , or  to choose a value.

•

If an item is not editable, it appears in blue. Some items become editable
depending upon other selections you make.

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

•

The bottom line of the screen displays instructions for the current item. You
can press  to display help for the current item.

•

When you have finished using the iDRAC Configuration Utility, press 
to view the exit menu, where you can choose to save or discard your changes
or return to the utility.

The following sections describe the iDRAC Configuration Utility menu items.

LAN
Use , , and the spacebar to select between Enabled
and Disabled.
The iDRAC LAN is disabled in the default configuration. The LAN must be
enabled to permit use of iDRAC facilities, such as the Web interface, telnet/SSH
access to the SM-CLP command line interface, console redirection, and virtual
media.
If you choose to disable the LAN the following warning is displayed:
iDRAC Out-of-Band interface will be disabled if the
LAN Channel is OFF.
Press any key to clear the message and continue.
The message informs you that in addition to facilities that you access by
connecting to the iDRAC HTTP, HTTPS, telnet or SSH ports directly, out-ofband management network traffic, such as IPMI messages sent to the iDRAC
from a management station, are not received when the LAN is disabled. The
local RACADM interface remains available and can be used to reconfigure the
iDRAC LAN.

IPMI Over LAN (On/Off)
Press ,  and the spacebar to choose between On
and Off. When Off is selected, the iDRAC will not accept IPMI messages
arriving over the LAN interface.
If you choose Off, the following warning is displayed:
iDRAC Out-of-Band interface will be disabled if the
LAN Channel is OFF.
Press any key to clear the message and continue. See "LAN" on page 241 for an
explanation of the message.
Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

241

LAN Parameters
Press  to display the LAN Parameters submenu. When you have
finished configuring the LAN parameters, press  to return to the previous
menu.
Table 14-1. LAN Parameters
Item

Description

RMCP+ Encryption Press  to edit the value,  when finished. The
Key
RMCP+ Encryption key is a 40-character hexadecimal string
(characters 0-9, a-f, and A-F). RMCP+ is an IPMI extension that
adds authentication and encryption to IPMI. The default value is
a string of 40 0s.
IP Address Source

Select between DHCP and Static. When DHCP is selected, the
Ethernet IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Default Gateway
fields are obtained from a DHCP server. If no DHCP server is
found on the network, the fields are set to zeros.
When Static is selected, the Ethernet IP Address, Subnet
Mask, and Default Gateway items become editable.

Ethernet IP
Address

If the IP Address Source is set to DHCP, this field displays the
IP address obtained from DHCP.
If the IP Address Source is set to Static, enter the IP address you
wish to assign to the iDRAC.
The default is 192.168.0.120 plus the number of the slot
containing the server.

MAC Address

This is the non-editable MAC address of the iDRAC network
interface.

Subnet Mask

If the IP Address Source is set to DHCP, this field displays the
subnet mask address obtained from DHCP.
If the IP Address Source is set to Static, enter the subnet mask
for the iDRAC.
The default is 255.255.255.0.

242

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

Table 14-1. LAN Parameters (continued)
Item

Description

Default Gateway

If the IP Address Source is set to DHCP, this field displays the
IP address of the default gateway obtained from DHCP.
If the IP Address Source is set to Static, enter the IP address of
the default gateway.
The default is 192.168.0.1.

LAN Alert Enabled Select On to enable the Platform Event Trap (PET) LAN alert.
Alert Policy Entry 1 Select Enable or Disable to activate the first alert destination.
Alert Destination 1 Enter the IP address where PET LAN alerts will be forwarded.
Host Name String

Press  to edit. Enter the name of the host for PET alerts.

DNS Servers from
DHCP

Select On to retrieve DNS server addresses from a DHCP service
on the network. Select Off to specify the DNS server addresses
below.

DNS Server 1

If DNS Servers from DHCP is Off, enter the IP address of the
first DNS server.

DNS Server 2

If DNS Servers from DHCP is Off, enter the IP address of the
second DNS server.

Register iDRAC
Name

Select On to register the iDRAC name in the DNS service. Select
Off if you do not want users to be able to find the iDRAC name
in DNS.

iDRAC Name

If Register iDRAC Name is set to On, press  to edit the
Current DNS iDRAC Name text field. Press  when you
have finished editing the iDRAC name. Press  to return to
the previous menu. The iDRAC name must be a valid DNS host
name.

Domain Name from Select On if you want to obtain the domain name from a DHCP
DHCP
service on the network. Select Off if you want to specify the
domain name.
Domain Name

If Domain Name from DHCP is Off, press  to edit the
Current Domain Name text field. Press  when you have
finished editing. Press  to return to the previous menu. The
domain name must be a valid DNS domain, for example
mycompany.com.

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

243

Virtual Media
Use  and  to select Attached or Detached. When
you select Attached, the virtual media devices are attached to the USB bus,
making them available for use during Console Redirection sessions.
If you select Detached, users cannot access virtual media devices during
Console Redirection sessions.
NOTE: To use a USB Flash Drive with the Virtual Media feature, the USB Flash
Drive Emulation Type must be set to Hard disk in the BIOS Setup Utility. The BIOS
Setup Utility is accessed by pressing  during server start-up. If the USB Flash
Drive Emulation Type is set to Auto, the Flash Drive will appear as a floppy drive to
the system.

LAN User Configuration
The LAN user is the iDRAC Administrator account, which is root by default.
Press  to display the LAN User Configuration submenu. When you have
finished configuring the LAN user, press  to return to the previous menu.
Table 14-2. Lan User Configuration Page
Item

Description

Account Access

Select Enabled to enable the Administrator account. Select
Disabled to disable the Administrator account.

Account Privilege

Select between Admin, User, Operator, and No Access.

Account User Name Press  to edit the user name and press  when you
have finished. The default user name is root.
Enter Password

Type the new password for the Administrator account. The
characters are not echoed on the display as you type them.

Confirm Password

Retype the new password for the Administrator account. If the
characters you enter do not match the characters you entered in
the Enter Password field, a message is displayed and you must
re-enter the password.

244

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

Reset to Default
Use the Reset to Default menu item to reset all of the iDRAC configuration
items to the factory defaults. This may be required, for example, if you have
forgotten the administrative user password or if you want to reconfigure the
iDRAC from the default settings.
NOTE: In the default configuration, the iDRAC networking is disabled. You cannot
reconfigure the iDRAC over the network until you have enabled the iDRAC network
in the iDRAC Configuration Utility.
Press  to select the item. The following warning message appears:
Resetting to factory defaults will restore remote NonVolatile user settings. Continue?
< NO (Cancel)

>

< YES (Continue) >
Select YES and press  to reset the iDRAC to the defaults.

System Event Log Menu
The System Event Log Menu allows you to view System Event Log (SEL)
messages and to clear the log messages. Press  to display the System
Event Log Menu. The system counts the log entries and then displays the total
number of records and the most recent message. The SEL retains a maximum of
512 messages.
To view SEL messages, select View System Event Log and press . Use
 to move to the previous (older) message and  to
move to the next (newer) message. Enter a record number to jump to that record.
Press  when you are through viewing SEL messages.
NOTE: You can only clear the SEL in the iDRAC Configuration Utility or in the iDRAC
Web interface.
To clear the SEL, select Clear the System Event Log and press .
When you have finished with the SEL menu, press  to return to the
previous menu.

Exiting the iDRAC Configuration Utility
When you have finished making changes to the iDRAC configuration, press the
 key to display the Exit menu.
Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

245

Select Save Changes and Exit and press  to retain your changes.
Select Discard Changes and Exit and press  to ignore any changes you
made.
Select Return to Setup and press  to return to the iDRAC
Configuration Utility.

246

Using the iDRAC Configuration Utility

15

Recovering and Troubleshooting the
Managed Server

This section explains how to perform tasks related to diagnosing and
troubleshooting a remote managed server using the iDRAC facilities. It contains
the following subsections:
•

Trouble Indications — helps you to find messages and other system
indications that can lead to a diagnosis of the problem

•

Problem-solving tools — describes iDRAC tools that you can use to
troubleshoot your system

•

Troubleshooting and frequently asked questions — answers to typical
situations you may encounter

Safety First–For You and Your System
To perform certain procedures in this section, you must work with the chassis,
the PowerEdge server, or other hardware modules. Do not attempt to service the
system hardware except as explained in this guide and elsewhere in your system
documentation.
CAUTION: Many repairs may only be done by a certified service technician. You
should only perform troubleshooting and simple repairs as authorized in your
product documentation, or as directed by online or telephone service and support
team. Damage due to servicing that is not authorized by Dell is not covered by your
warranty. Read and follow the safety instructions that came with the product.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

247

Trouble Indicators
This section describes indications that there may be a problem with your system.

LED Indicators
The initial indication of system trouble may be the LEDs on the chassis or
components installed in the chassis. The following components and modules
have status LEDs:
•

Chassis LCD display

•

Servers

•

Fans

•

CMCs

•

I/O modules

•

Power supplies

The single LED on the chassis LCD summarizes the status of all of the
components in the system. A solid blue LED on the LCD indicates that no fault
conditions have been detected in the system. A blinking amber LED on the LCD
indicates that one or more fault conditions have been detected.
If the chassis LCD has a blinking amber LED, you can use the LCD menu to
locate the component that has a fault. See the Dell CMC Firmware User Guide
for help using the LCD.
Table 15-1 describes the meanings of the LED on the PowerEdge Server:
Table 15-1. Server LED Indicators
LED indicator

Meaning

solid green

The server is powered on. Absence of the green LED means the
server is not powered on.

solid blue

The iDRAC is healthy.

flashing amber

The iDRAC has detected a fault condition or may be in the process
of updating firmware.

flashing blue

A user has activated the locator ID for this server.

248

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Hardware Trouble Indicators
Indications that a module has a hardware problem include the following:
•

Failure to power up

•

Noisy fans

•

Loss of network connectivity

•

Battery, temperature, voltage, or power monitoring sensor alerts

•

Hard drive failures

•

USB media failure

•

Physical damage caused by dropping, water, or other external stress

When these kinds of problems occur, you can try to correct the problem using
these strategies:
•

Reseat the module and restart it

•

Try inserting the module into a different bay in the chassis

•

Try replacing hard drives or USB keys

•

Reconnect or replace the power and network cables

If these steps do not correct the problem, consult the Hardware Owner’s Manual
for specific troubleshooting information for the hardware device.

Other Trouble Indicators
Table 15-2. Trouble Indicators
Look for:

Action:

Alert messages from the systems
management software

See the systems management software
documentation.

Messages in the System Event Log

See "Checking the System Event Log
(SEL)" on page 251.

Messages in the start-up POST codes

See "Checking the Post Codes" on
page 252.

Messages on the last crash screen

See "Viewing the Last System Crash
Screen" on page 252.

Alert Messages on the Server Status
Screen in the LCD

See "Checking the Server Status Screen for
Error Messages" on page 254.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

249

Table 15-2. Trouble Indicators
Look for:

Action:

Messages in the iDRAC Log

See "Viewing the iDRAC Log" on
page 262.

Problem Solving Tools
This section describes iDRAC facilities you can use to diagnose problems with
your system, especially when you are trying to solve problems remotely.
•

Checking the system health

•

Checking the System Event Log for error messages

•

Checking the POST codes

•

Viewing the last crash screen

•

Checking the Server Status Screen on the LCD for Error Messages

•

Viewing the iDRAC log

•

Accessing system information

•

Identifying the managed server in the chassis

•

Using the diagnostics console

•

Managing power on a remote system

Checking the System Health
When you log in to the iDRAC Web interface, the first page displayed describes
the health of the system components. Table 15-3 describes the meaning of the
system health indicators.
Table 15-3. System Health Indicators
Indicator Description
A green check mark indicates a healthy (normal) status condition.
A yellow triangle containing an exclamation point indicates a warning
(noncritical) status condition.
A red X indicates a critical (failure) status condition.
A question mark icon indicates that the status is unknown.

250

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Click any component on the Health page to see information about the
component. Sensor readings are displayed for batteries, temperatures, voltages,
and power monitoring, helping to diagnose some types of problems. The
iDRAC and CMC information pages provide useful current status and
configuration information.

Checking the System Event Log (SEL)
The SEL Log page displays messages for events that occur on the managed
server.
To view the System Event Log, perform the following steps:
1 Click System and then click the Logs tab.
2 Click System Event Log to display the System Event Log page.
The System Event Log page displays a system health indicator (see
Table 15-3), a time stamp, and a description of the event.
3 Click the appropriate System Event Log page button to continue (see
Table 15-4).
Table 15-4. SEL Page Buttons
Button

Action

Print

Prints the SEL in the sort order that it appears in the window.

Clear
Log

Clears the SEL.

Save As

Opens a pop-up window that enables you to save the SEL to a directory of
your choice.

NOTE: The Clear Log button appears only if you have Clear Logs permission.

NOTE: If you are using Internet Explorer and encounter a problem when
saving, be sure to download the Cumulative Security Update for Internet
Explorer, located on the Microsoft® Support website at
support.microsoft.com.
Refresh

Reloads the SEL page.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

251

Checking the Post Codes
The Post Codes page displays the last system post code prior to booting the
operating system. Post codes are progress indicators from the system BIOS,
indicating various stages of the boot sequence from Power on Reset, and allow
you to diagnose any faults related to system boot-up.
NOTE: View the text for POST code message numbers in the LCD display or in the
Hardware Owner’s Manual.
To view the Post Codes, perform the following steps:
1 Click System, the Logs tab, and then Post Codes.
The Post Codes page displays a system health indicator (see Table 15-3), a
hexadecimal code, and a description of the code.
2 Click the appropriate Post Code page button to continue (see Table 15-5).
Table 15-5. Post Code Buttons
Button

Action

Print

Prints the Post Codes page.

Refresh

Reloads the Post Codes page.

Viewing the Last System Crash Screen
NOTE: The last crash screen feature must be configured in the Server
Administrator and in the iDRAC Web interface. See "Configuring the Managed
Server to Capture the Last Crash Screen" on page 66 for instructions on configuring
this feature.

The Last Crash Screen page displays the most recent crash screen, which
includes information about the events that occurred before the system crash. The
last system crash image is saved in the iDRAC persistent store and is remotely
accessible.
To view the Last Crash Screen page, perform the following steps:
•

Click System, the Logs tab, and then Last Crash.

The Last Crash Screen page provides the buttons shown in Table 15-6:
NOTE: The Save and Delete buttons do not appear if there is no saved crash
screen.

252

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-6. Last Crash Screen Page Buttons
Button

Action

Print

Prints the Last Crash Screen page.

Save

Opens a pop-up window that enables you to save the Last Crash Screen page
to a directory of your choice.

Delete

Deletes the Last Crash Screen page.

Refresh Reloads the Last Crash Screen page.

NOTE: Due to fluctuations in the Auto Recovery timer, the Last Crash Screen may
not be captured when the System Reset Timer is configured with a value that is too
high. The default setting is 480 seconds. Use Server Administrator or IT Assistant to
set the System Reset Timer to 60 seconds and ensure that the Last Crash Screen
functions properly. See "Configuring the Managed Server to Capture the Last Crash
Screen" on page 66 for additional information.

Viewing the Most Recent Boot Sequences
If you experience boot problems, you can view the screen activity of what
happened during the last three boot sequences from the Boot Capture page.
Playback of the boot screens occurs at a rate of 1 frame per second. Table 15-7
lists the control actions available.
NOTE: You must have Administrator privileges to view playback of the Boot
Capture sequences.
Table 15-7. Boot Capture Options
Button/Option

Description

Select the boot
sequence

Allows you to select the boot sequence to load and play.
• Boot Capture 1 — Loads the most recent boot sequence.
• Boot Capture 2 — Loads the (second most recent) boot sequence
that occurred prior to Boot Capture 1.
• Boot Capture 3 — Loads the (third most recent) boot sequence
that occurred prior to Boot Capture 2.

Save As

Creates a compressed .zip file that contains all boot capture
images of the current sequence. The user must have
Administrator privileges to perform this action.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

253

Table 15-7. Boot Capture Options
Button/Option

Description

Previous Screen

Takes you to previous screen, if any, in the replay console.

Play

Starts the screenplay from current screen in the replay console.

Pause

Pauses the screenplay on the current screen being displayed in the
replay console.

Stop

Stops the screenplay and loads the first screen of that boot
sequence.

Next Screen

Takes you to next screen, if any, in the replay console.

Print

Prints the Boot Capture image that appears on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Boot Capture page.

Checking the Server Status Screen for Error Messages
When a flashing amber LED is lit, and a particular server has an error, the main
Server Status Screen on the LCD will highlight the affected server in orange.
Use the LCD navigation buttons to highlight the affected server, then click the
center button. Error and warning messages will be displayed on the second line.
The following table lists all of the error messages and their severity.
Table 15-8. Server Status Screen
Severity

Message

Cause

Warning

System Board Ambient Temp:
Temperature sensor for System
Board, warning event

Server Ambient
temperature crossed a
warning threshold

Critical

System Board Ambient Temp:
Temperature sensor for System
Board, failure event

Server Ambient
temperature crossed a
failure threshold

Critical

System Board CMOS Battery:
CMOS battery is not
Battery sensor for System Board, present or has no voltage
failed was asserted

Warning

System Board System Level:
Current crossed a
Current sensor for System Board, warning threshold
warning event

254

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Cause

Critical

System Board System Level:
Current crossed a failure
Current sensor for System Board, threshold
failure event

Critical

CPU : Voltage sensor for
CPU, state asserted
was asserted

Critical

System Board : Voltage sensor for
System Board, state asserted was
asserted

Critical

CPU : Voltage sensor for
CPU, state asserted
was asserted

Critical

CPU Status: Processor CPU failure
sensor for CPU Status: Processor CPU overheated
sensor for CPU,
thermal tripped was asserted

Critical

CPU Status: Processor Incorrect processor type
sensor for CPU Status: Processor Required CPU is missing
sensor for CPU,
or not present
presence was deasserted

Critical

Required module was
System Board Video Riser:
Module sensor for System Board, removed
device removed was asserted

Critical

Incorrect Mezzanine card
Mezz B Status:
installed for IO fabric
Add-in Card sensor for Mezz
B, install error was
asserted

Critical

Mezz C Status:
Incorrect Mezzanine card
Add-in Card sensor for Mezz
installed for I/O fabric
C, install error was
asserted

Voltage out of range

Voltage out of range

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

255

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Critical

Backplane Drive :
Storage Drive was
Drive Slot sensor for Backplane, removed
drive removed

Critical

Backplane Drive :
Storage Drive failed
Drive Slot sensor for Backplane,
drive fault was asserted

Critical

System Board PFault Fail Safe: This event is generated
Voltage sensor for System Board, when the system board
state asserted was asserted
voltages are not at normal
levels.

Critical

System Board OS Watchdog:
Watchdog sensor for System
Board, timer expired was
asserted

The iDRAC watchdog
timer expired and no
action is set.

Critical

System Board OS Watchdog:
Watchdog sensor for System
Board, reboot was asserted

The iDRAC watchdog
detected that the system
has crashed (timer
expired because no
response was received
from Host) and the action
is set to reboot.

Critical

System Board OS Watchdog:
Watchdog sensor for System
Board, power off was asserted

The iDRAC watchdog
detected that the system
has crashed (timer
expired because no
response was received
from Host) and the action
is set to power off.

Critical

System Board OS Watchdog:
The iDRAC watchdog
Watchdog sensor for System
detected that the system
Board, power cycle was asserted has crashed (timer
expired because no
response was received
from Host) and the action
is set to power cycle.

Critical

System Board SEL: Event Log
The SEL device detects
sensor for System Board, log full that only one entry can be
was asserted
added to the SEL before it
is full .

256

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Cause

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Cause

Warning

ECC Corr Err: Memory sensor,
correctable ECC (  ) was asserted

Correctable ECC errors
reached a critical rate.

Critical

ECC Uncorr Err: Memory
sensor, uncorrectable ECC
(  ) was
asserted

An uncorrectable ECC
error was detected.

Critical

I/O Channel Chk: Critical Event
sensor, I/O channel check NMI
was asserted

A critical interrupt is
generated in the I/O
Channel.

Critical

PCI Parity Err: Critical Event
sensor, PCI PERR was asserted

Parity error was detected
on the PCI bus.

Critical

PCI System Err: Critical Event
PCI error detected by
sensor, PCI SERR ( ) was
asserted

Critical

SBE Log Disabled: Event Log
Single bit error logging is
sensor, correctable memory error disabled when too many
logging disabled was asserted
SBE get logged

Critical

Logging Disabled: Event Log
All error logging is
sensor, all event logging disabled disabled
was asserted

Non-Recoverable

CPU Protocol Err: Processor
sensor, transition to nonrecoverable was asserted

The processor protocol
entered a non-recoverable
state.

Non-Recoverable

CPU Bus PERR: Processor
sensor, transition to nonrecoverable was asserted

The processor bus PERR
entered a non-recoverable
state.

Non-Recoverable

CPU Init Err: Processor sensor, The processor
transition to non-recoverable was initialization entered a
asserted
non-recoverable state.

Non-Recoverable

CPU Machine Chk: Processor
sensor, transition to nonrecoverable was asserted

The processor machine
check entered a nonrecoverable state.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

257

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Critical

Memory Spared: Memory sensor, Memory spare is no
redundancy lost
longer redundant.
(  ) was
asserted

Critical

Memory Mirrored: Memory
sensor, redundancy lost
(  ) was
asserted

Critical

Memory RAID: Memory sensor, RAID Memory is no
redundancy lost (  ) was asserted

Warning

Memory Added: Memory sensor, Added memory module
presence (  ) was removed.
was deasserted

Warning

Memory Removed: Memory
sensor, presence (  ) was deasserted

Memory module was
removed.

Critical

Memory Cfg Err: Memory
sensor, configuration error
(  ) was
asserted

Memory configuration is
incorrect for the system.

Warning

Mem Redun Gain: Memory
sensor, redundancy degraded
(  ) was
asserted

Memory redundancy is
downgraded but not lost

Critical

PCIE Fatal Err: Critical Event
sensor, bus fatal error was
asserted

Fatal error is detected on
the PCIE bus.

Critical

Chipset Err: Critical Event
sensor, PCI PERR was asserted

Chip error is detected.

Warning

Mem ECC Warning: Memory
sensor, transition to non-critical
from OK ( )
was asserted

Correctable ECC errors
have increased from a
normal rate.

Critical

Mem ECC Warning: Memory
Correctable ECC errors
sensor, transition to critical from have reached a critical
less severe (  ) rate.
was asserted

258

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Cause

Mirrored Memory is no
longer redundant

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Cause

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, No
memory installed

No memory detected on
board

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor,
Memory configuration error

Memory detected but is
not configurable

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor,
Unusable memory error

Memory configured but
not usable

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, Shadow System BIOS shadow
BIOS failed
failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, CMOS CMOS failure
failed

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, DMA
controller failed

DMA controller failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor,
Interrupt controller failed

Interrupt controller
failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, Timer
refresh failed

Timer refresh failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor,
Programmable interval timer
error

Programmable interval
timer error

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, Parity
error

Parity error

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, SIO
failed

SIO failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor,
Keyboard controller failed

Keyboard controller
failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, System System Management
management interrupt
Interrupt initialization
initialization failed
failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, BIOS
shutdown test failed

BIOS shutdown test
failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, BIOS
POST memory test failed

BIOS POST memory test
failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, Dell
remote access controller
configuration failed

Dell Remote Access
Controller configuration
failure

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

259

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Cause

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, CPU
configuration failed

CPU configuration failure

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor,
Incorrect memory configuration

Incorrect memory
configuration

Critical

POST Err: POST sensor, POST
failure

General failure after
video

Critical

Hdwar version err: Version
Change sensor, hardware
incompatibility was asserted

Incompatible hardware
was detected

Critical

Hardware is incompatible
Hdwar version err: Version
with the firmware
Change sensor, hardware
incompatibility (BMC firmware)
was asserted

Critical

Hdwar version err: Version
CPU and firmware not
Change sensor, hardware
compatible
incompatibility (BMC firmware
and CPU mismatch) was asserted

Critical

Mem Overtemp: Memory sensor, Memory module
correctable ECC  was asserted

Critical

Mem Fatal SB CRC: Memory
sensor, uncorrectable ECC was
asserted

South bridge memory
failed

Critical

Mem Fatal NB CRC: Memory
sensor, uncorrectable ECC was
asserted

North bridge memory
failed

Critical

WatchDog Timer: Watchdog
sensor, reboot was asserted

Watch dog timer caused
system to reboot

Critical

WatchDog Timer: Watchdog
sensor, timer expired was
asserted

Watch dog timer expired
but no action taken

Warning

Link Tuning: Version Change
sensor, successful software or
F/W change was deasserted

Failed to update link
tuning setting for proper
NIC operation

260

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-8. Server Status Screen (continued)
Severity

Message

Cause

Warning

Link Tuning: Version Change
sensor, successful hardware
change 
was deasserted

Failed to update link
tuning setting for proper
NIC operation

Critical

LinkT/FlexAddr: Link Tuning
sensor, failed to program virtual
MAC address (Bus # Device #
Function #) was asserted

Flex address could not be
programmed for this
device

Critical

LinkT/FlexAddr: Link Tuning
Option ROM does not
sensor, device option ROM failed support Flex address or
linking tuning.
to support link tuning or flex
address (Mezz ) was
asserted

Critical

LinkT/FlexAddr: Link Tuning
sensor, failed to get link tuning or
flex address data from
BMC/iDRAC was asserted

Failed to obtain linking
tuning or Flex address
information from
BMC/iDRAC

Critical

LinkT/FlexAddr: Link Tuning
sensor, device option ROM failed
to support link tuning or flex
address (Mezz XX) was asserted

This event is generated
when the PCI device
Option ROM for a NIC
does not support link
tuning or the Flex
addressing feature.

Critical

LinkT/FlexAddr: Link Tuning
sensor, failed to program the
virtual MAC address
() was asserted

This event is generated
when the BIOS fails to
program the virtual MAC
address on the given NIC
device.

Critical

I/O Fatal Err: Fatal IO Group
sensor, fatal IO error
()

This event is generated in
association with a CPU
IERR and indicates which
device caused the CPU
IERR.

Warning

PCIE NonFatal Er: Non Fatal I/O This event is generated in
Group sensor, PCIe error
association with a CPU
()
IERR.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

261

Viewing the iDRAC Log
The iDRAC Log is a persistent log maintained in the iDRAC firmware. The log
contains a list of user actions (such as log in, log out, and security policy
changes) and alerts issued by the iDRAC. The oldest entries are overwritten
when the log becomes full.
Where the System Event Log (SEL) contains records of events that occur in the
managed server, the iDRAC log contains records of events that occur in the
iDRAC.
To access the iDRAC Log, perform the following steps:
•

Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC and then click iDRAC Log.

The iDRAC Log provides the information in Table 15-9.
Table 15-9. iDRAC Log Page Information
Field

Description

Date/Time

The date and time (for example, Dec 19 16:55:47).
The iDRAC sets its clock from the managed server’s clock. When the
iDRAC initially starts and is unable to communicate with the managed
server, the time is displayed as the string System Boot.
The interface that caused the event.

Source

Description A brief description of the event and the user name that logged into the
iDRAC.

Using the iDRAC Log Page Buttons

The iDRAC Log page provides the following buttons (see Table 15-10).
Table 15-10. iDRAC Log Buttons
Button

Action

Print

Prints the iDRAC Log page.

Clear Log

Clears the iDRAC Log entries.

NOTE: The Clear Log button only appears if you have Clear Logs
permission.

262

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-10. iDRAC Log Buttons (continued)
Button

Action

Save As

Opens a pop-up window that enables you to save the iDRAC Log to a
directory of your choice.

NOTE: If you are using Internet Explorer and encounter a problem when
saving, be sure to download the Cumulative Security Update for Internet
Explorer, located on the Microsoft Support website at
support.microsoft.com.
Refresh

Reloads the iDRAC Log page.

Viewing System Information
The System Summary page displays information about the following system
components:
•

Main System enclosure

•

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller

To access the system information, click System→ Properties.
Main System enclosure

Table 15-11 and Table 15-12 describe the main system enclosure properties.
Table 15-11. System Information Fields
Field

Description

Description

Provides a system description.

BIOS Version

Lists the system BIOS version.

Service Tag

Lists the system Service Tag number.

Host Name

Provides the host system’s name.

OS Name

Lists the operating system running on the system.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

263

Table 15-12. Auto Recovery Fields
Field

Description

Recovery Action

When a system hang is detected, the iDRAC can be configured to
perform one of the following actions: No Action, Hard Reset,
Power Down, or Power Cycle.

Initial Countdown

The number of seconds after a system hang is detected at which
the iDRAC will perform a Recovery Action.

Present Countdown The current value, in seconds, of the countdown timer.

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller

Table 15-13 describes the iDRAC properties.
Table 15-13. iDRAC Information Fields
Field

Description

Date/Time

Provides the current date and time on the iDRAC in GMT.

Firmware Version

Lists the version of the iDRAC firmware.

Firmware Updated Lists the date the firmware was last updated. The date is displayed
in UTC format, for example: Tue, 8 May 2007, 22:18:21 UTC.
IP Address

The 32-bit address that identifies the network interface. The value
is displayed in a dot separated format, such as 192.168.154.127.

Gateway

The IP Address of the gateway that acts as a bridge to other
networks. This value is in a dot separated format, such as
192.168.150.5.

Subnet Mask

The subnet mask identifies the parts of the IP Address that make
up the Extended Network Prefix and the Host Number. The value
is displayed in a dot separated format, such as 255.255.0.0.

MAC Address

The Media Access Control (MAC) Address that uniquely
identifies each NIC in a network, for example 00-00-0c-ac-08.
This is a Dell-assigned ID and cannot be edited.

DHCP Enabled

Enabled indicates that the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
(DHCP) is enabled.
Disabled indicates that DHCP is not enabled.

264

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Identifying the Managed Server in the Chassis
The PowerEdge M1000e chassis holds up to sixteen servers. To locate a specific
server in the chassis, you can use the iDRAC Web interface to turn on a blue
flashing LED on the server. When you turn on the LED, you can specify the
number of seconds that you want the LED to flash to ensure that you can reach
the chassis while the LED is still flashing. Entering 0 leaves the LED flashing
until you disable it.
To identify the server:
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC→ Troubleshooting.
2 On the Identify page, check the value box next to Identify Server.
3 In the Identify Server Timeout field, enter the number of seconds that you
want the LED to blink. Enter 0 if you want the LED to remain flashing until
you disable it.
4 Click Apply.
A blue LED on the server will flash for the number of seconds you specified.
If you entered 0 leave the LED flashing, follow these steps to disable it:
1 Click System→ Remote Access→ iDRAC→ Troubleshooting.
2 On the Identify page, uncheck the value box next to Identify Server.
3 Click Apply.

Using the Diagnostics Console
The iDRAC provides a standard set of network diagnostic tools (see
Table 15-14) that are similar to the tools included with Microsoft® Windows®
or Linux-based systems. Using the iDRAC Web interface, you can access the
network debugging tools.
To access the Diagnostics Console page, perform the following steps:
1 Click System→ iDRAC→ Troubleshooting.
2 Click the Diagnostics tab.
Table 15-14 describes the commands that can be entered on the Diagnostics
Console page. Type a command and click Submit. The debugging results
appear in the Diagnostics Console page.
Click the Clear button to clear the results displayed by the previous command.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

265

To refresh the Diagnostics Console page, click Refresh.
Table 15-14. Diagnostic Commands
Command

Description

arp

Displays the contents of the Address Resolution Protocol
(ARP) table. ARP entries may not be added or deleted.

ifconfig

Displays the contents of the network interface table.

netstat

Prints the content of the routing table.

ping 

Verifies that the destination IP address is reachable from the
iDRAC with the current routing-table contents. A destination
IP address must be entered in the field to the right of this
option. An Internet control message protocol (ICMP) echo
packet is sent to the destination IP address based on the current
routing-table contents.

gettracelog

Displays the iDRAC trace log. See "gettracelog" on page 294
for more information.

Managing Power on a Remote System
The iDRAC enables you to remotely perform several power management
actions on the managed server. Use the Power Management page to perform an
orderly shutdown through the operating system when rebooting and powering
on and off.
NOTE: You must have Execute Server Action Commands permission to perform
power management actions. See "Adding and Configuring iDRAC Users" on page 80
for help configuring user permissions.
1 Click System, then click the Power Management tab.
2 Select a Power Control Action, for example Reset System (warm boot).
Table 15-15 provides information about Power Control Actions.
3 Click Apply to perform the selected action.
4 Click the appropriate button to continue. See Table 15-15.
Table 15-15. Power Control Actions
Power On
System

266

Turns on the system power (equivalent to pressing the power button
when the system power is off).

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-15. Power Control Actions (continued)
Powers Off
System

Turns off the system power (equivalent to pressing the power button
when the system power is on).

NMI (NonMasking
Interrupt)

Sends a high-level interrupt to the operating system, which causes the
system to halt operation to allow for critical diagnostic or
troubleshooting activities.

Graceful
Shutdown

Attempts to cleanly shut down the operating system, then powers off
the system. It requires an ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power
Interface) aware operating system, which allows for system directed
power management.

Reset System
(warm boot)

Reboots the system without powering off (warm boot).

Power Cycle
System

Powers off, then reboots the system (cold boot).

NOTE: A graceful shutdown of the server operating system may not be possible if
the server software stops responding or if an administrator is not logged in at the
local console of a Windows 2000 Server or newer system. In these cases, you must
specify a forced shutdown instead of a graceful shutdown due to the Windows
security design. Windows Server 2003 and newer contains a group policy security
setting to allow graceful shutdowns without Administrator login. Consult Microsoft
documentation for the local computer policy “Shutdown: Allow system to be shut
down without having to login.”
Table 15-16. Power Management Page Buttons
Button

Action

Print

Prints the Power Management values that appear on the screen.

Refresh

Reloads the Power Management page.

Apply

Saves any new settings that you make while viewing the Power
Management page.

Troubleshooting and Frequently Asked Questions
Table 15-17 contains frequently asked questions about troubleshooting issues.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

267

Table 15-17. Frequently Asked Questions/Troubleshooting
Question

Answer

The LED on the server is
blinking amber.

Check the SEL for messages and then clear the SEL to
stop the blinking LED.
From the iDRAC Web interface:
• See "Checking the System Event Log (SEL)" on
page 251
From SM-CLP:
• See "SEL Management" on page 222
From the iDRAC Configuration Utility:
• See "System Event Log Menu" on page 245

There is a blinking blue
LED on the server.

A user has activated the locator ID for the server. This is a
signal to help them identify the server in the chassis. See
"Identifying the Managed Server in the Chassis" on
page 265 for information about this feature.

How can I find the IP
address of the iDRAC?

From the CMC Web interface:
1 Click Chassis→ Servers, then click the Setup tab.
2 Click Deploy.
3 Read the IP address for your server from the table that is
displayed.
From the iKVM:
• Reboot the server and enter the iDRAC Configuration
Utility by pressing 
OR
• Watch for the IP address to display during BIOS POST.
OR
• Select the "Dell CMC" console in the OSCAR to log into
the CMC through a local serial connection.
CMC RACADM commands can be issued from this
connection. Refer to the CMC Firmware User Guide for
a complete list of the CMC RACADM subcommands.

268

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-17. Frequently Asked Questions/Troubleshooting (continued)
Question

Answer

How can I find the IP
address of the iDRAC?
(continued)

For example:
$ racadm getniccfg -m server-1
DHCP Enabled
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Gateway

=
=
=
=

1
192.168.0.1
255.255.255.0
192.168.0.1

From local RACADM:
1 Enter the following command at a command prompt:
racadm getsysinfo
From the LCD:
1 On the Main Menu, highlight Server and press the check
button.
2 Select the server whose IP address you seek and press the
check button.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

269

Table 15-17. Frequently Asked Questions/Troubleshooting (continued)
Question

Answer

How can I find the IP
address of the CMC?

From the iDRAC Web interface:
• Click System→ Remote Access→ CMC.
The CMC IP address is displayed on the Summary page.
OR
• Select the "Dell CMC" console in the OSCAR to log into
the CMC through a local serial connection. CMC
RACADM commands can be issued from this
connection. Refer to the CMC Firmware User Guide for
a complete list of the CMC RACADM subcommands.
$ racadm getniccfg -m chassis
NIC Enabled
DHCP Enabled
Static IP Address
Static Subnet Mask
Static Gateway
Current IP Address
Current Subnet Mask
Current Gateway
Speed
Duplex

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

1
1
192.168.0.120
255.255.255.0
192.168.0.1
10.35.155.151
255.255.255.0
10.35.155.1
Autonegotiate
Autonegotiate

The iDRAC network
connection is not working.

• Ensure the LAN cable is connected to the CMC.

I inserted the server into the
chassis and pressed the
power button, but nothing
happened.

• The iDRAC requires about 30 seconds to initialize before
the server can power up. Wait for 30 seconds and then
press the power button again.

• Ensure the iDRAC LAN is enabled.

• Check the CMC power budget. The chassis power budget
may be exceeded.

I have forgotten the iDRAC You must restore the iDRAC to its default settings.
administrative user name
1 Reboot the server and press  when prompted
and password.
to enter the iDRAC Configuration Utility.
2 On the configuration utility menu, highlight Reset to
Default and press .
For more information, see "Reset to Default" on page 245.

270

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Table 15-17. Frequently Asked Questions/Troubleshooting (continued)
Question

Answer

How can I change the name
of the slot for my server?

1 Log in to the CMC Web interface.
2 Open the Chassis tree and click Servers.
3 Click the Setup tab.
4 Type the new name for the slot in the row for your server.
5 Click Apply.

When starting a console
redirection session from the
iDRAC Web interface, an
ActiveX security popup
appears.

The iDRAC may not be a trusted site from the client
browser.

When I start a console
redirection session, the
viewer screen is blank.

If you have Virtual Media privilege but not Console
Redirection privilege, you are able to start the viewer so
that you can access the virtual media feature, but the
managed server’s console will not display.

To prevent the security popup from appearing every time
you begin a console redirection session, add the iDRAC to
the trusted site list:
1 Click Tools→ Internet Options…→ Security→
Trusted sites.
2 Click Sites and enter the IP address or DNS name of the
iDRAC.
3 Click Add.

The iDRAC does not boot. Remove and reinsert the server.
Check the CMC Web interface to see if the iDRAC
appears as an upgradable component. If it does, follow the
instructions at "Recovering iDRAC Firmware Using the
CMC" on page 99.
If this does not correct the problem, contact Technical
Support.
When attempting to boot
the managed server, the
power indicator is green,
but there is no POST or no
video at all.

This can happen if any of the following conditions is true:
• Memory is not installed or is inaccessible.
• The CPU is not installed or is inaccessible.
• The video riser card is missing or improperly connected.
Also, look for error messages in the iDRAC log from the
iDRAC Web interface or from the LCD.

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

271

272

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

273

274

Recovering and Troubleshooting the Managed Server

A

RACADM Subcommand Overview

This section provides descriptions of the subcommands that are available in the
RACADM command line interface.

help
Table A-1 describes the help command.
Table A-1. Help Command
Command

Definition

help

Lists all of the subcommands available to use with
racadm and provides a short description for each.

Synopsis
racadm help
racadm help 

Description
The help subcommand lists all of the subcommands that are available when
using the racadm command along with a one-line description. You may also
type a subcommand after help to get the syntax for a specific subcommand.

Output
The racadm help command displays a complete list of subcommands.
The racadm help  command displays information for the
specified subcommand only.

RACADM Subcommand Overview

275

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

config
Table A-2 describes the config and getconfig subcommands.
Table A-2. config/getconfig
Subcommand

Definition

config

Configures the iDRAC.

getconfig

Gets the iDRAC configuration data.

Synopsis
racadm config [-c|-p] -f 
racadm config -g  -o  [-i
] 

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

Description
The config subcommand allows you to set iDRAC configuration parameters
individually or to batch them as part of a configuration file. If the data is
different, that iDRAC object is written with the new value.
Input

Table A-3 describes the config subcommand options.
Table A-3. config Subcommand Options and Descriptions
Option

Description

-f

The -f  option causes config to read the contents of the file
specified by  and configure the iDRAC. The file must contain data
in the format specified in "Configuration File Syntax" on page 209.

276

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Table A-3. config Subcommand Options and Descriptions (continued)
Option

Description

-p

The -p, or password, option directs config to delete the password entries
contained in the config file -f  after the configuration is complete.

-g

The -g , or group, option must be used with the -o option. The
 specifies the group containing the object that is to be set.

-o

The -o  , or object, option must be used with the -g
option. This option specifies the object name that is written with the string
.

-i

The -i , or index, option is only valid for indexed groups and can be
used to specify a unique group. The index is specified here by the index
value, not a "named" value.

-c

The -c, or check, option is used with the config subcommand and allows you
to parse the .cfg file to find syntax errors. If errors are found, the line number
and a short description of what is incorrect are displayed. Writes do not occur
to the iDRAC. This option is a check only.

Output

This subcommand generates error output upon encountering either of the
following:
•

Invalid syntax, group name, object name, index, or other invalid database
members

•

RACADM CLI failures

This subcommand returns an indication of how many configuration objects that
were written out of how many total objects were in the .cfg file.
Examples

•

racadm config -g cfgLanNetworking -o
cfgNicIpAddress 10.35.10.110
Sets the cfgNicIpAddress configuration parameter (object) to the value
10.35.10.110. This IP address object is contained in the group
cfgLanNetworking.

RACADM Subcommand Overview

277

•

racadm config -f myrac.cfg
Configures or reconfigures the iDRAC. The myrac.cfg file may be created
with the getconfig command. The myrac.cfg file may also be edited
manually as long as the parsing rules are followed.
NOTE: The myrac.cfg file does not contain passwords. To include passwords
in the file, you must enter them manually. If you want to remove passwords
from the myrac.cfg file during configuration, use the -p option.

getconfig
The getconfig subcommand allows you to retrieve iDRAC configuration
parameters individually, or all the iDRAC configuration groups may be
retrieved and saved into a file.
Input

Table A-4 describes the getconfig subcommand options.
NOTE: The -f option without a file specification will output the contents of the file to
the terminal screen.
Table A-4. getconfig Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-f

The -f  option directs getconfig to write the entire iDRAC
configuration to a configuration file. This file can then be used for batch
configuration operations using the config subcommand.

NOTE: The -f option does not create entries for the cfgIpmiPet and
cfgIpmiPef groups. You must set at least one trap destination to capture the
cfgIpmiPet group to the file.
-g

The -g , or group, option can be used to display the
configuration for a single group. The groupName is the name for the group
used in the racadm.cfg files. If the group is an indexed group, use the -i
option.

-h

The -h, or help, option displays a list of all available configuration groups
that you can use. This option is useful when you do not remember exact
group names.

278

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Table A-4. getconfig Subcommand Options (continued)
Option

Description

-i

The -i , or index, option is valid only for indexed groups and can be
used to specify a unique group. If -i  is not specified, a value of 1 is
assumed for groups, which are tables that have multiple entries. The index is
specified by the index value, not a "named" value.

-o

The -o , or object, option specifies the object name that is used
in the query. This option can be used with the -g option.

-u

The -u , or user name, option can be used to display the
configuration for the specified user. The  option is the login
name for the user.

-v

The -v, or verbose, option displays additional details with the display of the
properties and is used with the -g option.

Output

This subcommand generates error output upon encountering either of the
following:
•

Invalid syntax, group name, object name, index, or other invalid database
members

•

RACADM CLI transport failures

If errors are not encountered, this subcommand displays the contents of the
specified configuration.

Examples
•

racadm getconfig -g cfgLanNetworking
Displays all of the configuration properties (objects) that are contained in the
group cfgLanNetworking.

•

racadm getconfig -f myrac.cfg
Saves all group configuration objects from the iDRAC to myrac.cfg.

•

racadm getconfig -h
Displays a list of the available configuration groups on the iDRAC.

•

racadm getconfig -u root
Displays the configuration properties for the user named root.
RACADM Subcommand Overview

279

•

racadm getconfig -g cfgUserAdmin -i 2 -v
Displays the user group instance at index 2 with extensive information for the
property values.

Synopsis
racadm getconfig -f 
racadm getconfig -g  [-i ]
racadm getconfig -u 
racadm getconfig -h

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

getssninfo
Table A-5 describes the getssninfo subcommand.
Table A-5. getssninfo Subcommand
Subcommand

Definition

getssninfo

Retrieves session information for one or more
currently active or pending sessions from the Session
Manager's session table.

Synopsis
racadm getssninfo [-A] [-u  | *]

Description
The getssninfo command returns a list of users that are connected to the
iDRAC. The summary information provides the following information:

280

•

Username

•

IP address (if applicable)

•

Session type (for example, SSH or telnet)

•

Consoles in use (for example, Virtual Media or Virtual KVM)

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

Input
Table A-6 describes the getssninfo subcommand options.
Table A-6. getssninfo Subcommand Options
Option Description
-A

The -A option eliminates the printing of data headers.

-u

The -u  user name option limits the printed output to only the detail
session records for the given user name. If an asterisk (*) symbol is given as the
user name, all users are listed. Summary information is not printed when this
option is specified.

Examples
•

racadm getssninfo

Table A-7 provides an example of output from the racadm getssninfo
command.
Table A-7. getssninfo Subcommand Output Example
User

IP Address

Type

Consoles

root

192.168.0.10

Telnet

Virtual KVM

•

racadm getssninfo -A
"root" 192.168.174.19 "Telnet" "NONE"

•

racadm getssninfo -A -u *
"root" "192.168.174.19" "Telnet" "NONE"

•

"bob" "192.168.174.19" "GUI" "NONE"

RACADM Subcommand Overview

281

getsysinfo
Table A-8 describes the racadm getsysinfo subcommand.
Table A-8. getsysinfo
Command

Definition

getsysinfo

Displays iDRAC information, system information,
and watchdog status information.

Synopsis
racadm getsysinfo [-d] [-s] [-w] [-A]

Description
The getsysinfo subcommand displays information related to the iDRAC,
managed server, and watchdog configuration.

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

Input
Table A-9 describes the getsysinfo subcommand options.
Table A-9. getsysinfo Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-d

Displays iDRAC information.

-s

Displays system information

-w

Displays watchdog information

-A

Eliminates the printing of headers/labels.

Output
The getsysinfo subcommand displays information related to the iDRAC,
managed server, and watchdog configuration.

282

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Sample Output
RAC Information:
RAC Date/Time
Firmware Version
Firmware Build
Last Firmware Update

=
=
=
=

Wed Aug 22 20:01:33 2007
0.32
13661
Mon Aug 20 08:09:36 2007

Hardware Version
Current IP Address
Current IP Gateway
Current IP Netmask
DHCP Enabled
MAC Address
Current DNS Server 1
Current DNS Server 2
DNS Servers from DHCP
Register DNS RAC Name
DNS RAC Name
Current DNS Domain

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

NA
192.168.0.120
192.168.0.1
255.255.255.0
1
00:14:22:18:cd:f9
10.32.60.4
10.32.60.5
1
1
iDRAC-783932693338
us.dell.com

System Information:
System Model
System BIOS Version
BMC Firmware Version
Service Tag
Host Name
OS Name
Power Status

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

PowerEdge M600
0.2.1
0.32
48192
dell-x92i38xc2n

Watchdog Information:
Recovery Action
Present countdown value
Initial countdown value

= None
= 0 seconds
= 0 seconds

OFF

RACADM Subcommand Overview

283

Examples
•

racadm getsysinfo -A -s
"System Information:" "PowerEdge M600" "0.2.1"
"0.32" "48192" "dell-x92i38xc2n" "" "ON"

•

racadm getsysinfo -w -s

System Information:
System Model
System BIOS Version
BMC Firmware Version
Service Tag
Host Name
OS Name
Power Status

= PowerEdge M600
= 0.2.1
= 0.32
= 48192
= dell-x92i38xc2n
=
= ON

Watchdog Information:
Recovery Action
Present countdown value
Initial countdown value

= None
= 0 seconds
= 0 seconds

Restrictions
The Hostname and OS Name fields in the getsysinfo output display accurate
information only if Dell OpenManage is installed on the managed server. If
OpenManage is not installed on the managed server, these fields may be blank
or inaccurate.

getractime
Table A-10 describes the getractime subcommand.
Table A-10. getractime
Subcommand

Definition

getractime

Displays the current time from the remote access
controller.

284

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Synopsis
racadm getractime [-d]

Description
With no options, the getractime subcommand displays the time in a common
readable format.
With the -d option, getractime displays the time in the format,
yyyymmddhhmmss.mmmmmms, which is the same format returned by the
UNIX date command.

Output
The getractime subcommand displays the output on one line.

Sample Output
racadm getractime
Thu Dec

8 20:15:26 2005

racadm getractime -d
20071208201542.000000

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

setniccfg
Table A-11 describes the setniccfg subcommand.
Table A-11. setniccfg
Subcommand

Definition

setniccfg

Sets the IP configuration for the controller.

RACADM Subcommand Overview

285

Synopsis
racadm setniccfg -d
racadm setniccfg -s [  ]
racadm setniccfg -o [  ]

Description
The setniccfg subcommand sets the iDRAC IP address.
•

The -d option enables DHCP for the NIC (default is DHCP enabled).

•

The -s option enables static IP settings. The IP address, netmask, and
gateway can be specified. Otherwise, the existing static settings are used.
, , and  must be typed as dot-separated
strings.
racadm setniccfg -s 192.168.0.120 255.255.255.0
192.168.0.1

•

The -o option disables the NIC completely. , ,
and  must be typed as dot-separated strings.
racadm setniccfg -o 192.168.0.120 255.255.255.0
192.168.0.1

Output
The setniccfg subcommand displays an appropriate error message if the
operation is not successful. If successful, a message is displayed.

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

getniccfg
Table A-12 describes the getniccfg subcommand.
Table A-12. getniccfg
Subcommand

Definition

getniccfg

Displays the current IP configuration for the iDRAC.

286

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Synopsis
racadm getniccfg

Description
The getniccfg subcommand displays the current NIC settings.

Sample Output
The getniccfg subcommand will display an appropriate error message if the
operation is not successful. Otherwise, on success, the output is displayed in the
following format:
NIC Enabled

= 1

DHCP Enabled

= 1

IP Address

= 192.168.0.1

Subnet Mask

= 255.255.255.0

Gateway

= 192.168.0.1

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

getsvctag
Table A-13 describes the getsvctag subcommand.
Table A-13. getsvctag
Subcommand

Definition

getsvctag

Displays a service tag.

Synopsis
racadm getsvctag

Description
The getsvctag subcommand displays the service tag of the host system.

RACADM Subcommand Overview

287

Example
Type getsvctag at the command prompt. The output is displayed as follows:
Y76TP0G
The command returns 0 on success and nonzero on errors.

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

racreset
Table A-14 describes the racreset subcommand.
Table A-14. racreset
Subcommand

Definition

racreset

Resets the iDRAC.

NOTE: When you issue a racreset subcommand, the iDRAC may require up to one
minute to return to a usable state.

Synopsis
racadm racreset

Description
The racreset subcommand issues a reset to the iDRAC. The reset event is
written into the iDRAC log.

Examples
•

racadm racreset
Start the iDRAC soft reset sequence.

Supported Interfaces
•

288

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

racresetcfg
Table A-15 describes the racresetcfg subcommand.
Table A-15. racresetcfg
Subcommand

Definition

racresetcfg

Resets the entire RAC configuration to factory default values.

Synopsis
racadm racresetcfg

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

Description
The racresetcfg command removes all user-configured database property
entries. The database has default properties for all entries that are used to restore
the iDRAC back to the default settings.
NOTE: This command deletes your current iDRAC configuration and resets the
iDRAC configuration to the default settings. After reset, the default name and
password are root and calvin, respectively, and the IP address is 192.168.0.120 plus
the number of the slot the server inhabits in the chassis.

serveraction
Table A-16 describes the serveraction subcommand.
Table A-16. serveraction
Subcommand

Definition

serveraction

Executes a managed server reset or power-on/off/cycle.

Synopsis
racadm serveraction 

RACADM Subcommand Overview

289

Description
The serveraction subcommand enables users to perform power management
operations on the host system. Table A-17 describes the serveraction power
control options.
Table A-17. serveraction Subcommand Options
String

Definition



Specifies the action. The  string options are:
• powerdown — Powers down the managed server.
• powerup — Powers up the managed server.
• powercycle — Issues a power-cycle operation on the managed server.
This action is similar to pressing the power button on the system’s front
panel to power down and then power up the system.
• powerstatus — Displays the current power status of the server (ON, or
OFF).
• hardreset — Performs a reset (reboot) operation on the managed server.

Output
The serveraction subcommand displays an error message if the requested
operation could not be performed, or a success message if the operation
completed successfully.

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

getraclog
Table A-18 describes the racadm getraclog command.
Table A-18. getraclog
Command

Definition

getraclog -i

Displays the number of entries in the iDRAC log.

getraclog

Displays the iDRAC log entries.

290

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Synopsis
racadm getraclog -i
racadm getraclog [-A] [-o] [-c count] [-s startrecord] [-m]

Description
The getraclog -i command displays the number of entries in the iDRAC log.
NOTE: If no options are provided, the entire log is displayed.
The following options allow the getraclog command to read entries:
Table A-19. getraclog Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-A

Displays the output with no headers or labels.

-c

Provides the maximum count of entries to be returned.

-m

Displays one screen of information at a time and prompts the user to continue
(similar to the UNIX more command).

-o

Displays the output in a single line.

-s

Specifies the starting record used for the display.

Output
The default output display shows the record number, time stamp, source, and
description. The timestamp begins at midnight, January 1 and increases until the
managed server boots. After the managed server boots, the managed server’s
system time is used for the timestamp.

Sample Output
Record:
Date/Time:
Source:
Description:

1
Dec 8 08:10:11
login[433]
root login from 192.168.157.103

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

291

clrraclog
Synopsis
racadm clrraclog

Description
The clrraclog subcommand removes all existing records from the iDRAC log.
A new single record is created to record the date and time when the log was
cleared.

getsel
Table A-20 describes the getsel command.
Table A-20. getsel
Command

Definition

getsel -i

Displays the number of entries in the System Event
Log.

getsel

Displays SEL entries.

Synopsis
racadm getsel -i
racadm getsel [-E] [-R] [-A] [-o] [-c count] [-s
count] [-m]

Description
The getsel -i command displays the number of entries in the SEL.
The following getsel options (without the -i option) are used to read entries.
NOTE: If no arguments are specified, the entire log is displayed.
Table A-21. getsel Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-A

Specifies output with no display headers or labels.

292

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Table A-21. getsel Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-c

Provides the maximum count of entries to be returned.

-o

Displays the output in a single line.

-s

Specifies the starting record used for the display.

-E

Places the 16 bytes of raw SEL at the end of each line of output as a sequence
of hex values.

-R

Only the raw data is printed.

-m

Displays one screen at a time and prompts the user to continue (similar to the
UNIX more command).

Output
The default output display shows the record number, timestamp, severity, and
description.
For example:
Record:
1
Date/Time:
11/16/2005 22:40:43
Severity:
Ok
Description: System Board SEL: event log sensor for
System Board, log cleared was asserted

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

clrsel
Synopsis
racadm clrsel

Description
The clrsel command removes all existing records from the System Event Log
(SEL).

RACADM Subcommand Overview

293

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

gettracelog
Table A-22 describes the gettracelog subcommand.
Table A-22. gettracelog
Command

Definition

gettracelog -i

Displays the number of entries in the iDRAC trace
log.

gettracelog

Displays the iDRAC trace log.

Synopsis
racadm gettracelog -i
racadm gettracelog [-A] [-o] [-c count] [-s
startrecord] [-m]

Description
The gettracelog (without the -i option) command reads entries. The following
gettracelog entries are used to read entries:
Table A-23. gettracelog Subcommand options
Option

Description

-i

Displays the number of entries in the iDRAC trace log.

-m

Displays one screen at a time and prompts the user to continue (similar to
the UNIX more command).

-o

Displays the output in a single line.

-c

specifies the number of records to display.

-s

specifies the starting record to display.

-A

do not display headers or labels.

294

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Output
The default output display shows the record number, timestamp, source, and
description. The timestamp begins at midnight, January 1 and increases until the
managed system boots. After the managed system boots, the managed system’s
system time is used for the timestamp.
For example:
Record:

1

Date/Time:

Dec

Source:

ssnmgrd[175]

8 08:21:30

Description: root from 192.168.157.103: session
timeout sid 0be0aef4

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

sslcsrgen
Table A-24 describes the sslcsrgen subcommand.
Table A-24. sslcsrgen
Subcommand

Description

sslcsrgen

Generates and downloads an SSL certificate signing
request (CSR) from the RAC.

Synopsis
racadm sslcsrgen [-g] [-f ]
racadm sslcsrgen -s

Description
The sslcsrgen subcommand can be used to generate a CSR and download the
file to the client’s local file system. The CSR can be used for creating a custom
SSL certificate that can be used for SSL transactions on the RAC.

RACADM Subcommand Overview

295

Options
Table A-25 describes the sslcsrgen subcommand options.
Table A-25. sslcsrgen Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-g

Generates a new CSR.

-s

Returns the status of a CSR generation process (generation in progress,
active, or none).

-f

Specifies the filename of the location, , where the CSR will be
downloaded.

NOTE: If the -f option is not specified, the filename defaults to sslcsr in your current
directory.
If no options are specified, a CSR is generated and downloaded to the local file
system as sslcsr by default. The -g option cannot be used with the -s option, and
the -f option can only be used with the -g option.
The sslcsrgen -s subcommand returns one of the following status codes:
•

CSR was generated successfully.

•

CSR does not exist.

•

CSR generation in progress.
NOTE: Before a CSR can be generated, the CSR fields must be configured in the
RACADM cfgRacSecurity group. For example: racadm config -g
cfgRacSecurity -o cfgRacSecCsrCommonName MyCompany

Examples

racadm sslcsrgen -s
or
racadm sslcsrgen -g -f c:\csr\csrtest.txt

Supported Interfaces
•

296

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

sslcertupload
Table A-26 describes the sslcertupload subcommand.
Table A-26. sslcertupload
Subcommand

Description

sslcertupload

Uploads a custom SSL server or CA certificate from
the client to the iDRAC.

Synopsis
racadm sslcertupload -t  [-f ]

Options
Table A-27 describes the sslcertupload subcommand options.
Table A-27. sslcertupload Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-t

Specifies the type of certificate to upload, either the CA certificate or server
certificate.
1 = server certificate
2 = CA certificate
Specifies the file name of the certificate to be uploaded. If the file is not
specified, the sslcert file in the current directory is selected.

-f

The sslcertupload command returns 0 when successful and returns a nonzero
number when unsuccessful.

Example
racadm sslcertupload -t 1 -f c:\cert\cert.txt

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

297

sslcertdownload
Table A-28 describes the sslcertdownload subcommand.
Table A-28. sslcertdownload
Subcommand

Description

sslcertdownload

Downloads an SSL certificate from the RAC to the
client’s file system.

Synopsis
racadm sslcertdownload -t  [-f ]

Options
Table A-29 describes the sslcertdownload subcommand options.
Table A-29. sslcertdownload Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-t

Specifies the type of certificate to download, either the Microsoft® Active
Directory® certificate or server certificate.
1 = server certificate
2 = Microsoft Active Directory certificate
Specifies the file name of the certificate to be downloaded. If the -f option
or the filename is not specified, the sslcert file in the current directory is
selected.

-f

The sslcertdownload command returns 0 when successful and returns a
nonzero number when unsuccessful.

Example
racadm sslcertdownload -t 1 -f c:\cert\cert.txt

Supported Interfaces
•

298

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

sslcertview
Table A-30 describes the sslcertview subcommand.
Table A-30. sslcertview
Subcommand

Description

sslcertview

Displays the SSL server or CA certificate that exists
on the iDRAC.

Synopsis
racadm sslcertview -t  [-A]

Options
Table A-31 describes the sslcertview subcommand options.
Table A-31. sslcertview Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-t

Specifies the type of certificate to view, either the Microsoft Active
Directory certificate or server certificate.
1 = server certificate
2 = Microsoft Active Directory certificate

-A

Prevents printing headers/labels.

Output Example
racadm sslcertview -t 1
Serial Number

: 00

Subject Information:
Country Code (CC)
State (S)
Locality (L)
Organization (O)

:
:
:
:

US
Texas
Round Rock
Dell Inc.

RACADM Subcommand Overview

299

Organizational Unit (OU)
Common Name (CN)

: Remote Access Group
: iDRAC default certificate

Issuer Information:
Country Code (CC)
State (S)
Locality (L)
Organization (O)
Organizational Unit (OU)
Common Name (CN)

:
:
:
:
:
:

Valid From
Valid To

: Jul
: Jul

racadm sslcertview -t 1 -A
00
US
Texas
Round Rock
Dell Inc.
Remote Access Group
iDRAC default certificate
US
Texas
Round Rock
Dell Inc.
Remote Access Group
iDRAC default certificate
Jul 8 16:21:56 2005 GMT
Jul 7 16:21:56 2010 GMT

Supported Interfaces
•

300

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

US
Texas
Round Rock
Dell Inc.
Remote Access Group
iDRAC default certificate
8 16:21:56 2005 GMT
7 16:21:56 2010 GMT

testemail
Table A-32 describes the testemail subcommand.
Table A-32. testemail configuration
Subcommand

Description

testemail

Tests the iDRAC’s e-mail alerting feature.

Synopsis
racadm testemail -i 

Description
Sends a test e-mail from the iDRAC to a specified destination.
Prior to executing the testemail command, ensure that the specified index in the
RACADM cfgEmailAlert group is enabled and configured properly.
Table A-33 provides an example of commands for the cfgEmailAlert group.
Table A-33. testemail Configuration
Action

Command

Enable the alert

racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
cfgEmailAlertEnable
-i 1 1

Set the destination e-mail racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
address
cfgEmailAlertAddress -i 1
user1@mycompany.com
Set the custom message racadm config -g cfgEmailAlert -o
that is sent to the
cfgEmailAlertCustomMsg -i 1 "This is a
destination e-mail address test!"
Ensure the SNMP IP
address is configured
properly

racadm config -g cfgRemoteHosts -o
cfgRhostsSmtpServerIpAddr -i
192.168.0.152

View the current e-mail
alert settings

racadm getconfig -g cfgEmailAlert -i

where  is a number from 1 to 4

RACADM Subcommand Overview

301

Options
Table A-34 describes the testemail subcommand options.
Table A-34. testemail Subcommand Option
Option

Description

-i

Specifies the index of the e-mail alert to
test.

Output
None.

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

testtrap
Table A-35 describes the testtrap subcommand.
Table A-35. testtrap
Subcommand

Description

testtrap

Tests the iDRAC’s SNMP trap alerting feature.

Synopsis
racadm testtrap -i 

Description
The testtrap subcommand tests the iDRAC’s SNMP trap alerting feature by
sending a test trap from the iDRAC to a specified destination trap listener on the
network.
Before you execute the testtrap subcommand, ensure that the specified index in
the RACADM cfgIpmiPet group is configured properly.
Table A-36 provides a list and associated commands for the cfgIpmiPet group.

302

RACADM Subcommand Overview

Table A-36. cfg e-mail Alert Commands
Action

Command

Enable the alert

racadm config -g cfgIpmiPet -o
cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable -i 1 1

Set the destination e-mail racadm config -g cfgIpmiPet -o
IP address
cfgIpmiPetAlertDestIpAddr -i 1
192.168.0.110
View the current test trap racadm getconfig -g cfgIpmiPet -i
settings

where  is a number from 1 to 4

Input

Table A-37 describes the testtrap subcommand options.
Table A-37. testtrap Subcommand Options
Option

Description

-i

Specifies the index of the trap configuration to use for the test Valid values
are from 1 to 4.

Supported Interfaces
•

Local RACADM

RACADM Subcommand Overview

303

304

RACADM Subcommand Overview

B

iDRAC Property Database Group
and Object Definitions

The iDRAC property database contains the configuration information for the
iDRAC. Data is organized by associated object, and objects are organized by
object group. The IDs for the groups and objects that the property database
supports are listed in this section.
Use the group and object IDs with the RACADM utility to configure the
iDRAC. The following sections describe each object and indicate whether the
object is readable, writable, or both.
All string values are limited to displayable ASCII characters, except where
otherwise noted.

Displayable Characters
Displayable characters include the following set:
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxwz
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
0123456789~`!@#$%^&*()_+-={}[]|\:";'<>,.?/

idRacInfo
This group contains display parameters to provide information about the
specifics of the iDRAC being queried.
One instance of the group is allowed. The following subsections describe the
objects in this group.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

305

idRacProductInfo (Read Only)
Legal Values

String of up to 63 ASCII characters.
Default

Integrated Dell Remote Access Controller
Description

A text string that identifies the product.

idRacDescriptionInfo (Read Only)
Legal Values

String of up to 255 ASCII characters.
Default

This system component provides a complete set of remote management
functions for Dell PowerEdge servers.
Description

A text description of the RAC type.

idRacVersionInfo (Read Only)
Legal Values

String of up to 63 ASCII characters.
Default

1.0
Description

A string containing the current product firmware version.

306

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

idRacBuildInfo (Read Only)
Legal Values

String of up to 16 ASCII characters.
Default

The current RAC firmware build version. For example, "05.12.06".
Description

A string containing the current product build version.

idRacName (Read Only)
Legal Values

String of up to 15 ASCII characters.
Default

iDRAC
Description

A user assigned name to identify this controller.

idRacType (Read Only)
Default

8
Description

Identifies the remote access controller type as the iDRAC.

cfgLanNetworking
This group contains parameters to configure the iDRAC NIC.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

307

One instance of the group is allowed. All objects in this group will require the
iDRAC NIC to be reset, which may cause a brief loss in connectivity. Objects
that change the iDRAC NIC IP address settings will close all active user
sessions and require users to reconnect using the updated IP address settings.

cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Specifies that the iDRAC DNS domain name should be assigned from the
network DHCP server.

cfgDNSDomainName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String of up to 250 ASCII characters. At least one of the characters must be
alphabetic. Characters are restricted to alphanumeric, '-' and '.'.
NOTE: Microsoft® Active Directory® only supports Fully Qualified Domain Names
(FQDN) of 64 bytes or fewer.

Default

""
Description

The DNS domain name. This parameter is only valid if
cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP is set to 0 (FALSE).

308

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgDNSRacName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String of up to 63 ASCII characters. At least one character must be alphabetic.
NOTE: Some DNS servers only register names of 31 characters or fewer.
Default

rac-service tag
Description

Displays the RAC name, which is rac-service tag by default. This parameter is
only valid if cfgDNSRegisterRac is set to 1 (TRUE).

cfgDNSRegisterRac (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Registers the iDRAC name on the DNS server.

cfgDNSServersFromDHCP (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

309

Description

Specifies that the DNS server IP addresses should be assigned from the DHCP
server on the network.

cfgDNSServer1 (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid IP address. For example: 192.168.0.20.
Description

Specifies the IP address for DNS server 1. This property is only valid if
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP is set to 0 (FALSE).
NOTE: cfgDNSServer1 and cfgDNSServer2 may be set to identical values while
swapping addresses.

cfgDNSServer2 (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid IP address. For example: 192.168.0.20.
Default

0.0.0.0
Description

Retrieves the IP address for DNS server 2. This parameter is only valid if
cfgDNSServersFromDHCP is set to 0 (FALSE).
NOTE: cfgDNSServer1 and cfgDNSServer2 may be set to identical values while
swapping addresses.

cfgNicEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)

310

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the iDRAC network interface controller. If the NIC is
disabled, the remote network interfaces to the iDRAC will no longer be
accessible, and the iDRAC will only be available through the local RACADM
interface.

cfgNicIpAddress (Read/Write)
NOTE: This parameter is only configurable if the cfgNicUseDhcp parameter is set
to 0 (FALSE).
Legal Values

A string representing a valid IP address. For example: 192.168.0.20.
Default

192.168.0.n
where n is 120 plus the server slot number.
Description

Specifies the static IP address to assign to the RAC. This property is only valid
if cfgNicUseDhcp is set to 0 (FALSE).

cfgNicNetmask (Read/Write)
NOTE: This parameter is only configurable if the cfgNicUseDhcp parameter is set
to 0 (FALSE).
Legal Values

A string representing a valid subnet mask. For example: 255.255.255.0.
Default

255.255.255.0

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

311

Description

The subnet mask used for static assignment of the iDRAC IP address. This
property is only valid if cfgNicUseDhcp is set to 0 (FALSE).

cfgNicGateway (Read/Write)
NOTE: This parameter is only configurable if the cfgNicUseDhcp parameter is set
to 0 (FALSE).
Legal Values

A string representing a valid gateway IP address. For example: 192.168.0.1.
Default

192.168.0.1
Description

The gateway IP address used for static assignment of the RAC IP address. This
property is only valid if cfgNicUseDhcp is set to 0 (FALSE).

cfgNicUseDhcp (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Specifies whether DHCP is used to assign the iDRAC IP address. If this
property is set to 1 (TRUE), then the iDRAC IP address, subnet mask, and
gateway are assigned from the DHCP server on the network. If this property is
set to 0 (FALSE), the static IP address, subnet mask, and gateway is assigned
from the cfgNicIpAddress, cfgNicNetmask, and cfgNicGateway properties.

312

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgNicMacAddress (Read Only)
Legal Values

A string representing the RAC NIC MAC address.
Default

The current MAC address of the iDRAC NIC. For example, 00:12:67:52:51:A3.
Description

The iDRAC NIC MAC address.

cfgUserAdmin
This group provides configuration information about the users who are allowed
to access the RAC through the available remote interfaces.
Up to 16 instances of the user group are allowed. Each instance represents the
configuration for an individual user.

cfgUserAdminIpmiLanPrivilege (Read/Write)
Legal Values

2 (User)
3 (Operator)
4 (Administrator)
15 (No access)
Default

4 (User 2)
15 (All others)
Description

The maximum privilege on the IPMI LAN channel.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

313

cfgUserAdminPrivilege (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0x00000000 to 0x000001ff
Default

0x00000000
Description

This property specifies the role-based authority privileges allowed for the user.
The value is represented as a bit mask that allows for any combination of
privilege values. Table B-1 describes the user privilege bit values that can be
combined to create bit masks.
Table B-1. Bit Masks for User Privileges
User Privilege

Privilege Bit Mask

Login to iDRAC

0x0000001

Configure iDRAC

0x0000002

Configure Users

0x0000004

Clear Logs

0x0000008

Execute Server Control Commands

0x0000010

Access Console Redirection

0x0000020

Access Virtual Media

0x0000040

Test Alerts

0x0000080

Execute Debug Commands

0x0000100

Examples

Table B-2 provides sample privilege bit masks for users with one or more
privileges.

314

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Table B-2. Sample Bit Masks for User Privileges
User Privilege(s)

Privilege Bit Mask

The user is not allowed to access
the iDRAC.

0x00000000

The user may only login to the
iDRAC and view iDRAC and
server configuration information.

0x00000001

The user may login to the iDRAC
and change configuration.

0x00000001 + 0x00000002 = 0x00000003

The user may login to RAC, access 0x00000001 + 0x00000040 + 0x00000080 =
virtual media, and access console 0x000000C1
redirection.

cfgUserAdminUserName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum length = 16.
Default

""
Description

The name of the user for this index. The user index is created by writing a string
into this name field if the index is empty. Writing a string of double quotes ("")
deletes the user at that index. You cannot change the name. You must delete and
then recreate the name. The string must not contain / (forward slash), \
(backslash), . (period), @ (at symbol) or quotation marks.
NOTE: This property value must be unique among user names.

cfgUserAdminPassword (Write Only)
Legal Values

A string of up to 20 ASCII characters.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

315

Default

""
Description

The password for this user. User passwords are encrypted and cannot be seen or
displayed after the property is written.

cfgUserAdminEnable
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables an individual user.

cfgUserAdminSolEnable
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables Serial Over LAN (SOL) user access.

cfgEmailAlert
This group contains parameters to configure the RAC e-mail alerting
capabilities.

316

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

The following subsections describe the objects in this group. Up to four
instances of this group are allowed.

cfgEmailAlertIndex (Read Only)
Legal Values

1–4
Default

This parameter is populated based on the existing instances.
Description

The unique index of an alert instance.

cfgEmailAlertEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Specifies the destination email address for email alerts. For example,
user1@company.com.

cfgEmailAlertAddress
Legal Values

E-mail address format, with a maximum length of 64 ASCII characters.
Default

""

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

317

Description

The e-mail address of the alert source.

cfgEmailAlertCustomMsg
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 32.
Default

""
Description

Specifies a custom message that is sent with the alert.

cfgSessionManagement
This group contains parameters to configure the number of sessions that can
connect to the iDRAC.
One instance of the group is allowed. The following subsections describe the
objects in this group.

cfgSsnMgtConsRedirMaxSessions (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1–2
Default

2
Description

Specifies the maximum number of console redirection sessions allowed on the
iDRAC.

318

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgSsnMgtWebserverTimeout (Read/Write)
Legal Values

60 – 1920
Default

300
Description

Defines the web server time-out. This property sets the amount of time in
seconds that a connection is allowed to remain idle (there is no user input). The
session is cancelled if the time limit set by this property is reached. Changes to
this setting do not affect the current session; you must log out and log in again to
make the new settings effective.
An expired web server session logs out the current session.

cfgSsnMgtSshIdleTimeout (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (No time-out)
60 – 1920
Default

300
Description

Defines the secure shell idle time-out. This property sets the amount of time in
seconds that a connection is allowed to remain idle (there is no user input). The
session is cancelled if the time limit set by this property is reached. Changes to
this setting do not affect the current session; you must log out and log in again to
make the new settings effective.
An expired secure shell session displays the following error message only after
you press :
Warning: Session no longer valid, may have timed out

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

319

After the message appears, the system returns you to the shell that generated the
Secure Shell session.

cfgSsnMgtTelnetIdleTimeout (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (No timeout)
60 – 1920
Default

300
Description

Defines the telnet idle time-out. This property sets the amount of time in
seconds that a connection is allowed to remain idle (there is no user input). The
session is cancelled if the time limit set by this property is reached. Changes to
this setting do not affect the current session (you must log out and log in again to
make the new settings effective).
An expired telnet session displays the following error message only after you
press :
Warning: Session no longer valid, may have timed out
After the message appears, the system returns you to the shell that generated the
telnet session.

cfgSerial
This group contains configuration parameters for the iDRAC services.
One instance of the group is allowed. The following subsections describe the
objects in this group.

cfgSerialSshEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)

320

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Default

1
Description

Enables or disables the secure shell (SSH) interface on the iDRAC.

cfgSerialTelnetEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the telnet console interface on the iDRAC.

cfgRacTuning
This group is used to configure various iDRAC configuration properties, such as
valid ports and security port restrictions.

cfgRacTuneHttpPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

10 – 65535
Default

80
Description

Specifies the port number to use for HTTP network communication with the
RAC.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

321

cfgRacTuneHttpsPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

10 – 65535
Default

443
Description

Specifies the port number to use for HTTPS network communication with the
iDRAC.

cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the IP Address Range validation feature of the iDRAC.

cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr
Legal Values

String, IP address formatted. For example, 192.168.0.44.
Default

192.168.1.1
Description

Specifies the acceptable IP address bit pattern in positions determined by the 1's
in the range mask property (cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask).

322

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask
Legal Values

Standard IP mask values with left-justified bits
Default

255.255.255.0
Description

String, IP-address formatted. For example, 255.255.255.0.

cfgRacTuneIpBlkEnable
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the IP address blocking feature of the RAC.

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailCount
Legal Values

2 – 16
Default

5
Description

The maximum number of login failures to occur within the window
(cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow) before login attempts from the IP address are
rejected.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

323

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow
Legal Values

10 – 65535
Default

60
Description

Defines the time span in seconds that the failed attempts are counted. When
failure attempts age beyond this limit, they are dropped from the count.

cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime
Legal Values

10 – 65535
Default

300
Description

Defines the time span in seconds that session requests from an IP address with
excessive failures are rejected.

cfgRacTuneSshPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

22
Description

Specifies the port number used for the iDRAC SSH interface.

324

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgRacTuneTelnetPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

23
Description

Specifies the port number used for the iDRAC telnet interface.

cfgRacTuneConRedirEncryptEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

1
Description

Encrypts the video in a console redirection session.

cfgRacTuneConRedirPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

5900

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

325

Description

Specifies the port to be used for keyboard and mouse traffic during console
redirection activity with the iDRAC.

cfgRacTuneConRedirVideoPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

5901
Description

Specifies the port to be used for video traffic during console redirection activity
with the iDRAC.
NOTE: This object requires an iDRAC reset before it becomes active.

cfgRacTuneAsrEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the iDRAC last crash screen capture feature.
NOTE: This object requires an iDRAC reset before it becomes active.

cfgRacTuneWebserverEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
326

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Default

1
Description

Enables and disables the iDRAC web server. If this property is disabled, the
iDRAC will not be accessible using client web browsers. This property has no
effect on the telnet/SSH or local RACADM interfaces.

cfgRacTuneLocalServerVideo (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (Enables)
0 (Disables)
Default

1
Description

Enables (switches ON) or disables (switches OFF) the local server video.

cfgRacTuneLocalConfigDisable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Enables)
1 (Disables)
Default

0
Description

Disables write access to iDRAC configuration data. The default is for access to
be enabled.
NOTE: Access can be disabled using the Local RACADM or the iDRAC Web
interface; however, once disabled, access can be re-enabled only through the
iDRAC Web interface.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

327

ifcRacManagedNodeOs
This group contains properties that describe the Managed Server operating
system.
One instance of the group is allowed. The following subsections describe the
objects in this group.

ifcRacMnOsHostname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 255.
Default

""
Description

The host name of the managed server.

ifcRacMnOsOsName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 255.
Default

""
Description

The operating system name of the managed server.

cfgRacSecurity
This group is used to configure settings related to the iDRAC SSL certificate
signing request (CSR) feature. The properties in this group must be configured
before generating a CSR from the iDRAC.
See the RACADM sslcsrgen subcommand details for more information on
generating certificate signing requests.
328

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgSecCsrCommonName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 254.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Common Name (CN).

cfgSecCsrOrganizationName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 254.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Organization Name (O).

cfgSecCsrOrganizationUnit (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 254.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Organization Unit (OU).

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

329

cfgSecCsrLocalityName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 254.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Locality (L).

cfgSecCsrStateName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 254.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR State Name (S).

cfgSecCsrCountryCode (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 2.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Country Code (CC)

330

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgSecCsrEmailAddr (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 254.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Email Address.

cfgSecCsrKeySize (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1024
2048
4096
Default

1024
Description

Specifies the SSL asymmetric key size for the CSR.

cfgRacVirtual
This group contains parameters to configure the iDRAC virtual media feature.
One instance of the group is allowed. The following subsections describe the
objects in this group.

cfgVirMediaAttached (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

331

Default

1
Description

This object is used to attach virtual devices to the system via the USB bus.
When the devices are attached the server will recognize valid USB mass storage
devices attached to the system. This is equivalent to attaching a local USB
CDROM/floppy drive to a USB port on the system. When the devices are
attached you then can connect to the virtual devices remotely using the iDRAC
Web interface or the CLI. Setting this object to 0 will cause the devices to detach
from the USB bus.
NOTE: You must restart your system to enable all changes.

cfgVirAtapiSrvPort (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

3668
Description

Specifies the port number used for encrypted virtual media connections to the
iDRAC.

cfgVirAtapiSrvPortSsl (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any unused port number between 0 and 65535 decimal.
Default

3670
Description

Sets the port used for SSL virtual media connections.

332

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgVirMediaBootOnce (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the virtual media boot-once feature of the iDRAC. If this
property is enabled when the host server is rebooted, this feature will attempt to
boot from the virtual media devices—if the appropriate media is installed in the
device.

cfgFloppyEmulation (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0
Description

When set to 0, the virtual floppy drive is recognized as a removable disk by
Windows operating systems. Windows operating systems will assign a drive
letter that is C: or higher during enumeration. When set to 1, the Virtual Floppy
drive will be seen as a floppy drive by Windows operating systems. Windows
operating systems will assign a drive letter of A: or B:.

cfgActiveDirectory
This group contains parameters to configure the iDRAC Active Directory
feature.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

333

cfgADRacDomain (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string with no white space. Length is limited to 254
characters.
Default

""
Description

Active Directory Domain in which the DRAC resides.

cfgADRacName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string with no white space. Length is limited to 254
characters.
Default

""
Description

Name of iDRAC as recorded in the Active Directory forest.

cfgADEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (TRUE)
0 (FALSE)
Default

0

334

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Description

Enables or disables Active Directory user authentication on the iDRAC. If this
property is disabled, local iDRAC authentication is used for user logins instead.

cfgADAuthTimeout (Read/Write)
NOTE: To modify this property, you must have Configure iDRAC permission.
Legal Values

15 – 300
Default

120
Description

Specifies the number of seconds to wait for Active Directory authentication
requests to complete before timing out.

cfgADRootDomain (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string with no white space. Length is limited to 254
characters.
Default

""
Description

Root domain of the Domain Forest.

cfgADSpecifyServerEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 or 0 (True or False)
Default

0
iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

335

Description

1 (True) enables you to specify an LDAP or a Global Catalog server. 0 (False)
disables this option.

cfgADDomainController (Read/Write)
Valid IP address or a fully qualified domain name (FQDN)
Default

No default value
Description

The iDRAC uses the value you specify to search the LDAP server for user
names.

cfgADGlobalCatalog (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Valid IP address or a fully qualified domain name (FQDN)
Default

No default value
Description

iDRAC uses the value you specify to search the Global Catalog server for user
names.

cfgADType (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 = Enables Active Directory with the extended schema.
2 = Enables Active Directory with the standard schema.
Default

1 = Extended schema

336

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Description

Determines the schema type to use with Active Directory.

cfgStandardSchema
This group contains parameters to configure the Active Directory standard
schema settings.

cfgSSADRoleGroupIndex (Read Only)
Legal Values

Integer from 1 to 5.
Description

Index of the Role Group as recorded in the Active Directory.

cfgSSADRoleGroupName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string with no white space. Length is limited to 254
characters.
Default

(blank)
Description

Name of the Role Group as recorded in the Active Directory forest.

cfgSSADRoleGroupDomain (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string with no white space. Length is limited to 254
characters.
Default

(blank)
iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

337

Description

Active Directory Domain in which the Role Group resides.

cfgSSADRoleGroupPrivilege (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0x00000000 to 0x000001ff
Default

(blank)
Description

Use the bit mask numbers in Table B-3 to set role-based authority privileges for
a Role Group.
Table B-3. Bit Masks for Role Group Privileges
Role Group Privilege

Bit Mask

Login to iDRAC

0x00000001

Configure iDRAC

0x00000002

Configure Users

0x00000004

Clear Logs

0x00000008

Execute Server Control Commands

0x00000010

Access Console Redirection

0x00000020

Access Virtual Media

0x00000040

Test Alerts

0x00000080

Execute Debug Commands

0x00000100

cfgIpmiSol
This group is used to configure the Serial Over LAN (SOL) capabilities of the
system.

338

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgIpmiSolEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
Default

1
Description

Enables or disables SOL.

cfgIpmiSolBaudRate (Read/Write)
Legal Values

19200, 57600, 115200
Default

115200
Description

The baud rate for serial communication over LAN.

cfgIpmiSolMinPrivilege (Read/Write)
Legal Values

2 (User)
3 (Operator)
4 (Administrator)
Default

4
Description

Specifies the minimum privilege level required for SOL access.
iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

339

cfgIpmiSolAccumulateInterval (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 255.
Default

10
Description

Specifies the typical amount of time that the iDRAC waits before transmitting a
partial SOL character data packet. This value is 1-based 5ms increments.

cfgIpmiSolSendThreshold (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 255
Default

255
Description

The SOL threshold limit value. Specifies the maximum number of bytes to
buffer before sending an SOL data packet.

cfgIpmiLan
This group is used to configure the IPMI over LAN capabilities of the system.

cfgIpmiLanEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
Default

0
340

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Description

Enables or disables the IPMI over LAN interface.

cfgIpmiLanPrivLimit (Read/Write)
Legal Values

2 (User)
3 (Operator)
4 (Administrator)
Default

4
Description

Specifies the maximum privilege level allowed for IPMI over LAN access.

cfgIpmiLanAlertEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables global e-mail alerting. This property overrides all individual
e-mail alerting enable/disable properties.

cfgIpmiEncryptionKey (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of hexadecimal digits from 0 to 20 characters with no spaces.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

341

Default

00000000000000000000
Description

The IPMI encryption key.

cfgIpmiPetCommunityName (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string up to 18 characters.
Default

public
Description

The SNMP community name for traps.

cfgIpmiPef
This group is used to configure the platform event filters available on the
managed server.
The event filters can be used to control policy related to actions that are
triggered when critical events occur on the managed server.

cfgIpmiPefName (Read Only)
Legal Values

String. Maximum Length = 255.
Default

The name of the index filter.
Description

Specifies the name of the platform event filter.

342

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

cfgIpmiPefIndex (Read Only)
Legal Values

1 – 17
Default

The index value of a platform event filter object.
Description

Specifies the index of a specific platform event filter.

cfgIpmiPefAction (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (None)
1 (Power Down)
2 (Reset)
3 (Power Cycle)
Default

0
Description

Specifies the action that is performed on the managed server when the alert is
triggered.

cfgIpmiPefEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
Default

1

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

343

Description

Enables or disables a specific platform event filter.

cfgIpmiPet
This group is used to configure platform event traps on the managed server.

cfgIpmiPetIndex (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1–4
Default

The appropriate index value.
Description

Unique identifier for the index corresponding to the trap.

cfgIpmiPetAlertDestIpAddr (Read/Write)
Legal Values

String representing a valid IP address. For example, 192.168.0.67.
Default

0.0.0.0
Description

Specifies the destination IP address for the trap receiver on the network. The
trap receiver receives an SNMP trap when an event is triggered on the managed
server.

cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (FALSE)
1 (TRUE)
344

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

Default

1
Description

Enables or disables a specific trap.

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

345

346

iDRAC Property Database Group and Object Definitions

C

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database
/system1/sp1/account<1-16>

This target provides configuration information about the local users who are
allowed to access the RAC through available remote interfaces. Up to 16
instances of the user group are allowed. Each instance <1-16> represents the
configuration for an individual local user.

userid (Read Only)
Legal values

1-16
Default

Depends on the account instance being accessed.
Description

Specifies the instance ID or the local user ID.

username (Read/Write)
Legal values

String. Maximum length = 16
Default

“”

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

347

Description

A text string that contains the name of the local user for this account. The string
must not contain a forward slash (/), period (.), at symbol (@), or quotation
marks ("). Deleting the user is done by deleting the account. (delete account<116>).
NOTE: This property value must be unique among usernames.

oemdell_ipmilanprivileges (Read/Write)
Legal Values

2 (User)
3 (Operator)
4 (Administrator)
15 (No access)
Default

4 (User 2)
15 (All others)
Description

The maximum privilege on the IPMI LAN channel.

password (Write Only)
Legal Values

A text string between 4 and 20 characters in length.
Default

“”
Description

Holds the password for this local user. User passwords are encrypted and cannot
be seen or displayed after the property is written.

348

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

enabledstate (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0
Description

Helps enable or disable an individual user.

solenabled (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables Serial Over LAN (SOL) user access.

oemdell_extendedprivileges (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0x00000000 to 0x000001ff
Default

0x00000000

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

349

Description

Specifies the role-based authority privileges allowed for the user. The value is
represented as a bit mask that allows for any combination of privilege values.
Table C-1 describes the user privilege bit values that can be combined to create
bit masks.
Table C-1. Bit Masks for User Privileges
User Privilege

Privilege Bit Mask

Login to iDRAC

0x0000001

Configure iDRAC

0x0000002

Configure Users

0x0000004

Clear Logs

0x0000008

Execute Server Control Commands 0x0000010
Access Console Redirection

0x0000020

Access Virtual Media

0x0000040

Test Alerts

0x0000080

Execute Debug Commands

0x0000100

Examples

Table C-2 provides sample privilege bit masks for users with one or more
privileges.
Table C-2. Sample Bit Masks for User Privileges
User Privilege(s)

Privilege Bit Mask

The user is not allowed to access
the iDRAC.

0x00000000

The user may only login to the
iDRAC and view iDRAC and
server configuration information.

0x00000001

The user may login to the iDRAC
and change configuration.

0x00000001 + 0x00000002 =
0x00000003

350

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

Table C-2. Sample Bit Masks for User Privileges
User Privilege(s)

Privilege Bit Mask

The user may login to RAC, access 0x00000001 + 0x00000040 +
virtual media, and access console 0x00000080 = 0x000000C1
redirection.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/*
This group contains parameters to configure the iDRAC NIC. One instance of
the group is allowed. All objects in this group require the iDRAC NIC to be
reset, which may cause a brief loss in connectivity. Objects that change the
iDRAC NIC IP address settings close all active user sessions and require users
to reconnect using the updated IP address settings.

macaddress (Read Only)
Legal Values

A string representing the RAC NIC MAC address.
Default

The current MAC address of the iDRAC NIC. For example, 00:12:67:52:51:A3.
Description

Holds the iDRAC NIC MAC address.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1
oemdell_nicenable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

351

Description

Enables or disables the iDRAC network interface controller. If the NIC is
disabled, the remote network interfaces to the iDRAC become inaccessible,
rendering the iDRAC available only through the local RACADM interface.

ipaddress (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid IP address. For example: 192.168.0.20.
Default

192.168.0.n (where n is 120 plus the server slot number)
Description

Specifies the static IP address to assign to the RAC. This property is only valid
if oemdell_usedhcp is set to 0 (Disabled).

subnetmask (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid subnet mask. For example: 255.255.255.0.
Default

255.255.255.0
Description

The subnet mask used for static assignment of the iDRAC IP address. This
property is only valid if oemdell_usedhcp is set to 0 (Disabled).

oemdell_usedhcp (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)

352

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

Default

0
Description

Specifies whether DHCP is used to assign the iDRAC IP address. If this
property is set to 1 (Enabled), the iDRAC IP address, subnet mask, and gateway
are assigned from the DHCP server on the network. If this property is set to 0
(Disabled), the static IP address, subnet mask, and gateway gain values inserted
manually by the user.

committed (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Pending commit)
1 (Committed)
Default

1
Description

Enables the user to change the IP address and/or subnet mask without
terminating the current session. If this property is set to 1 (Committed), the IP
address and subnet mask are valid. A change in either the IP address or the
subnet mask automatically converts this property to 0 (Pending commit). For the
network settings to take effect, the property must be set back to 1.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/dnse
ndpt1
oemdell_domainnamefromdhcp (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

353

Default

0
Description

Specifies that the iDRAC DNS domain name should be assigned from the
network DHCP server.

oemdell_dnsdomainname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 ASCII characters. At least one of the characters must be
alphabetic.
Default

“”
Description

Holds the DNS domain name. This parameter is only valid if
oemdell_domainnamefromdhcp is set to 0 (Disabled).

oemdell_dnsregisterrac (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Unregistered)
1 (Registered)
Default

0
Description

Registers the iDRAC name on the DNS server.

354

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

oemdell_dnsracname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 63 ASCII characters. At least one character must be alphabetic.
NOTE: Some DNS servers only register names of up to 31 characters.
Default

rac-service tag
Description

Displays the RAC name, which is the RAC service tag by default. This
parameter is only valid if oemdell_dnsregisterrac is set to 1 (Registered).

oemdell_serversfromdhcp (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0
Description

Specifies that the DNS server IP addresses should be assigned from the DHCP
server on the network.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/dnse
ndpt1/remotesap1
dnsserveraddress (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid IP address. For example: 192.168.0.20.

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

355

Default

0.0.0.0
Description

Specifies the IP address for DNS Server 1. This property is only valid if
oemdell_serversfromdhcp is set to 0 (Disabled).

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/dnse
ndpt1/remotesap2
dnsserveraddress (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid IP address. For example: 192.168.0.20.
Default

0.0.0.0
Description

Specifies the IP address for DNS Server 2. This property is only valid if
oemdell_serversfromdhcp is set to 0 (Disabled).

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/ipendpt1/remot
esap1
defaultgatewayaddress (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string representing a valid gateway IP address. For example: 192.168.0.1.
Default

192.168.0.1

356

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

Description

The gateway IP address used for static assignment of the RAC IP address. This
property is only valid if oemdell_usedhcp is set to 0 (Disabled).

/system1/sp1/group<1-5>
These groups contain parameters to configure the Active Directory standard
schema settings.

oemdell_groupname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string up to 254 characters with no blank spaces.
Default

“”
Description

Holds the name of the Role Group as recorded in the Active Directory forest.

oemdell_groupdomain (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string up to 254 characters with no blank spaces.
Default

“”
Description

Holds the Active Directory domain in which the Role Group resides.

oemdell_groupprivilege (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0x00000000 to 0x000001ff

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

357

Default

“”
Description

Use the bit mask numbers in Table B-3 to set role-based authority privileges for
a Role Group.
Table C-3. Bit Masks for Role Group Privileges
Role Group

Privilege Bit Mask

Login to iDRAC

0x00000001

Configure iDRAC

0x00000002

Configure Users

0x00000004

Clear Logs

0x00000008

Execute Server Control Commands 0x00000010
Access Console Redirection

0x00000020

Access Virtual Media

0x00000040

Test Alerts

0x00000080

Execute Debug Commands

0x00000100

/system1/sp1/oemdell_adservice1
This group contains parameters to configure the iDRAC Active Directory
feature.

enabledstate (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0

358

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

Description

Enables or disables Active Directory user authentication on the iDRAC. If this
property is disabled, only local iDRAC authentication is used for user logins.

oemdell_adracname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string up to 254 characters with no blank spaces.
Default

""
Description

Name of iDRAC as recorded in the Active Directory forest.

oemdell_adracdomain (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string up to 254 characters with no blank spaces.
Default

""
Description

The Active Directory Domain in which the iDRAC resides.

oemdell_adrootdomain (Read/Write)
Legal Values

Any printable text string up to 254 characters with no blank spaces.
Default

""

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

359

Description

The root domain of the Domain Forest.

oemdell_timeout (Read/Write)
Legal Values

15 – 300
Default

120
Description

Specifies the number of seconds to wait for Active Directory authentication
requests to complete before timing out.

oemdell_schematype (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 (Extended schema)
2 (Standard schema)
Default

1
Description

Determines the schema type to use with Active Directory.

oemdell_adspecifyserverenable (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0
360

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

Description

Enables the user to specify an LDAP or a Global Catalog server.

oemdell_addomaincontroller (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A valid IP address or a fully qualified domain name (FQDN).
Default

“”
Description

Value specified by the user that the iDRAC uses to search the LDAP server for
usernames.

oemdell_adglobalcatalog (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A valid IP address or an FQDN.
Default

No default value
Description

Value specified by the user that the iDRAC uses to search the Global Catalog
server for usernames.

/system1/sp1/oemdell_racsecurity1
This group is used to configure settings related to the iDRAC SSL certificate
signing request (CSR) feature. All of the properties in this group must be
configured before generating a CSR from the iDRAC.

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

361

commonname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Common Name.

organizationname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Organization Name.

oemdell_organizationunit (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Organization Unit.

362

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

oemdell_localityname (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Locality.

oemdell_statename (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR State Name.

oemdell_countrycode (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 2 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Country Code.

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

363

oemdell_emailaddress (Read/Write)
Legal Values

A string of up to 254 characters.
Default

""
Description

Specifies the CSR Email Address.

oemdell_keysize (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1024
2048
4096
Default

1024
Description

Specifies the SSL asymmetric key size for the CSR.

/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
Contains parameters necessary to generate Certificate Signing Requests (CSRs)
and view certificates.

generate (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Do not generate)
1 (Generate)

364

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

Default

0
Description

Generates a CSR when set to 1. Set the properties in the oemdell_racsecurity1
target before generating a CSR.

oemdell_status (Read Only)
Legal values

CSR not found
CSR generated
Default

CSR not found
Description

Shows the status of the previous generate command issued, if any, during the
current session.

oemdell_certtype (Read / Write)
Legal values

SSL
AD
CSR
Default

SSL
Description

Specifies the type of certificate to be viewed (AD or SSL) and helps generate a
CSR with the help of the generate property.

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

365

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1
This group contains parameters to configure the iDRAC virtual media feature.

enabledstate (Read/Write)
Legal Values

VMEDIA_DETACH
VMEDIA_ATTACH
VMEDIA_AUTO_ATTACH
Default

VMEDIA_ATTACH
Description

Used to attach virtual devices to the system via the USB bus, allowing the server
to recognize valid USB mass storage devices attached to the system. This is
equivalent to attaching a local USB CDROM/floppy drive to a USB port on the
system. When the devices are attached, you then can connect to the virtual
devices remotely using the iDRAC Web interface or the CLI. Setting this
property to 0 causes the devices to detach from the USB bus.

oemdell_singleboot (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0
Description

Enables or disables the virtual media boot-once feature of the iDRAC. If this
property is enabled when the host server is rebooted, the server attempts to boot
from the virtual media devices.

366

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

oemdell_floppyemulation (Read/Write)
Legal Values

0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
Default

0
Description

When set to 0, the virtual floppy drive is recognized as a removable disk by
Windows operating systems. Windows operating systems will assign a drive
letter that is C: or higher during enumeration. When set to 1, the Virtual Floppy
drive will be seen as a floppy drive by Windows operating systems. Windows
operating systems will assign a drive letter of A: or B:

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1/tcpendpt1
portnumber (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

3668
Description

Specifies the port number used for encrypted virtual media connections to the
iDRAC.

oemdell_sslenabled (Read Only)
Legal Value

FALSE

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

367

Default

FALSE
Description

Indicates that the port has SSL disabled.

portnumber (Read/Write)
Legal Values

1 – 65535
Default

3670
Description

Specifies the port number used for encrypted virtual media connections to the
iDRAC.

oemdell_sslenabled (Read Only)
Legal Value

TRUE
Default

TRUE
Description

Indicates that the port has SSL enabled.

368

iDRAC SMCLP Property Database

D

RACADM and SM-CLP
Equivalencies

Table D-1 lists the RACADM groups and objects and, where they exist, SMSLP equivalent locations in the SM-CLP MAP.
Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

idRacInfo

idRacName

String of up to 15 ASCII
characters. Default:
iDRAC.

idRacProductInfo

String of up to 63 ASCII
characters. Default:
Integrated Dell Remote
Access Controller.

idRacDescriptionInfo

String of up to 255 ASCII
characters. Default: This
system component
provides a complete set
of remote management
functions for Dell
PowerEdge servers

idRacVersionInfo

String of up to 63 ASCII
characters. Default: 1

idRacBuildInfo

String of up to 16 ASCII
characters.

idRacType

Default: 8

cfgActiveDirectory

/system1/sp1/
oemdell_adservice1

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

369

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgADEnable

enablestate

0 to disable, 1 to enable.
Default: 0

cfgADRacName

oemdell_adracname

String of up to 254
characters.

cfgADRacDomain

oemdell_adracdomain

String of up to 254
characters.

cfgADRootDomain

oemdell_adrootdomain

String of up to 254
characters.

cfgADAuthTimeout

oemdell_timeout

15 to 300 seconds.
Default: 120

cfgADType

oemdell_schematype

1 for standard schema, 2
for extended schema.
Default: 1

cfgADSpecifyServerEnable

oemdell_adspecifyserverenable

When enabled, specifies
an LDAP or a Global
Catalog server.
0 to disable, 1 to enable.
Default: 0

cfgADDomainController

oemdell_addomaincontroller

DNS name or the IP
address of the Domain
Controller used in the
LDAP search.

cfgADGlobalCatalog

oemdell_adglobalcatalog

DNS name or the IP
address of the global
catalog server used in the
LDAP search.

/system1/sp1/group1 through
/system1/sp1/group5

RACADM — group
index ID (1-5).

cfgStandardSchema

cfgSSADRoleGroupIndex

SM-CLP — selected with
address path.
cfgSSADRoleGroupName

oemdell_groupname

String of up to 254
characters.

cfgSSADRoleGroupDomain

oemdell_groupdomain

String of up to 254
characters.

370

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgSSADRoleGroupPrivilege

oemdell_groupprivilege

Bit mask with values
between 0x00000000 and
0x000001ff.

cfgLanNetworking

/system1/sp1/enetport1

cfgNicMacAddress

macaddress

The MAC address of the
interface. Not editable.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/
lanendpt1/ipendpt1

cfgNicEnable

oemdell_nicenable

0 to disable NIC, 1 to
enable NIC. Default: 0

cfgNicUseDHCP

oemdell_usedhcp

0 to configure static
network addresses, 1 to
use DHCP. Default: 0

cfgNicIpAddress

ipaddress

The iDRAC IP address.
Default: 192.168.0.120
plus the server slot
number.

cfgNicNetmask

subnetmask

Subnet mask for the
iDRAC network. Default:
255.255.255.0

committed

When group values
change, committed is set
to 0 to indicate that the
new values have not been
saved. Set the value to 1
to save the new
configuration. Default: 1

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/
ipendpt1/dnsendpt1

cfgDNSDomainName

oemdell_dnsdomainname

String of up to 250 ASCII
characters. At least one
character must be
alphabetic.

cfgDNSDomainNameFromDHCP

oemdell_domainnamefromdhcp

Set to 1 to get domain
name from DHCP.
Default: 0

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

371

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgDNSRacName

oemdell_dnsracname

String of up to 63 ASCII
characters. At least one
character must be
alphabetic. Default:
iDRAC- plus the Dell
service tag.

cfgDNSRegisterRac

oemdell_dnsregisterrac

Set to 1 to register
iDRAC name in DNS.
Default: 0

cfgDNSServersFromDHCP

oemdell_dnsserversfromdhcp

Set to 1 to get DNS server
addresses from DHCP.
Default: 0

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1
/ipendpt1/dnsendpt1/remotesap1

cfgDNSServer1

dnsserveraddresses1

A string representing the
IP address of a DNS
Server.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/
ipendpt1/dnsendpt1/remotesap2

cfgDNSServer2

dnsserveraddresses2

A string representing the
IP address of a DNS
Server.

/system1/sp1/enetport1/lanendpt1/
ipendpt1/remotesap1

cfgNicGateway

defaultgatewayaddress

cfgRacVirtual

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1

cfgFloppyEmulation

oemdell_floppyemulation

372

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

A string representing the
IP address of the default
gateway. Default:
192.168.0.1

Set to 1 to enable floppy
disk emulation. Default: 0

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgVirMediaAttached

enabledstate

Set to 1 (RACADM)/
VMEDIA_ATTACH
(SM-CLP) to attach
media. Default: 1
(RACADM)/
VMEDIA_ATTACH
(SM-CLP)

cfgVirMediaBootOnce

oemdell_singleboot

Set to 1 to perform next
boot from selected media.
Default 0.

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1/
tcpendpt1

cfgVirAtapiSvrPort

oemdell_sslenabled

Set to 1 if SSL is enabled
for first virtual media
device, 0 if not. Not
editable.

portnumber

Port to use for first virtual
media device. Default:
3668

/system1/sp1/oemdell_vmservice1/
tcpendpt2

oemdell_sslenabled

Set to 1 if SSL is enabled
for second virtual media
device, 0 if not. Not
editable.

cfgVirAtapiSvrPortSsl

portnumber

Port to use for second
virtual media device.
Default: 3670

cfgUserAdmin

/system1/sp1/account1 through
/system1/sp1/account16

cfgUserAdminEnable

enabledstate

Set to 1 to enable user.
Default: 0

cfgUserAdminIndex

userid

User index, from 1 to 16.

cfgUserAdminIpmiLanPrivilege

oemdell_ipmilanprivileges

2 (user), 3 (operator), 4
(administrator), or 15 (No
access). Default: 4

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

373

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgUserAdminPassword

password

A string of up to 20
ASCII characters.

cfgUserAdminPrivilege

oemdell_extendedprivileges

Bit mask value between
0x00000000 and
0x000001ff. Default:
0x00000000

cfgUserAdminSolEnable

solenabled

Set to 1 to allow user to
use Serial over LAN.
Default: 0

cfgUserAdminUserName

username

String of up to 16
characters.

cfgEmailAlert

cfgEmailAlertAddress

E-mail destination
address, up to 64
characters.

cfgEmailAlertCustomMsg

Message to send in
e-mail, up to 32
characters.

cfgEmailAlertEnable

Set to 1 to enable the
e-mail alert. Default: 0

cfgEmailAlertIndex

Index of the e-mail alert
instance. Number from 1
to 4.

cfgSessionManagement

cfgSsnMgtConsRedirMaxSessions

Number of concurrent
console redirection
sessions allowed (1 or 2).
Default: 2

cfgSsnMgtSshIdleTimeout

Number of seconds idle
before a SSH session
times out. 0 to disable
timeout or
60-1920 seconds.
Default: 300

374

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgSsnMgtTelnetIdleTimeout

Number of seconds idle
before a telnet session
times out. 0 to disable
timeout or
60-1920 seconds.
Default: 300

cfgSsnMgtWebserverTimeout

Number of seconds idle
before a Web interface
session times out.
60-1920 seconds.
Default: 300

cfgRacTuning

cfgRacTuneConRedirEnable

Set to 1 to enable console
redirection, 0 to disable.
Default:1

cfgRacTuneConRedirEncrypt
Enable

Set to 1 to enable
encryption of console
redirection network
traffic, 0 to disable.
Default: 1

cfgRacTuneConRedirPort

Port to use for console
redirection. Default: 5900

cfgRacTuneConRedirVideoPort

Port to use for console
video redirection.
Default: 5901

cfgRacTuneHttpPort

Port to use for Web
interface HTTP.
Default: 80

cfgRacTuneHttpsPort

Port to use for secure Web
interface HTTPS.
Default: 443

cfgRacTuneIpBlkEnable

Set to 1 to enable IP
blocking. Default: 0

cfgRacTuneIPBlkFailCount

Number of failed login
attempts to count before
blocking IP (2 to 16).
Default: 5

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

375

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgRacTuneIpBlkFailWindow

Time span in seconds
during which to count
failed login attempts (10
to 65535). Default: 60

cfgRacTuneIpBlkPenaltyTime

Time span in seconds that
a blocked IP remains
blocked (10 to 65535).
Default: 300

cfgRacTuneIpRangeAddr

Base IP address for IP
range filter. Default:
192.168.0.1

cfgRacTuneIpRangeEnable

Set to 1 to allow IP range
filtering. Default: 0

cfgRacTuneIpRangeMask

Bit mask applied to the
base address to select
valid IP addresses.
Default: 255.255.255.0

cfgRacTuneLocalServerVideo

Set to 1 to enable local
iKVM console. Default: 1

cfgRacTuneSshPort

Port to use for the SSH
service. Default: 22

cfgRacTuneTelnetPort

Port to use for the telnet
service. Default: 23

cfgRacTuneWebserverEnable

Set to 1 to enable the
iDRAC Web interface.
Default: 1

ifcRacManagedNodeOS

ifcRacMnOsHostname

Host name of the
managed server. String of
up to 255 characters.

ifcRacMnOsOsName

Name of the managed
server operating system.
A string of up to 255
characters.

cfgRacSecurity

376

/system1/sp1/oemdell_racsecurity1

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgRacSecCsrCommonName

commonname

Active Directory
common name. String of
up to 254 characters.

cfgRacSecCsrCountryCode

oemdell_countrycode

Active Directory country
code. 2 characters.

cfgRacSecCsrEmailAddr

oemdell_emailaddress

E-mail address to use for
Certificate Signing
Request. String of up to
254 characters.

cfgRacSecCsrKeySize

oemdell_keysize

Length of encryption key
(512, 1024, or 2048).
Default: 1024.

cfgRacSecCsrLocalityName

oemdell_localityname

Active Directory locality
name. String of up to 254
characters.

cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationName

organizationname

Active Directory
organization name. String
of up to 254 characters.

cfgRacSecCsrOrganizationUnit

oemdell_organizationunit

Active Directory
organization unit name.
String of up to 254
characters.

cfgRacSecCsrStateName

oemdell_statename

Activity Directory state
name. String of up to 254
characters.

cfgIpmiSol

cfgIpmiSolAccumulateInterval

Maximum number of
milliseconds to wait
before sending a partial
Serial over LAN packet
(1 to 255). Default: 10

cfgIpmiSolBaudRate

Baud rate to use for Serial
over LAN (19200, 57600,
115200). Default: 115200

cfgIpmiSolEnable

Set to 1 to enable Serial
over LAN feature.
Default: 0

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

377

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

Description

cfgIpmiSolSendThreshold

Maximum number of
characters to collect
before sending SOL data
(1 to 255). Default: 255

cfgIpmiSolMinPrivilege

Minimum privilege
required to use SOL. 2
(user), 3 (operator), or 4
(administrator).
Default: 4

cfgIpmiLan

cfgIpmiEncryptionKey

A string of 0 to 40
hexadecimal digits.
Default:
00000000000000000000
00000000000000000000

cfgIpmiLanAlertEnable

Set to 1 to enable IPMI
LAN alerts. Default: 0

cfgIpmiLanEnable

Set to 1 to enable the
IPMI over LAN interface.
Default: 0

cfgIpmiPetCommunityName

A string of up to 18
characters.
Default: public

cfgIpmiPef

cfgIpmiPefAction

The action to take when
event is detected. 0
(none), 1 (power down), 2
(reset), 3 (power cycle).
Default: 0

cfgIpmiPefEnable

Set to 1 to enable
platform event filtering.
Default: 0

cfgIpmiPefIndex

The index number of the
platform event filter.
(1 - 17)

378

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

Table D-1. RACADM Groups/Objects and SM-CLP Equivalencies (continued)
RACADM Groups/Objects

SM-CLP

cfgIpmiPefName

Description
The name of the platform
event, a string of up to
254 characters. Not
editable.

cfgIpmiPet

cfgIpmiPetAlertDestIpAddr

IP address of the platform
event trap receiver.
Default: 0.0.0.0

cfgIpmiPetAlertEnable

Set to 1 to enable the
platform event trap.
Default: 1

cfgIpmiPetIndex

Index number (1-4) of the
platform event trap.

Table D-2. RACADM Subcommands and SM-CLP Equivalencies
RACADM Subcommand

SM-CLP

Description

sslcsrgen -g

set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
oemdell_certtype=CSR

Generates and downloads
an SSL Certificate
Signing Request (CSR).

set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
generate=1
dump -destination 
/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
sslcsrgen -s

show /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1 Returns the status of a
oemdell_status
CSR generation process.

sslcertupload -t 1

set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
oemdell_certtype=SSL
load -source 
/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1

Uploads the iDRAC
Server Certificate onto
the iDRAC.

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

379

Table D-2. RACADM Subcommands and SM-CLP Equivalencies
RACADM Subcommand

SM-CLP

Description

sslcertupload -t 2

set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
oemdell_certtype=AD

Uploads the Active
Directory Certificate onto
the iDRAC.

load -source 
/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
sslcertdownload -t 1

set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
oemdell_certtype=SSL
load -source 
/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1

sslcertdownload -t 2

set /system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1
oemdell_certtype=AD
load -source 
/system1/sp1/oemdell_ssl1

380

RACADM and SM-CLP Equivalencies

Downloads the iDRAC
Sever Certificate from the
iDRAC.

Downloads the Active
Directory Certificate
from the iDRAC.

Glossary
Active Directory

Active Directory is a centralized and standardized system that automates network
management of user data, security, and distributed resources, and enables
interoperation with other directories. Active Directory is designed especially for
distributed networking environments.
AGP

Abbreviation for accelerated graphics port, which is a bus specification that allows
graphics cards faster access to main system memory.
ARP

Acronym for Address Resolution Protocol, which is a method for finding a host’s
Ethernet address from its Internet address.
ASCII

Acronym for American Standard Code for Information Interchange, which is a code
representation used for displaying or printing letters, numbers, and other characters.
BIOS

Acronym for basic input/output system, which is the part of system software that
provides the lowest-level interface to peripheral devices and which controls the first
stage of the system boot process, including installation of the operating system into
memory.
CMC

Abbreviation for enclosure Management Controller, which is the controller interface
between the iDRAC and the managed system’s CMC.
bus

A set of conductors connecting the various functional units in a computer. Busses
are named by the type of data they carry, such as data bus, address bus, or PCI bus.

Glossary

381

CA

A certificate authority is a business entity that is recognized in the IT industry for
meeting high standards of reliable screening, identification, and other important
security criteria. Examples of CAs include Thawte and VeriSign. After the CA
receives your CSR, they review and verify the information the CSR contains. If the
applicant meets the CA’s security standards, the CA issues a certificate to the
applicant that uniquely identifies that applicant for transactions over networks and
on the Internet.
CD

Abbreviation for compact disc.
CHAP

Acronym for Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol, which is an
authentication method used by PPP servers to validate the identity of the originator
of the connection.
CIM

Acronym for Common Information Model, which is a protocol designed for
managing systems on a network.
CLI

Abbreviation for command-line interface.
CLP

Abbreviation for command-line protocol.
console redirection

Console redirection is a function that directs a managed server’s display screen,
mouse functions, and keyboard functions to the corresponding devices on a
management station. You may then use the management station’s system console
to control the managed server.
CSR

Abbreviation for Certificate Signing Request.
DHCP

Abbreviation for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, which is a protocol that
provides a means to dynamically allocate IP addresses to computers on a local area
network.

382

Glossary

DLL

Abbreviation for Dynamic Link Library, which is a library of small programs, any
of which can be called when needed by a larger program that is running in the system.
The small program that lets the larger program communicate with a specific device
such as a printer or scanner is often packaged as a DLL program (or file).
DDNS

Abbreviation for Dynamic Domain Name System.
DMTF

Abbreviation for Distributed Management Task Force.
DNS

Abbreviation for Domain Name System.
iDRAC

Abbreviation for Dell Remote Access Controller 5.
DSU

Abbreviation for disk storage unit.
extended schema

A solution used with Active Directory to determine user access to iDRAC; uses
Dell-defined Active Directory objects.
FQDN

Acronym for Fully Qualified Domain Names. Microsoft® Active Directory® only
supports FQDN of 64 bytes or fewer.
FSMO

Flexible Single Master Operation. It is Microsoft’s way of guaranteeing atomicity
of the extension operation.
GMT

Abbreviation for Greenwich Mean Time, which is the standard time common to
every place in the world. GMT nominally reflects the mean solar time along the
prime meridian (0 longitude) that runs through the Greenwich Observatory outside
of London, UK.
GPIO

Abbreviation for general purpose input/output.
Glossary

383

GRUB

Acronym for GRand Unified Bootloader, a new and commonly-used Linux loader.
GUI

Abbreviation for graphical user interface, which refers to a computer display
interface that uses elements such as windows, dialog boxes, and buttons as opposed
to a command prompt interface, in which all user interaction is displayed and typed
in text.
hardware log

Records events generated by the iDRAC and the CMC.
iAMT

Intel® Active Management Technology — Delivers more secure systems
management capabilities whether or not the computer is powered up or turned off,
or the operating system is not responding.
ICMB

Abbreviation for Intelligent enclosure Management Bus.
ICMP

Abbreviation for Internet control message protocol.
ID

Abbreviation for identifier, commonly used when referring to a user identifier (user
ID) or object identifier (object ID).
iDRAC

Acronym for integrated Dell Remote Access Controller, the integrated System-onChip monitor/control system for the Dell 10G PowerEdge servers.
IP

Abbreviation for Internet Protocol, which is the network layer for TCP/IP. IP
provides packet routing, fragmentation, and reassembly.
IPMB

Abbreviation for intelligent platform management bus, which is a bus used in
systems management technology.

384

Glossary

IPMI

Abbreviation for Intelligent Platform Management Interface, which is a part of
systems management technology.
IMPItool

A utility for managing and configuring devices that support IMPI version 1.5 and
version 2.0.
Kbps

Abbreviation for kilobits per second, which is a data transfer rate.
LAN

Abbreviation for local area network.
LDAP

Abbreviation for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.
LED

Abbreviation for light-emitting diode.
LOM

Abbreviation for Local area network On Motherboard.
MAC

Acronym for media access control, which is a network sublayer between a network
node and the network physical layer.
MAC address

Acronym for media access control address, which is a unique address embedded in
the physical components of a NIC.
managed server

The managed server is the system in which the iDRAC is embedded.
management station

The management station is a system that remotely accesses the iDRAC.
MAP

Abbreviation for Manageability Access Point.

Glossary

385

Mbps

Abbreviation for megabits per second, which is a data transfer rate.
MIB

Abbreviation for management information base.
MII

Abbreviation for Media Independent Interface.
NAS

Abbreviation for network attached storage.
NIC

Abbreviation for network interface card. An adapter circuit board installed in a
computer to provide a physical connection to a network.
OID

Abbreviation for Object Identifiers.
OpenSSH

An open source utility for using the SSH protocol.
OSCAR

Acronym for On Screen Configuration and Reporting. OSCAR is the menu displayed
by the Avocent iKVM when you press . It allows you to select the
CMC console or the iDRAC console for a server installed in the CMC.
PCI

Abbreviation for Peripheral Component Interconnect, which is a standard interface
and bus technology for connecting peripherals to a system and for communicating
with those peripherals.
POST

Acronym for power-on self-test, which is a sequence of diagnostic tests that are run
automatically by a system when it is powered on.
PPP

Abbreviation for Point-to-Point Protocol, which is the Internet standard protocol for
transmitting network layer datagrams (such as IP packets) over serial point-to-point
links.

386

Glossary

PuTTY

A terminal emulator application that acts as a client for the SSH, Telnet, rlogin, and
raw TCP computing protocols.
RAM

Acronym for random-access memory. RAM is general-purpose readable and
writable memory on systems and the iDRAC.
RAM disk

A memory-resident program which emulates a hard drive. The iDRAC maintains a
RAM disk in its memory.
RAC

Abbreviation for remote access controller.
ROM

Acronym for read-only memory, which is memory from which data may be read,
but to which data cannot be written.
RPM

Abbreviation for Red Hat® Package Manager, which is a package-management
system for the Red Hat Enterprise Linux® operating system that helps installation
of software packages. It is similar to an installation program.
SAC

Acronym for Microsoft’s Special Administration Console.
SAP

Abbreviation for Service Access Point.
SEL

Acronym for system event log.
SM-CLP

The Distributed Management Task Force Server Management-Command Line
Protocol (SM-CLP) incorporated in the iDRAC.
SMI

Abbreviation for systems management interrupt.

Glossary

387

SMTP

Abbreviation for Simple Mail Transfer Protocol, which is a protocol used to transfer
electronic mail between systems, usually over an Ethernet.
SMWG

Abbreviation for Systems Management Working Group.
SNMP trap

A notification (event) generated by the iDRAC or the CMC that contains information
about state changes on the managed server or about potential hardware problems.
SOL

An IPMI feature that allows a managed server’s text-based console data to be
redirected over the iDRAC’s dedicated Out-of-Band Ethernet management network.
SOL Proxy

A telnet daemon that allows LAN-based administration of remote systems using the
SOL and IPMI protocols.
SSH

Abbreviation for Secure Shell.
SSL

Abbreviation for secure sockets layer.
standard schema

A solution used with Active Directory to determine user access to iDRAC; uses
Active Directory group objects only.
TAP

Abbreviation for Telelocator Alphanumeric Protocol, which is a protocol used for
submitting requests to a pager service.
TCP/IP

Abbreviation for Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol, which represents
the set of standard Ethernet protocols that includes the network layer and transport
layer protocols.
Telnet

A network protocol use on Internet or local area network connections.

388

Glossary

TFTP

Abbreviation for Trivial File Transfer Protocol, which is a simple file transfer
protocol used for downloading boot code to diskless devices or systems.
UPS

Abbreviation for uninterruptible power supply.
USB

Abbreviation for Universal Serial Bus.
UTC

Abbreviation for Universal Coordinated Time. See GMT.
VLAN

Abbreviation for Virtual Local Area Network.
VNC

Abbreviation for virtual network computing.
VT-100

Abbreviation for Video Terminal 100, which is used by the most common terminal
emulation programs.
WAN

Abbreviation for wide area network.

Glossary

389

390

Glossary

Index
A
Active Directory
about the extended
schema, 104-118
about the standard schema, 122
accessing the iDRAC with, 109
adding iDRAC users to, 116
configuring extended schema with
RACADM, 120
configuring extended schema with
SM-CLP, 121
configuring extended schema with
the web interface, 119
configuring standard schema with
RACADM, 126
configuring standard schema with
SM-CLP, 127
configuring standard schema with
the web interface, 124
extended schema classes and
attributes, 111
logging in to the iDRAC with, 132
managing certificates, 89
object overview, 105
users and computers MMC
snap-in, 116

ASR
auto recovery action, 264
auto recovery timer, 66
configuring, 96
Automated System Recovery, See
ASR

B
boot once, enabling, 181
bootable image file
creating, 230

C
Certificate Signing Request. See
CSR
certificates
Active Directory, 89
exporting the root CA
certificate, 130
SSL and digital, 83
uploading a server certificate, 87
viewing a server certificate, 88

ActiveX
console redirection plug-in, 166

Chassis Management Controller.
See CMC

alert management. See PEF

CMC
about, 23

arp command, diagnostics
console, 266

Index

391

configuring iDRAC during
initialization, 36
IP address, locating, 40
web Interface, 34
CMC Web interface
locating the iDRAC IP
address, 269
CMC web interface
configuring iDRAC network
properties, 39
community string, SNMP, 74, 342
configuration file
creating, 208
configuring
task overview, 36-39

Distributed Management Task
Force (DMTF), 215
documents you may need, 29

E
e-mail alerts
configuring with RACADM, 202
configuring with the web
interface, 78
extended schema. See Active
Directory

F

configuring multiple iDRACs
with RACADM, 212

Firefox. See Mozilla Firefox

console redirection
configuring, 163
opening a session, 165
using, 141, 161

firmware
recovering with CMC, 99
updating, 41
updating with SM-CLP, 222
updating with the web interface, 99

CSR
about, 84
generating, 86

D

firewall, opening ports, 28

frequently asked questions
using console redirection, 172
using the iDRAC with Active
Directory, 132
using Virtual Media, 185

Dell object identifiers, 104
diagnostics console, 266
digital signature, verify, 44-47
directory service. See Active
Directory
392

Index

G
gettracelog command, diagnostics
console, 267
group permissions

table of, 83

I
iDRAC
creating a configuration file, 208
log, viewing, 262
recovering firmware, 100
resetting to factory defaults, 245
securing communications, 83
system information, 264
updating the firmware, 41
iDRAC configuration utility
about, 239
configuring IPMI, 241
configuring LAN user, 244
configuring network
properties, 241-242
configuring virtual media, 244
starting, 240
iDRAC service ports, 28
ifconfig command, diagnostics
console, 266
iKVM
disabling during console
redirection, 166, 171
displaying OSCAR, 240
finding the iDRAC IP address, 269
viewing status of the local
console, 173
instrumentation
server, 65
Intelligent Platform Management
Interface. See IPMI

Internet Explorer
configuring, 52
IP address
CMC, locating, 40
IP blocking
configuring with RACADM, 205
configuring with the web
interface, 75
enabling, 207
IP filtering
configuring with RACADM, 203
configuring with the web
interface, 75
enabling, 204
IPMI
configuring LAN properties, 72
configuring with RACADM, 198
configuring with the iDRAC
configuration utility, 241
configuring with the web
interface, 79
is, 141
iVM-CLI utility
about, 229
deploying the operating
system, 231
operating system shell
options, 237
parameters, 234
return codes, 238
syntax, 234
using, 232
ivmdeploy script, 231

Index

393

J
Java
console redirection plug-in, 59,
166

K
key, verify, 45, 47

L
last crash screen
capturing on the managed
server, 66
viewing, 252
Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol (LDAP). See Active
Directory
local RACADM, 34

capturing the last crash screen, 66
configuring, 65
management
storage, 65
management station
configuring, 51-59
configuring for console
redirection, 162
installing the software, 63
network requirements, 51
MAP
navigating
Media Redirection wizard, 182
mouse pointer
synchronizing, 170
Mozilla Firefox
disabling whitelist, 58
localization, 56
supported versions, 58

localization, browser setup, 55
logs
iDRAC, 262
post codes, 252
See also SEL
server, 65
lost administrative password, 245

M
Manageability Access Point. See
MAP
managed server
394

Index

N
netstat command, diagnostics
console, 266
network properties
configuring manually, 197
configuring with RACADM, 197
configuring with the CMC web
interface, 39
configuring with the iDRAC
configuration utility, 241-242
configuring with the Web
interface, 71

O
On Screen Configuration and
Reporting. See OSCAR
OpenSSH, SSH client for
Linux, 61
operating system
installing (manual method), 184
installing (scripted method), 229
OSCAR
displaying, 240

P
password
changing, 81
lost, 245
PEF
configuring with RACADM, 200
configuring with the web
interface, 77
PET
configuring with RACADM, 201
configuring with the web
interface, 76, 78, 201
filterable platform events table, 76
ping command, diagnostics
console, 266
Platform Event Filter. See PEF
Platform Event Trap. See PET
platforms
supported, 26
ports

table of, 28
post codes, viewing, 252
power management
using SM-CLP, 222
using the web interface, 267
property database groups
cfgActiveDirectory, 333
cfgEmailAlert, 316
cfgIpmiLan, 340
cfgIpmiPef, 342
cfgIpmiPet, 344
cfgIpmiSol, 338
cfgLanNetworking, 307
cfgRacSecurity, 328
cfgRacTuning, 321
cfgRacVirtual, 331
cfgSerial, 320
cfgSessionManagement, 318
cfgUserAdmin, 313
idRacInfo, 305
ifcRacManagedNodesOs, 328
proxy server, web browser
configuration, 55
public key, verify, 45, 47
PuTTY, Windows SSH client, 61

R
RACADM
configuring Active Directory
extended schema, 120
configuring Active Directory with
standard schema, 126
configuring e-mail alerts, 202
Index

395

configuring IP blocking, 205
configuring IP filtering, 203
configuring IPMI, 198
configuring multiple
iDRACS, 212
configuring network
properties, 197
configuring PEF, 200
configuring PET, 201
configuring Serial Over LAN, 199
configuring SSH service, 207
configuring telnet service, 207
subcommands, 275
using, 191
RACADM subcommands
clrraclog, 192, 292
clrsel, 192, 294
config, 66, 192, 276
getconfig, 173, 192, 208, 278
getniccfg, 192, 287
getraclog, 192, 291
getractime, 192, 284
getsel, 293
getssninfo, 192, 280
getsvctag, 192, 288
getsysinfo, 192, 282
gettracelog, 192, 294
help, 275
racreset, 193, 288
racresetcfg, 193, 289
serveraction, 193, 290
setniccfg, 193, 285
sslcertdownload, 193, 298
sslcertupload, 193, 297
sslcertview, 193, 299
sslcsrgen, 193, 296
396

Index

testemail, 193, 301
testtrap, 193, 303
reboot option
disabling, 67
remote access connections
supported, 28
resetting iDRAC to defaults, 245

S
safety, 247
schema extender utility, 110
schema, Active Directory
comparison of extended and
standard, 103
screen resolutions, support, 162
scripts
ivmdeploy, 231
LDIF (Active Directory schema
extender), 110
secure shell. See SSH
secure sockets layer. See SSL
security
using SSL and digital
certificates, 83
See RACADM
SEL
managing with SM-CLP, 222
managing with the iDRAC
configuration utility, 245
managing with the web
interface, 251

Serial Over LAN
configuration settings, 143
configuring in iDRAC Web
GUI, 142
configuring with RACADM, 199
configuring with the web
interface, 79
disconnecting in SM-CLP, 146
enabling in BIOS, 141
Linux operating system
configuration, 154
opening with SOL Proxy, 149
operating system
configuration, 154
over IMPItool, 146, 148
over OpenSSH with Linux, 148
over PuTTY, 147
over SSH, 145
over Telnet, 145
over Telnet with Linux, 147
overview, 141
SOL Proxy, 146
Windows 2003 Enterprise
operating system
configuration, 159
server
instrumentation, 65
logs, 65
Server Administrator Home
Page, 65
server certificate
uploading, 87
viewing, 88
server features, integrated
instrumentation, 65

logs, 65
Server Management Command
Line Protocol. See SM-CLP
server storage management, 65
services
configuring with the web
interface, 95
signature, verify, 44-47
Simple Network Management
Protocol. See SNMP
SM-CLP
configuring Active Directory with
extended schema, 121
configuring Active Directory with
standard schema, 127
disconnecting Serial Over
LAN, 146
features, 216
navigating the MAP
output formats, 221
power management, 222
syntax, 216
targets, 220
updating iDRAC firmware, 222
using the show verb, 220
SNMP
community string, 74, 342
testing trap alert, 197
SOL Proxy
connecting to the BMC, 152
initiating session, 150
model for, 146
opening SOL with, 149
using HyperTerminal with, 152
Index

397

using Telnet with, 151
SOL. See Serial Over LAN
SSH
client installation, 60
configuring iDRAC service with
RACADM, 207
configuring service with the web
interface, 96
OpenSSH software for Linux, 61
PuTTY client for Windows, 61
SSL
about, 84
enabling on a domain
controller, 129
importing the firmware
certificate, 131
standard schema. See Active
Directory
System Event Log. See SEL
system health, viewing, 250
system information
iDRAC, 264
main system enclosure, 264

T
telnet
backspace configuration, 60
client installation, 60
configuring iDRAC service with
RACADM, 207
configuring iDRAC service with
the web interface, 96

398

Index

TFTP server, installing, 62
Trivial File Transfer Protocol, see
TFTP
troubleshooting
indications, 248
trusted domains list, adding
iDRAC, 55

U
Update Packages
verifying the digital
signature, 44-47
USB flash drive emulation
type, 244
users
adding and configuring with the
web interface, 80
configuring LAN user with the
iDRAC configuration
utility, 244
utilities
Active Directory users and
computers MMC snap-in, 116
dd, 230
iDRAC configuration utility, 239
iVM-CLI, 229
schema extender, 110
video viewer, 167

V
verify

digital signature, 44-47
public key, 45, 47
video viewer
using, 167
virtual media
about, 177
booting, 183
command line, 232
configuring with the iDRAC
configuration utility, 244
configuring with the web
interface, 180
installing the operating
system, 184
running, 182

configuring IPMI LAN
properties, 72, 79
configuring network properties, 71
configuring PEF, 77
configuring PET, 76, 78, 201
configuring SOL, 79
configuring telnet service, 96
configuring the SSH service, 96
configuring the web server
service, 96
logging in, 70
logging out, 70
updating firmware, 99
web server, iDRAC
configuring with the web
interface, 96

W
web browser
configuring, 52
proxy server configuration, 55
supported browsers, 27
web interface
accessing, 69
browser configuration, 52
configuring Active Directory with
extended schema, 119
configuring Active Directory with
standard schema, 124
configuring ASR service, 96
configuring e-mail alerts, 78
configuring iDRAC services, 95
configuring IP blocking, 75
configuring IP filtering, 75

Index

399

400

Index


Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.4
Linearized                      : No
Page Mode                       : UseOutlines
Format                          : application/pdf
Title                           : iDRAC for Blade Servers Version 1.4 User Guide
Creator                         : Dell Inc.
Subject                         : User's Guide
Description                     : User's Guide
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 8.1.0 (Windows); modified using iTextSharp 5.1.3 (c) 1T3XT BVBA
Keywords                        : all-products#esuprt_electronics#esuprt_software#esuprt_remote_ent_sys_mgmt#integrated dell remote access cntrllr 6 for blade srvr v1.4#integrated-dell-remote-access-cntrllr-6-for-blade-srvr-v1.4#User's Guide
Create Date                     : 2009:02:18 13:02:05Z
Creator Tool                    : FrameMaker 7.1
Modify Date                     : 2013:12:24 12:51:44-06:00
Page Count                      : 400
Author                          : Dell Inc.
Productcode                     : integrated-dell-remote-access-cntrllr-6-for-blade-srvr-v1.4
Typecode                        : ug
Typedescription                 : User's Guide
Languagecodes                   : en-us
Sectioncode                     : 
Sectiondescription              : 
Publishdate                     : 2009-03-24 00:00:00
Expirydate                      : 9999-09-09 00:00:00
Manualurl                       : http://ftp.dell.com/manuals/all-products/esuprt_electronics/esuprt_software/esuprt_remote_ent_sys_mgmt/integrated-dell-remote-access-cntrllr-6-for-blade-srvr-v1.4_User's Guide_en-us.pdf
Readytocopy                     : false
Futureproductindication         : yes
Categorypathforfutureproducts   : all-products/esuprt_electronics/esuprt_software/esuprt_remote_ent_sys_mgmt
Businesskeywords                : 
Filesize                        : 2492
Creationdate                    : D:20090218130205Z
Moddate                         : D:20121107053415-06'00'
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools

Navigation menu